M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. NO.

1421, 14TH FLOOR, ANSAL TOWER, 38, NEHRU PLACE, NEW DELHI 110 019 TEL.: 011-26425722, 46515758 FAX: 011-26281910 Email : chughkl@airtelmail.in

INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING (ICB)

FOR

ELECTRO MECHNICAL (E &M) WORKS OF

9 MW FOZAL (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT

ON

RIGHT BANK OF FOZAL NALA, DISTT. KULLU, HIMACHAL PRADESH, INDIA

DECEMBER 2009

Consultants: Dr. Hutarew & Partner (I) Pvt. Ltd. B-5/7 Saket, New Delhi - 110 017 Telephone: 011 2652 7064, 64565011, 64565012 Telefax: 011 - 2652 7060 E-mail : hutarewsood@gmail.com, hutarewsood@in.com, hutarew@yahoo.com, Website: www.hutarew.com

-1-

FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi 110 019, India Telephone : 011 - 26425722, 46515758, Fax : 011 - 26281910 Email : chughkl@airtelmail.in INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING (ICB) INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING (ICB) for Design, Material selection, manufacture, assembly, intermediate storage, tests at Bidders works including type tests, packing & forwarding for shipment, delivery at site (final destination), receipt & storage at site, and services for performing On-site assembly, complete erection, field testing at site, commissioning, Load Testing (trial operation) of 72 hrs, test run of 8 weeks as well as 90 (Ninety) days commercial operation and maintenance and training of Employers assigned personnel in accordance with Clause 25 of GCC and Clause 10 of SCC of 3 units in respect of Facilities comprising of Electro-Mechanical Equipment for 9 MW Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload for all three machines Hydroelectric Project on the Right Bank of Fozal Nala near Village Batmeha & Dobi Bazar , District Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, India. BID REFERENCE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF SALE OF BIDDING DOCUMENT LAST DATE FOR SALE OF BIDDING DOCUMENT TIME AND DATE OF PRE BID CONFERENCE LOCATION OF PRE BID CONFERENCE : : : : : FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 21st December 2009 6th February 2010, 1200 Hrs 18th January 2010, 1100 Hrs M/s DR. HUTAREW & PARTNER (INDIA) PVT. LTD. B 5/7 SAKET, NEW DELHI 110017, INDIA. TEL: 0091-11-26527064, 645 65011, 645 65012 FAX: 0091-11-26527060, EMAIL: hutarewsood@gmail.com; hutarewsood@in.com 8th February 2010, 1300 Hrs 8th February 2010, 1500 Hrs M/s DR. HUTAREW & PARTNER (INDIA) PVT. LTD. B 5/7 SAKET, NEW DELHI 110017, INDIA. TEL: 0091-11-26527064, 645 65011, 645 65012 FAX: 0091-11-26527060, EMAIL: hutarewsood@gmail.com; hutarewsood@in.com DR. HUTAREW & PARTNER (INDIA) PVT. LTD. B 5/7 SAKET, NEW DELHI 110017, INDIA. TEL: 011-26527064, FAX: 011-26527060,

LAST DATE AND TIME FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS TIME AND DATE OF OPENING OF BIDS PLACE OF OPENING OF BIDS

: : :

ADDRESS FOR COMMUNICATION

OR
M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place New Delhi - 110019 Tel : 011 - 26425722, 46515758 Fax : 011 - 26281910

-2-

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION - I SECTION II SECTION III SECTION IV SECTION V SECTION VI Invitation For Bids Instructions To Bidders Bid Data Sheet General Conditions of Contract Special Conditions of Contract Technical Specifications Sub-Section-1 Scope, Project Information & Technical Requirements of the Project Sub-Section-2 Technical Specification of Hydraulic Turbines, Governing Equipment and Auxiliaries Sub-Section-3 Technical Specification of Synchronous Generators and Auxiliaries Sub-Section-4 Transformer Sub-Section-5 Sub-Section-6 Sub-Section-7 Sub-Section-8 Sub-Section-9 SCHEDULES Schedule-1 Schedule-2 Schedule-3 Schedule-4 Schedule-5 Schedule-6 Schedule-7 Schedule-8 Schedule-9A Schedule-9B Schedule-10 SECTION VI A SECTION VI B SECTION VI C SECTION VI D SECTION VI E SECTION VII Indicating & Recording Instruments Guaranteed & Technical Particulars Price for turbine, generator etc. Price for materials, dimensions etc. Auto Control System Mandatory Spares Deviations Proposed Tests Maintenance Tools & Plants Dimensions & Weights List of approved sub-Contractors Switchyard Equipment Switchgear Control Panels Miscellaneous Items Erection, Testing & Commissioning

Page No. 5 to 8 9 to 24 25 to 28 29 to 64 65 to 79 80 82 to 105 106 to 117 118 to 125 126 to 129 130 to 131 132 to 134 135 to 143 144 to 152 153 154 154 to 156 157 to 182 183 184 185 186 to 188 189 to 190 191 192 to 193 194 195 196 to 197 198 to 206 207 to 209 210 to 212 213 to 214 215 to 298

Qualification Criteria Schedule of Requirements Abstract of Schedule Abstract of Schedule Drawings Sample Forms & Procedures

-3-

ACRONYMS

BDS CIF CIP CPM ECU EDI ENAA EXW FCA FIDIC FOB GCC ICC IFB ITB SBD SCC TS

Bid Data Sheet Cost, Insurance and Freight Carriage and Insurance Paid to (place) Critical Path Method European Currency Unit Electronic Data Interchange Engineering Advancement Association of Japan Ex factory, ex works or ex warehouse Free Carrier Fdration Internationale des Ingnieurs Conseils (International Federation of Consulting Engineers) Free on Board General Conditions of Contract International Chamber of Commerce Invitation for Bids Instructions to Bidders Standard Bidding Document Special Conditions of Contract Technical Specifications and Drawings

-4-

SECTION-1 INVITATION FOR BIDS (IFB)

-5-

INVITATION FOR BIDS (IFB) 9 MW Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) Hydro Electric Project, Himachal Pradesh, India ELECTRO MECHANICAL (E & M) WORKS OF 9 MW FOZAL (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. PROJECT 1. This invitation for bids for this project has the following no. and date, IFB No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002, 2. Date: 21st December 2009

M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. (FPPL) herein after called as the Employer now invites sealed bids from interested Bidders for Design, Material selection, manufacture, assembly, intermediate storage, tests at Bidders works including type tests, packing & forwarding for shipment, delivery at site (final destination), receipt & storage at site, and services for performing On-site assembly, complete erection, field testing at site, commissioning, Load Testing (trial operation) of 72 hrs, test run of 8 weeks as well as Ninety (90) days commercial operation and maintenance and training of Employers assigned personnel in accordance with Clause 25 of GCC and Clause 10 of SCC of 3 units in respect of Facilities comprising of Electro-Mechanical (E&M) Equipment for 9 MW Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload for all three machines Hydroelectric Project on the Right Bank of Fozal Nala near Village Batmeha & Dobi Bazar , District Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, India.

a) Two (2) nos. Horizontal Axis Francis type turbines with associated auxiliary and ancillary equipments in complete set to develop rated output of each machine 3500 kW at rated net head and rated discharge and capable of delivering a continuous maximum output of 4025 kW at generator outplug from both the turbines at rated net head and maximum discharge and One (1) no. Horizontal Axis Francis type turbine with associated auxiliary and ancillary equipments in complete set to develop rated output of the machine 2000 kW at rated net head and rated discharge and capable of delivering a continuous maximum output of 2300 kW at generator outplug from this turbine at rated net head and maximum discharge. The auxiliary and ancillary equipments include governing equipment (electronic governor), main inlet valve (1000 mm butterfly valve for 3500 kW machines & 700 mm butterfly valve for 2000 kW machine), equipment for auxiliary systems such as compressed air, cooling water system (tapping from penstock or pumping from the tailrace) oil pressure system, station drainage & dewatering system, centralized grease lubricating system, oil, water and air piping with valves and fittings, instrumentation, control and safety devices (as required), spares for five (5) years trouble free operation of the plant, special tools etc. have to be provided as described and detailed in the Technical Specifications (Section VI) and listed in the Schedule of Requirements. b) Two (2) nos. 3500 kW rated output, 6.6 kV, 0.8 pf, 1000 rpm, 50 Hz, with 15 % overload Horizontal shaft synchronous generator with instrumentation & One (1) no. 2000 kW rated output, 6.6 kV, 0.8 pf, 1000 rpm, 50 Hz, with 15 % overload Horizontal shaft synchronous generator with instrumentation, brushless excitation, AVR, Automatic power factor controller etc. in complete set directly coupled to the three turbines with accessories, fittings and instrumentation, controls, auxiliaries such as excitation system, Voltage regulating equipment, neutral grounding, generator terminal equipment including CTs, PTs, Surge Protection equipment, Power factor controller installed, Voltage reduction at frequency reduction, Roller bearings with grease lubrication and re-greasing system with grease regulation, in accordance with DIN / VDE 0503 and IEC Standards including mandatory spares for five (5) years trouble free operation of the plant, special tools and testing devices, as described and detailed in the Technical Specifications, Section-VI and listed in the Schedule of Requirements. c) Outdoor switchyard equipment; interface equipment at the 33 kV existing HPSEB sub-station near Naggar with HPSEBs 33 kV single circuit transmission line; control panels and associated equipment for the safe and efficient supervisions, protections, control, metering, annunciation and operation of E&M and auxiliary equipment as described and detailed in the Technical Specifications, Section-VI and listed in the Schedule of Requirements. The Contracts for the E&M Works will be awarded through International Competitive Bidding (ICB) procedure. In terms of Foreign Trade Policy 2009-2014 of Government of India, the Supplier is qualified for Deemed Exports benefits. All deemed export benefits shall be to the account of the Employer; accordingly the Supplier shall give a disclaimer certificate in favour of Employer. Supplier shall also provide to the Employer all necessary documents required for claiming the Deemed Exports Benefits. -6-

3.

4.

Interested Bidders may obtain further information from M/s Fozal Power Pvt. Ltd., and inspect the bidding documents in the office of the their Consultants at M/s Dr. Hutarew & Partner (India) Pvt. Ltd., B 5 / 7 Saket, New Delhi 110017, India on all working days from 0930 Hrs to 1800 Hrs. A complete set of bidding documents in English may be purchased by the interested Bidders starting from the 21st December 2009 to 6th February 2010 on submission of a written application to the above and upon payment of a non-refundable fee in the form of a Crossed Account Payee Demand Draft / Cash drawn in favour of Dr. Hutarew & Partner (India) Pvt. Ltd. Payable at New Delhi. The document will be sent by Registered / Speed Post / Courier on payment of an extra amount of Rs. 1,000/- (Rupees One Thousand Only) for Bidders based in India and US$ 50 (US Dollar Fifty Only) for Bidders based outside India. The bidding document may be obtained from the office of the Consultants during office hours namely, from 0930 hrs to 1800 hrs, on all working days either in person or by post. The details are given below: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Bid reference Price of bidding documents (non-refundable) Postal charges, inland Postal charges, overseas Date of commencement of sale of bidding documents Last date for sale of bidding documents Last date and time for receipt of bids Time and date of opening of bids Place of opening of bids : : : : : : : : :

5.

6.

FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 US $120 or Rs. 5,000/- or EURO 100 Rs. 1000/US $50 or EURO 40 21st December 2009 6th February 2010, 1200 Hrs. 8th February 2010, 1300 Hrs. 1500 Hrs., 8th February 2010 DR. HUTAREW & PARTNER (INDIA) PVT. LTD., B 5/7 SAKET, NEW DELHI 110017, INDIA. TEL: 0091-11-26527064, 645 65011, 645 65012 FAX: 0091-11-26527060, E-MAIL: hutarewsood@gmail.com; hutarewsood@in.com M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place New Delhi 110019 Tel : 011 - 26425722, 46515758 Fax : 011 - 26281910

(j)

Address for Communication

OR
DR. HUTAREW & PARTNER (INDIA) PVT. LTD., B 5 / 7, Saket, New Delhi 110 017, India. Tel: 0091-11-26527064; Fax: 0091-11-26527060 (k) Venue, date & time of Pre-Bid conference : 18th January 2010, 1100 Hrs. DR. HUTAREW & PARTNER (INDIA) PVT. LTD., B 5/7 SAKET, NEW DELHI 110017, INDIA. TEL: 0091-11-26527064, 645 65011, 645 65012 FAX: 0091-11-26527060, E-MAIL: hutarewsood@gmail.com; hutarewsood@in.com

-7-

7.

All bids must be accompanied by a bid security amounting to Rs. 5,00,000/- (Indian Rupees Five Hundred Thousand Only) or in equivalent US Dollars / EUROs payable to FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. and must be delivered to the Employers Consultants office on or before [1300 hrs (IST)] on 8th February 2010. Late Bids will be rejected.

8. Bids will be opened in the presence of Bidders representatives who choose to attend on the specified date and time. 9. In the event of the date being declared as a closed holiday for Employers office, the due date for submission of bids and opening of bids will be the following working day at the appointed times.

-8-

SECTION - II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

-9-

M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. INERNATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING (ICB) OF 9 MW FOZAL HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) , DISTT. KULLU, HIMACHAL PRADESH

SECTION - II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB) CONTENTS Clause No. A. 1. 2. 3. 4. B. 5. 6. 7. C. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. D. 16. 17. 18. 19. E. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. F. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. DESCRIPTION Introduction Source of Funds Eligible Bidders Eligible Plant, Equipment, and Services Cost of Bidding The Bidding Document Contents of Bidding Document Clarification of Bidding Documents; and Pre-Bid Meeting Amendments of Bidding Documents Preparation of Bids Language of Bid Documents Comprising the Bid Bid Form and Price Schedules Bid Prices Bid Currencies Bid Security Period of Validity of Bids Format and Signing of Bid Submission of Bids Sealing and Marking of Bids Deadline for Submission of Bids Late Bids Modification and Withdrawal of Bids Bid Opening & Evaluation Opening of Bids by Employer Clarification of Bids Preliminary Examination of Bids Bid to be in Single Currency Technical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation Domestic Preference Contacting the Employer Award of Contract Post-qualification Award Criteria Employers Right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids Notification of Award Signing the Contract Agreement Performance Security Adjudicator Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices Page No. 11 11 11 11 11 11 to 12 11 to 12 12 12 13 13 13 to 15 15 15 to 17 17 17 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 19 to 20 19 to 20 20 20 to 21 21 21 21 to 23 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

- 10 -

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB) A. Introduction

1 1.1

Source of Funds The Owner has received / applied for a loan / credit (hereafter called loan) from the Please insert here name of the Bank as indicated in the Bid Data Sheet. The loan will be used towards the cost of the Project named in the Bid Data Sheet. The Owner intends to apply a portion of the proceeds of this loan to eligible payments under the contract for which this Invitation for Bids is issued. Payment by the Bank will be made only at the request of the Owner and upon approval by the Bank, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the loan agreement, and will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of that agreement. No party other than the Owner shall derive any rights from the loan agreement or have any claim to the loan proceeds. Eligible Bidders This Invitation for Bids, issued by the Employer named in the Bid Data Sheet, is open to all Bidders who meet the qualification requirements given under Section I. Bidders should not be associated, or have been associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with a firm or any of its affiliates that has been engaged by the Employer to provide consulting services for the preparation of the design, specifications, and other documents to be used for the procurement of the facilities to be purchased under the Invitation for Bids. Bidders shall not be under a declaration of ineligibility for corrupt and fraudulent practices issued in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 35.1. Eligible Plant, Equipment and Services For the purposes of these bidding documents, the words facilities, plant and equipment, installation services, etc., shall be construed in accordance with the respective definitions given to them in the General Conditions of Contract. Cost of Bidding The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its bid, and the Employer will in no case be responsible or liable for these costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process. B. The Bidding Documents

1.2

2 2.1 2.2

2.3 3 3.1

4 4.1

5 5.1

Content of Bidding Documents The Facilities required, bidding procedures and contract terms are prescribed in the Bidding Documents. In addition to the Invitation for Bids, the Bidding Documents include: Invitation for Bids (IFB); Instruction to Bidders (ITB); Bid Data Sheet (BDS); General Conditions of Contract (GCC); Special Conditions of Contract (SCC); Technical Specifications and Drawings (TS); Following Forms and Procedures (FP): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bid Form and Price Schedules; Bid Security Form; Form of Contract Agreement; Performance Security Forms; Bank Guarantee Form for Advance Payment; - 11 -

6. 7. 8. 5.2

Form of Completion Certificate; Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate; Change Order Procedures.

The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, specifications and other information in the Bidding Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidders risk and may result in rejection of its bid.

6 6.1

Clarification of Bidding Documents and Pre Bid Meeting A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding Documents may notify the Employer in writing or by e-mail or by fax at the Employers mailing address indicated in the Bid Data Sheet. Similarly, if a Bidder feels that any important provision in the documents will be unacceptable, such an issue should be raised at this stage. The Employer will respond in writing to any request for clarification or modification of the Bidding Documents, that it receives no later than twenty-eight (28) days prior to the deadline for submission of bids prescribed by the Employer. Written copies of the Employers response (including an explanation of the query but not identification of its source of inquiry) will be sent to all prospective Bidders, which have received the Bidding Documents. The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the site where the facilities are to be installed and its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the bid and entering into a contract for supply and installation of the facilities. The costs of visiting the site shall be at the Bidders own expense. The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Employer to enter upon its premises and lands for the purpose of such inspection, but only upon the express condition that the Bidder, its personnel and agents will release and indemnify the Employer and its personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof and will be responsible for death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property and any other loss, damage, costs and expenses incurred as a result of the inspection. The Bidders designated representative is invited to attend a pre-bid meeting, which, if convened, will take place at the venue and time stipulated in the Bid Data Sheet. The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage. The Bidder is requested, as far as possible, to submit any question in writing or by fax or email, to reach the Employer not later than one week before the meeting. It may not be practicable at the meeting to answer questions received late, but questions and responses will be transmitted as indicated hereafter. Minutes of the meeting, including the text of the questions raised and the responses given, together with any responses prepared after the meeting will be transmitted without delay to all purchasers of the bidding documents. Any modification of the bidding documents listed in ITB Sub-Clause 5.1, which may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to ITB Clause 7 and not through the minutes of the pre-bid meeting. Amendment of Bidding Documents At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the Employer may, for any reason, whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective Bidder, amend the Bidding Documents. The amendment will be notified in writing or by telex or cable to all prospective Bidders that have purchased the Bidding Documents and will be binding on them. Bidders are required to immediately acknowledge receipt of any such amendment, and it will be assumed that the information contained therein will have been taken into account by the Bidder in its bid. In order to afford prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take the amendment into account in preparing their bid, the Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids, in which case, the Employer will notify all Bidders in writing of the extended deadline.

6.2

6.3

6.4

7 7.1

7.2

7.3

- 12 -

C. 8 8.1 Language of Bid

Preparation of Bids

The Bid prepared by the Bidder and all correspondence and documents related to the bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in the English language, which is the language specified in the Bid Data Sheet, provided that any printed literature furnished by the Bidder may be written in another language so long as such literature is accompanied by a translation of its pertinent passages in the language specified in the Bid Data Sheet (English translation of its pertinent passages), in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the bid, the English translation shall govern. Documents Comprising the Bid. The bid submitted by the Bidder shall comprise the following documents: a) A Bid Form completed and signed by the Bidder, together with all Attachments identified in ITB Sub-Clause 9.3 below.

9 9.1

b) Price Schedule duly completed by the Bidder. 9.2 Bidders shall note that, if permitted according to the Bid Data Sheet, they are entitled to submit an alternative bid within the scope specified in the Bid Data Sheet. In such cases, Bidders shall submit full details and justifications, etc., in Attachment 7 to the bid as indicated in ITB Sub-Clause 9.3 (g) below Each Bidder shall submit with its bid the following attachments: (a) Attachment 1: Bid Security A bid security furnished in accordance with ITB Clause 13 (b) Attachment 2: Power of Attorney A power of attorney, duly notarized, indicating that the person(s) signing the bid has(ve) the authority to sign the bid and thus that the bid is binding upon the Bidder during the full period of its validity in accordance with ITB Clause 14. (c) Attachment 3: Bidders Eligibility and Qualifications The documentary evidence of the Bidders eligibility to bid shall establish to the Employers satisfaction that the Bidder, at the time of submission of its bid, is from an eligible source country as defined in ITB Sub-Clause 2.1. The documentary evidence of the Bidders qualifications to perform the contract, if its bid is accepted, shall establish to the Employers satisfaction that the Bidder has the financial, technical, production, procurement, shipping, installation and other capabilities necessary to perform the contract, and, in particular, meets the experience and other criteria outlined in the Bid Data Sheet. Bids submitted by a Joint Venture or a consortium of two or more firms as partners shall comply with the following requirements: (i) (ii) (iii) The bid shall include all the information required for Attachment 3 as described above for each joint venture or consortium partner. The bid shall be signed so as to be legally binding on all partners. One of the partners responsible for performing a key component of the contract shall be designated as Lead Partner. This authorization shall be evidenced by submitting with the bid a power of attorney signed by legally authorized signatures. The Lead Partner shall be authorized to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all partners of the Joint Venture or consortium, and the entire execution of the contract, including payment, shall be done exclusively with the leader. All partners of the Joint Venture or consortium shall be liable jointly and severally for the execution of the contract in accordance with the contract terms.

9.3

(iv)

(v)

(vi) A copy of the agreement entered into by the Joint Venture or consortium partners on a Rs. 100/- stamp paper duly notarized shall be submitted with the bid. (vii) The Joint Venture agreement should indicate precisely the responsibility of all members of JV in respect of planning, design, manufacturing, supply, installation, commissioning and training. This should not be varied / modified subsequently without prior approval of the Employer; and

- 13 -

(viii) The Joint Venture agreement should be registered in Delhi so as to be legally valid and binding on all partners of the JV. In order for a Joint Venture or consortium to qualify, each of its partners or combination of partners must meet the minimum criteria listed for an individual Bidder. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of the Joint Venture or consortiums bid. A firm can be a partner in only one Joint Venture or consortium; bids submitted by Joint Ventures or consortia including the same firm as partner in more than one Joint Venture or consortia will be rejected. In the case of a Bidder who offers to supply and / or install plant and equipment under the contract that the Bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce and / or install, the Bidder shall (i) have the financial and other capabilities necessary to perform the contract; (ii) have been duly authorized by the manufacturer or producer of the related plant and equipment or component to supply and / or install that item in India; and (iii) be responsible for ensuring that the manufacturer or producer complies with the requirements of ITB Sub-Clause 2.1 and meets the minimum criteria listed for an individual Bidder for that item. (d) Attachment 4: Eligibility and Conformity of the Facilities Documentary evidence established in accordance with ITB Clause 3 that the facilities offered by the Bidder in its bid or in any alternative bid (if permitted) are eligible and conform to the bidding documents. The documentary evidence of the eligibility of the facilities shall consist of a statement on the country of origin of the plant and equipment offered, which shall be confirmed by a certificate of origin issued at the time of shipment. The documentary evidence of the conformity of the facilities to the bidding documents may be in the form of literature, drawings and data, and shall furnish: (i) (ii) a detailed description of the essential technical and performance characteristics of the facilities; a list giving full particulars, including available sources, of all spare parts, special tools, etc., necessary for the proper and continuing functioning of the facilities for the period named in the Bid Data Sheet, following completion of facilities in accordance with provisions of contract; and a commentary on the Employers Technical Specifications and adequate evidence demonstrating the substantial responsiveness of the facilities to those specifications. Bidders shall note that standards for workmanship, materials and equipment designated by the Employer in the bidding documents are intended to be descriptive (establishing standards of quality and performance) only and not restrictive. The Bidder may substitute alternative standards, brand names and/or catalog numbers in its bid, provided that it demonstrates to the Employers satisfaction that the substitutions are substantially equivalent or superior to the standards designated in the Technical Specifications.

(iii)

(e) Attachment 5: Subcontractors Proposed by the Bidder The Bidder shall include in its bid details of all major items of supply or services that it proposes to purchase or sublet, and shall give details of the name and nationality of the proposed Subcontractor, including vendors, for each of those items. Bidders are free to list more than one Subcontractor against each item of the facilities. Quoted rates and prices will be deemed to apply to whichever Subcontractor is appointed, and no adjustment of the rates and prices will be permitted. The Bidder shall be responsible for ensuring that any Subcontractor proposed complies with the requirements of ITB Sub-Clause 2.1, and that any plant, equipment or services to be provided by the Subcontractor comply with the requirements of ITB Clause 3 and ITB Sub-Clause 9.3 (d) The Employer reserves the right to delete any proposed Subcontractor from the list prior to award of contract. (f) Attachment 6: Deviations In order to facilitate evaluation of bids, deviations, if any, from the terms and conditions or Technical Specifications shall be listed in Attachment 6 to the bid. The Bidder shall also provide the additional price, for withdrawal of the deviations. However, the attention of the Bidders is drawn to the provisions of ITB Sub-Clause 22.4 regarding the rejection of bids that are not substantially responsive to the requirements of the bidding documents. - 14 -

Bidders may further note that except for the deviations listed in Attachment 6 and Attachment 6A, the Bid shall be deemed to comply with all the requirements in the Bidding documents and the Bidders shall be required to comply with all such requirements of Bidding documents including Technical Specifications without any extra cost to the Employer irrespective of any mention to the contrary, any where else in the Bid. (g) Attachment 7: Alternative Bids (i) (ii) When alternatives to the Time Schedule called for, a statement to that effect will be included in the Bid Data Sheet, as will the method of evaluating different time schedules. Except as provided under subparagraph (iii) below, Bidders wishing to offer technical alternatives to the requirements of the bidding documents must first price the Employers design of the facilities as described in the bidding documents, and shall further provide all information necessary for a complete evaluation of the alternatives by the Employer, including drawings, design calculations, technical specifications, breakdown of prices, proposed installation methodology and other relevant details. Only the technical alternatives if any, of the lowest evaluated Bidder conforming to the basic technical requirements shall be considered by the Employer.

(iii) When Bidders are permitted in the Bid Data Sheet to submit alternative technical solutions for specified parts of the facilities, such parts shall be described in Section VI, Technical Specifications and Drawings. Technical alternatives that comply with the performance and technical criteria specified for the facilities shall be considered by the Employer on their own merits, pursuant to ITB Sub-Clause 24.2. (h) Attachment 8: Local Representation If a foreign Bidder has engaged an Indian agent, it will be required to give the following details in its bid as per the format enclosed in the Bidding Documents: (i) The name and address of the local agent; (ii) What Service the agent renders; and (iii) The fixed amount of remuneration for the agent included in the offer; The agency commission shall be indicated in the space provided for in the Price Schedule and will be paid to the Bidders agent in India in Indian Rupees using the Telegraphic Transfer buying market rate of exchange ruling on the date of award of contract and shall not be subject to any escalation or any further exchange variations. 10 Bid Form and Price Schedules 10.1 The Bidder shall complete the Bid Form and the appropriate Price Schedule furnished in the Bidding Documents, as indicated therein and in the Subsection Bid Form and Price Schedules of the Bidding Documents, following the requirements of ITB Clauses 11 and 12 11 Bid Prices 11.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Technical Specifications, Bidders shall quote for the entire facilities on a single responsibility basis such that the total bid price covers all the Contractors obligations mentioned in or to be reasonably inferred from the bidding documents in respect of the design, manufacture, including procurement and subcontracting (if any), delivery, construction, installation and completion of the facilities. This includes all requirements under the Contractors responsibilities for testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning and ninety (90) days of operation and maintenance of the facilities including supply of mandatory spares (if any) and, where so required by the bidding documents, the acquisition of all permits, approvals and licenses, etc.; the operation, maintenance and training services and such other items and services as may be specified in the bidding documents, all in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions of Contract. Items against which no price is entered by the Bidder will not be paid for by the Employer when executed and shall be deemed to be covered by the prices for other items. 11.2 Bidders are required to quote the price for the commercial, contractual and technical obligations outlined in the bidding documents. If a Bidder wishes to make a deviation, such deviation shall be listed in Attachment 6 of its bid. The Bidder shall also provide the additional price, if any, for withdrawal of the deviations

- 15 -

11.3 Bidders shall give a breakdown of the prices in the manner and detail called for in the Price Schedules. 11.4 Separate numbered Schedules shall be used for each of the elements forming the price bid. The total amount from each Schedule (1 to 5) shall be summarized in a Grand Summary (Schedule 6) giving the total bid price(s) to be entered in the Bid Form. Schedule No. 1 Schedule No. 2 Schedule No. 3 Schedule No. 4 Schedule No. 5 Schedule No. 6 Schedule No. 7 Schedule No. 8 Plant and Equipment (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad Plant and Equipment (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within India Local Transportation Installation Services O&M and Training of Employers personnel Grand Summary (Schedule Nos. 1 to 5) Recommended Spare Parts Taxes and Duties

Bidders shall note that the plant and equipment included in Schedule Nos. 1 and 2 above exclude materials used for civil, building and other construction works. All such materials shall be included and priced under Schedule No. 4, Installation Services. 11.5 In the Schedules, Bidders shall give the required details and a breakdown of their prices as follows: (a) Plant and equipment to be supplied from abroad (Schedule No. 1) shall be quoted on a CIF port-of-entry, CIP border point basis or CIP-named place. In addition, the FOB price (or the FCA price, as the case may be) shall also be indicated. (b) Plant and equipment manufactured or fabricated within India (Schedule No. 2) shall be quoted on an EXW (ex factory, ex works, ex warehouse or off-the-shelf, as applicable) basis, and shall be inclusive of all costs as well as duties and taxes paid or payable on components and raw materials incorporated or to be incorporated in the facilities. Sales tax, local tax and other levies in respect of direct transaction between the Employer and the Contractor shall not be included in the Ex-Works price but shall be quoted separately in Schedule No. 7. (c) Local transportation, insurance, port clearance and port charges and other local costs incidental to delivery of the Plant and Equipment including mandatory spares (Schedule No. 3). The Employer shall be responsible and be liable only for payment of custom duty on CIF / CIP component of the Plant and equipment including mandatory spares to be supplied from abroad. Further, the Employer, as an importer, shall furnish promptly necessary clarifications and documents as may be required to be furnished by the importer for the purpose of customs clearance. (d) Installation Services shall be quoted separately (Schedule No. 4) and shall include rates or prices for all labor, Contractors equipment, temporary works, materials, consumables and all matters and things of whatsoever nature, including operations and maintenance services, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc., where identified in the bidding documents, as necessary for the proper execution of the Installation Services, including all taxes, duties, levies and charges payable in India as of twenty-eight (28) days prior to the deadline for submission of bids. (e) Cost towards O&M and Training of Employers personnel for Ninety (90) days shall be quoted in Schedule No. 5 and shall include rates or prices for all labour, contractors equipment, temporary works, materials, consumables and all matters and things of whatsoever nature required for satisfactory operation & maintenance of the plant. (f) Recommended spare parts shall be quoted separately (Schedule 7) as specified in either subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance with the origin of the spare parts. 11.5.1 Deemed Export Benefits Bidders may like to ascertain availability of deemed export benefits. All Deemed Export Benefits shall be to the account of the Employer and accordingly the Contractor shall give a disclaimer certificate in favour of the Employer. The Contractor shall also provide all excise invoices for the excise duty paid by the Employer. The Bidder shall furnish along with their bid, a declaration to this effect as Attachment 9 as per the format enclosed in the bidding documents.

- 16 -

Where the Bidder has quoted taking into account the deemed export benefits, he must give all information required for issue of Project Authority/ Payment certificate in terms of the Export Import Policy of the Govt. of India along with his bid in Attachment 9. The Project Authority/ Payment Certificate will be issued on this basis only and no subsequent change will be permitted. Where such certificates are issued by the Employer, excise duty will not be reimbursed separately. Bids, which do not conform to this provision, will be treated as non-responsive and rejected. 11.6 The terms EXW, CIF, CIP, etc., shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the current edition of Incoterms, published by the International Chamber of Commerce, 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France. 11.7 The prices shall be in accordance with the following as specified in the Bid Data Sheet: Fixed Price. Prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed during the Bidders performance of the contract and not subject to variation on any account. A bid submitted with an adjustable price quotation will be treated as non-responsive and rejected. 12 Bid Currencies (a) Plant and equipment including mandatory spares covered under ITB Sub-Clause 11.5 (a) to be supplied from abroad shall be quoted in Indian Rupees only. (b) Plant and equipment including mandatory spares covered under ITB Sub-Clause 11.5 (b) to be supplied from within India shall be quoted in Indian Rupees. (c) Local transportation, insurance and other services incidental to delivery of the plant and equipment covered under ITB Sub-Clause 11.5 (c) and installation services covered under ITB Sub-Clause 11.5 (d) shall be quoted in Indian Rupees. 13 Bid Security 13.1 The Bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, a bid security in the amount stipulated in the Bid Data Sheet in Indian Rupees. 13.2 The bid security shall be in the form of a certified cheque, letter of credit or a bank guarantee from a reputable bank selected by the Bidder and acceptable to the Employer. The format of the bank guarantee shall be in accordance with the form of bid security included in the bidding documents. Bid security shall remain valid for a period of forty-five (45) days beyond the original bid validity period, and beyond any extension subsequently requested under ITB Sub-Clause 14.2. 13.3 Any bid not accompanied by an acceptable bid security shall be rejected by the Employer as being nonresponsive. The bid security of a joint venture must be in the name of all the partners in the joint venture submitting the bid. 13.4 The bid securities of unsuccessful Bidders will be returned as promptly as possible, but not later than twenty-eight (28) days after the expiration of the bid validity period. 13.5 The bid security of the successful Bidder will be returned when the Bidder has signed the Contract Agreement, pursuant to ITB Clause 32, and has furnished the required performance security, pursuant to ITB Clause 33. 13.6 The bid security may be forfeited (a) (b) (c) if the Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder in the Bid Form If the Bidder does not accept the correction of its Bid Price pursuant to ITB Sub-Clause 22.2; or in the case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails within the specified time limit (i) (ii) to sign the Contract Agreement, in accordance with ITB Clause 32, or to furnish the required performance security, in accordance with ITB Clause 33. 12.1 Prices shall be quoted in the following currencies:

- 17 -

14

Period of Validity of Bids

14.1 Bids shall remain valid for the period named in the Bid Data Sheet after the closing date prescribed by the Employer for the receipt of bids, pursuant to ITB Sub-Clause 17.1. A Bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the Employer as being non-responsive. 14.2 In exceptional circumstances, the Employer may solicit the Bidders consent to an extension of the bid validity period. The request and responses thereto shall be made in writing or by fax or email. If a Bidder accepts to prolong the period of validity, the bid security shall also be suitably extended. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its bid security. A Bidder granting the request will not be required nor permitted to modify its bid. 15 Format and Signing of Bid 15.1 The original and one copies of the bid, each consisting of the documents listed in ITB Sub-Clause 9.1, shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly authorized to bind the Bidder to the contract. The latter authorization shall be indicated by written power of attorney accompanying the bid and submitted as Attachment 2 to the Bid under ITB Sub-Clause 9.3. All pages of the bid, except for un-amended printed literature, shall be initialed by the person or persons signing the bid. 15.2 The bid shall contain no alterations, omissions or additions, unless such corrections are initialed by the person or persons signing the bid. 15.3 The Bidder shall furnish information as described in the last paragraph of the Form of Bid on commissions or gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid to agents relating to this bid, and to contract execution if the Bidder is awarded the contract.

D. 16 16.1 Sealing and Marking of Bids

Submission of Bids

Bids shall be submitted in the following manner : i) ii) iii) iv) Earnest Money shall be kept in a sealed Envelope 1 super-scribed as Bid Guarantee. Technical details shall be placed in a sealed Envelope 2 super-scribed as Techno-Commercial Bid. Financial Bid shall be kept in a sealed Envelope 3 super-scribed as Financial Bid. All 3 envelopes shall be placed in an outer Sealed envelope super-scribed as BID FOR DEVELOPMENT OF FOZAL H. E. PROJECT (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW), DISTT. KULLU, HIMACHAL PRADESH MAIN PROPOSAL. Technical details shall be placed in a Techno-Commercial Bid Alternate Proposal Financial Bid shall be kept Financial Bid Alternate Proposal in a sealed sealed Envelope-2A Envelope-3A super-scribed super-scribed as as

For Alternate Proposal, if any, Bids shall be submitted in the following manner : i) ii) iii)

Both the Envelopes 2A & 3A shall be placed in an outer Sealed enveloped superscribed as BID FOR DEVELOPMENT OF FOZAL H. E. PROJECT (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW), DISTT. KULLU, HIMACHAL PRADESH-ALTERNATE PROPOSAL.

16.2

If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked as required by ITB Sub-Clause 16.1 above, the Employer will assume no responsibility for the bids misplacement or premature opening. If the outer envelope discloses the Bidders identity, the Employer will not guarantee the anonymity of the bid submission, but this disclosure will not constitute grounds for bid rejection Any Bid not sealed and marked as per Clause 16 will be considered non-responsive and will not be opened.

- 18 -

17

Deadline for Submission of Bids

17.1 Bids must be received by the Employer at the address specified under IFB no later than the time and date stated in the IFB Sub-Clause no. 2 b and the Bid Data Sheet. In the event of the specified date for the submission of bids being declared a holiday for the Employer, the bids will be received upto the appointed time on the next working day. Address of Bid Submission M/s DR. HUTAREW & PARTNER (INDIA) PVT. LTD. B - 5/7 SAKET, NEW DELHI - 110017, INDIA. TEL: 011-26527064 FAX: 011-26527060 Deadline for Bid Submission : 1300 Hours, 8th February 2010 17.2 The Employer may, at its discretion, extend this deadline for submission of bids by amending the bidding documents in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 7.3, in which case all rights and obligations of Employer and Bidders will thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended. 18 Late Bids 18.1 Any bid received by the Employer after the bid submission deadline prescribed by the Employer, pursuant to ITB Clause 17, will be rejected and returned unopened to the Bidder 19 Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 19.1 The Bidder may modify or withdraw its bid after submission, provided that written notice of the modification or withdrawal is received by the Employer prior to the deadline prescribed for bid submission. 19.2 The Bidders modifications shall be prepared, sealed, marked and dispatched as follows: (a) The Bidders shall provide an original and one copy of any modifications to its bid, clearly identified as such, in two inner envelopes duly marked BID MODIFICATIONSORIGINAL and BID MODIFICATIONSCOPIES. The inner envelopes shall be sealed in an outer envelope, which shall be duly marked BID MODIFICATIONS. (b) Other provisions concerning the marking and dispatch of bid modifications shall be in accordance with ITB Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2. 19.3 A Bidder wishing to withdraw its bid shall notify the Employer in writing prior to the deadline prescribed for bid submission. The notice of withdrawal shall (a) be addressed to the Employer at the address named in the Bid Data Sheet, and (b) bear the contract name, the IFB number, and the words BID WITHDRAWAL NOTICE. Bid withdrawal notices received after the bid submission deadline will be ignored, and the submitted bid will be deemed to be a validly submitted bid. 19.4 No bid may be withdrawn in the interval between the bid submission deadline and the expiration of the bid validity period specified in ITB Clause 14. Withdrawal of a bid during this interval may result in the Bidders forfeiture of its bid security, pursuant to ITB Sub-Clause 13.6 E. Bid Opening and Evaluation 20 Opening of Bids by Employer 20.1 The Employer will open the bids, including withdrawals and modifications made pursuant to ITB Clause 19, in the presence of Bidders designated representatives who choose to attend, at the time, date, and location stipulated in the Bid Data Sheet. The Bidders representatives who are present shall sign a register evidencing their attendance. In the event of the specified date of bid opening being declared a holiday for the Employer, the bids shall be opened at the appointed time and location on the next working day. Location, time and date of bid opening M/s DR. HUTAREW & PARTNER (INDIA) PVT. LTD. B - 5/7 SAKET, NEW DELHI - 110017, INDIA. TEL: 011-26527064 FAX: 011-26527060 Deadline for bid opening : 1500 Hours, 8th February 2010 - 19 -

20.2 Envelopes marked WITHDRAWAL shall be opened first and the name of the Bidder shall be read out. Bids for which an acceptable notice of withdrawal has been submitted pursuant to ITB Clause 19 shall not be opened. 20.3 The Bidders names, the Bid Prices, including any alternative Bid Price or deviation, any discounts, bid modifications and withdrawals, the presence (or absence) of bid security, and any such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate, will be announced by the Employer at the opening. Subsequently, all envelopes marked MODIFICATION shall be opened and the submissions therein read out in appropriate detail. No bid shall be rejected at bid opening except for improper Submission of Bids &late bids pursuant to ITB Clause 16 & 18 respectively. 20.4 The Employer shall prepare minutes of the bid opening, including the information disclosed to those present in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 20.3. 20.5 Bids not opened and read out at bid opening shall not be considered further for evaluation, irrespective of the circumstances. 21 Clarification of Bids 21.1 During bid evaluation, the Employer may, at its discretion, ask the Bidder for a clarification of its bid. The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing, and no change in the price or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered or permitted. 22 Preliminary Examination of Bids 22.1 The Employer will examine the bids to determine whether they are complete, whether any computational errors have been made, whether required sureties have been furnished, whether the documents have been properly signed, and whether the bids are generally in order. 22.2 Prior to the detailed evaluation, the Employer will determine whether each bid is of acceptable quality, is generally complete and is substantially responsive to the bidding documents. For purposes of this determination, a substantially responsive bid is one that conforms to all the terms, conditions and specifications of the bidding documents without material deviations, objections, conditionalities or reservations. A material deviation, objection, conditionality or reservation is one (i) that affects in any substantial way the scope, quality or performance of the contract; (ii) that limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the bidding documents, the Employers rights or the successful Bidders obligations under the contract; or (iii) whose rectification would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Bidders who are presenting substantially responsive bids. 22.3 Arithmetical errors will be rectified on the following basis. If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price, which is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, or between subtotals and the total price, the unit or subtotal price shall prevail, and the total price shall be corrected. If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words will prevail. If the Bidder does not accept the correction of errors, its bid will be rejected and the bid security will be forfeited in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 13.6 (b). 22.4 The Employer may waive any minor informality, nonconformity or irregularity in a bid that does not constitute a material deviation, whether or not identified by the Bidder in Attachment 6 to its bid, and that does not prejudice or affect the relative ranking of any Bidder as a result of the technical and commercial evaluation, pursuant to ITB Clauses 24 and 25. 22.4.1 Bids containing deviations from critical provisions relating to GCC Clauses 5 (Governing Law), 6 (Settlement of Disputes), 12 (Terms of Payment), 13.3 (Performance Security), 14 (Taxes and duties), 26.2 (Completion Time Guarantee), 27 (Defect Liability), 28 (Functional Guarantees), 29 (Patent Indemnity), 30 (Limitation of Liability) and Appendix 2 to the Form of Contract Agreement (Price Adjustment) will be considered as non-responsive. However, the Bidders wishing to propose deviations to any of the above provisions must provide in the Attachment-6A of the bid, the cost of withdrawal of such deviations. If the deviation to any of these provisions is not priced, the bid will be rejected. The evaluated cost of the bid shall include, in addition to the costs described in ITB Clause 25, the cost of withdrawal of the deviations from the above provisions to make the bid fully compliant with these provisions. Bids not accompanying with proper bid security will be rejected. Bids shall be accompanied by general arrangement drawing of the power plant giving overall dimensions, elevations, loadings and trench details. This drawing will be binding on the Bidder. Any bid not accompanied by this drawing will be rejected.

- 20 -

At the time of Award of Contract, if so desired by the Employer, the Contractor shall withdraw these deviations listed in Attachment 6 and Attachment 6A at the cost of withdrawal stated by him in the bid. In case the Contractor does not withdraw the deviations proposed by him, if any, at the cost of withdrawal stated by him in the bid, his bid will be rejected and his bid security forfeited. 22.5 If a bid is not substantially responsive, it will be rejected by the Employer, and may not subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the nonconformity. The Employers determination of a bids responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence. 23 Bid to be in Single Currency All Bids received in accordance with Clause 12 of ITB shall be converted in Indian Rupees for evaluation and comparison of prices of various Bidders. 24 Technical Evaluation 24.1 A detailed evaluation of the bids previously determined to be substantially responsive in order to determine whether the technical aspects are in accordance with the requirements set forth in the bidding documents. In order to reach such a determination, the Employer will examine and compare the technical aspects of the bids on the basis of the information supplied by the Bidders, taking into account the following factors: (a) overall completeness and compliance with the Technical Specifications and Drawings; deviations from he Technical Specifications as identified in Attachment 6 to the bid suitability of the facilities offered in relation to the environmental and climatic conditions prevailing at the site; and quality, function and operation of any process control concept included in the bid. The bid that does not meet minimum acceptable standards of completeness, consistency and detail will be rejected for nonresponsiveness. (b) achievement of specified performance criteria by the facilities. (c) type, quantity and long-term availability of mandatory and recommended spare parts and maintenance services. (d) any other relevant factors, if any, listed in the Bid Data Sheet, or that the Employer deems necessary or prudent to take into consideration. 24.2 The Employer will make a similar evaluation of the alternatives, which will be treated in the technical and commercial evaluations as if they were base bids. 25 Commercial Evaluation The comparison shall be of the EXW price of plant and equipment including mandatory spares offered from within India, such price to include all costs as well as duties and taxes paid or payable on components and raw material incorporated or to be incorporated in the plant and equipment, with the price of the CIF-named port of destination (or CIP border point or CIP-named place of destination) offered from outside the Employers country, with the cost of local transportation, all installation and other services required under the contract. The Employers comparison will also include the costs resulting from application of the evaluation procedures described in ITB Sub-Clause 25.3. 25.2 The Employers evaluation of a bid will take into account, in addition to the bid prices indicated in Price Schedule Nos. 1 through 5, the following costs and factors that will be added to each Bidders bid price in the evaluation using pricing information available to the Employer, in the manner and to the extent indicated in ITB Sub-Clause 25.3 and in the Technical Specifications: (a) the cost of all quantifiable deviations and omissions from the contractual and commercial conditions and the Technical Specifications as identified in Attachments 6 and 6A to the bid. (b) compliance with the time schedule and evidenced in a milestone schedule provided in the bid. (c) the projected operating and maintenance costs during the life of the facilities. (d) the functional guarantees of the facilities offered. (e) the extra cost of work, services, facilities, etc., required to be provided by the Employer or third parties. 25.1 Bids of only Technically responsive Bidders shall be opened.

- 21 -

25.3 Pursuant to ITB Sub-Clause 25.2 above, the following evaluation methods will be followed: (a) Contractual and commercial deviations The evaluation shall be based on the evaluated cost of fulfilling the contract in compliance with all commercial, contractual and technical obligations under this bidding document. In arriving at the evaluated cost, the price for withdrawal of deviations shown in Attachments 6 and 6A of the bid will be used, if necessary. If such a price is not given, the Employer will make its own assessment of the cost of such a deviation for the purpose of ensuring fair comparison of bids. (b) Time schedule (program of performance) The plant and equipment covered by this bidding are required to be shipped and installed, and the facilities shall have the commissioning completed within the period named in the Bid Data Sheet after the effective date specified in the Form of Contract Agreement. Bidders are required to base their prices on the completion date(s) given in the Bid Data Sheet. No credit will be given for earlier completion. Where an Alternative Time Schedule is accepted and where the completion date offered is within the limits specified in the Bid Data Sheet, bids offering a completion date beyond the minimum designated period shall be adjusted in the evaluation by adding a factor specified in the Bid Data Sheet to the bid price. Bids offering a completion date beyond the maximum designated period shall be rejected. (c) Operating and maintenance costs (i) Since the operating and maintenance costs of the facilities being procured form a major part of the life cycle cost of the facilities, these costs will be evaluated according to the principles given in the Bid Data Sheet, including the cost of spare parts for the initial period of operation stated in the Bid Data Sheet and based on prices furnished by each Bidder in Price Schedule Nos. 1 and 2, as well as on past experience of the Employer or other employers similarly placed. Such costs shall be added to the bid price for evaluation. (ii) The price of recommended spare parts quoted in Price Schedule No. 7 shall not be considered for evaluation. (d) Functional Guarantees of the facilities (i) Bidders shall state the functional guarantees (e.g., performance, efficiency, consumption) of the proposed facilities in response to the Technical Specifications. Plant and equipment offered shall have a minimum (or a maximum, as the case may be) level of functional guarantees specified in the Technical Specifications to be considered responsive. Bids offering plant and equipment with functional guarantees less (or more) than the minimum (or maximum) specified shall be rejected. (ii) For the purposes of evaluation, the adjustment specified in the Bid Data Sheet will be added to the bid price for each drop (or excess) in the responsive functional guarantees offered by the Bidder, below (or above) either a norm of one hundred (100) or the value committed in the responsive bid with the most performing functional guarantees, as specified in the Bid Data Sheet. (e) Work, services, facilities, etc., to be provided by the Employer Where bids include the undertaking of work or the provision of services or facilities by the Employer in excess of the provisions allowed for in the bidding documents, the Employer shall assess the costs of such additional work, services and / or facilities during the duration of the contract. Such costs shall be added to the bid price for evaluation. (f) Specific additional criteria The relevant evaluation method, if any, shall be detailed in the Bid Data Sheet and / or in the Technical Specifications. (g) Bid to be submitted in accordance with Tender Specifications All Bids shall be submitted truly in accordance with Tender Specifications shown under Section VI of these Tender Documents. Bids not conforming to Tender Specifications will be rejected.

- 22 -

25.4

Any adjustments in price that result from the above procedures shall be added, for purposes of comparative evaluation only, to arrive at an Evaluated Bid Price. Bid prices quoted by Bidders shall remain unaltered. Domestic Preference

26

26.1 In the evaluation and comparison of bids, the CIF or CIP price of plant and equipment to be incorporated in the facilities including mandatory spares and proposed to be supplied from abroad will be increased by the applicable import tariff (custom duties and other import taxes) Payable by a non exempt importer for the specific plant or equipment in question or by fifteen percent (15%), whichever is less. In the case of more than one import tariff, the appropriate tariff for each item of plant and equipment shall apply. No margin of preference will be allowed for any other component. 27 27.1 Contacting the Employer From the time of Bid opening to the time of contract award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any matter related to its Bid, it should do so in writing.

27.2 Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the Employers bid evaluation, bid comparison or contract award decisions may result in rejection of the Bidders bid.

F. 28 Post-qualification

Award of Contract

28.1 In the absence of pre-qualification, the Employer will determine to its satisfaction whether the Bidder selected as having submitted the lowest evaluated responsive bid is qualified to satisfactorily perform the contract in terms of the qualifying requirements stipulated in the Bid Data Sheet ITB 9.3 (c) and (e). 28.2 The determination will take into account the Bidders financial, technical and production capabilities, in particular the Bidders contract work in hand, future commitments and current litigation. It will be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of the Bidders qualifications submitted by the Bidder in Attachment 3 to the bid, as well as such other information as the Employer deems necessary and appropriate. 28.3 An affirmative determination will be a prerequisite for award of the contract to the Bidder. A negative determination will result in rejection of the Bidders bid, in which event the Employer will proceed to the next lowest evaluated bid to make a similar determination of that Bidders capabilities to perform satisfactorily. 28.4 The capabilities of the vendors and subcontractors proposed in Attachment 5 to the bid to be used by the lowest evaluated Bidder will also be evaluated for acceptability. Their participation should be confirmed with a letter of intent between the parties, as needed. Should a vendor or subcontractor be determined to be unacceptable, the bid will not be rejected, but the Bidder will be required to substitute an acceptable vendor or subcontractor without any change to the bid price. 29 Award Criteria 29.1 Subject to ITB Clause 30, the Employer will award the contract to the successful Bidder whose bid has been determined to be substantially responsive, truly in accordance with Tender Specifications and to be the lowest evaluated bid, further provided that the Bidder is determined to be qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily. 29.2 The Employer may request the Bidder to withdraw any of the deviations listed in Attachment 6 to the winning bid, at the price shown for the deviation in Attachment 6 to the bid. Contractor would be required to comply with all other requirements of the Bidding Documents except for those deviations, which are accepted by the Employer. 29.3 The Employer reserves the right to vary the quantity of any of the spares and / or delete any items of spares altogether at the time of Award of Contract. 29.4 The mode of contracting with the successful Contractor will be as per stipulation outlined in Clause SCC 31.

- 23 -

30

Employers Right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids

30.1 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding process and reject all bids at any time prior to award of contract, without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or any obligation to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the grounds for the Employers action. 31 Notification of Award 31.1 Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the Employer will notify the successful Bidder in writing by registered letter or by cable, to be confirmed in writing by registered letter, that its bid has been accepted. The notification of award will constitute the formation of the contract. 31.2 Upon the successful Bidders furnishing of the performance security pursuant to ITB Clause 33, the Employer will promptly notify each unsuccessful Bidder and will discharge its bid security, pursuant to ITB Sub-Clause 13.4. 32 Signing the Contract Agreement 32.1 At the same time as the Employer notifies the successful Bidder that its bid has been accepted, the Employer will send the Bidder the Contract Agreement provided in the bidding documents, incorporating all agreements between the parties 32.2 Within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the Contract Agreement, the successful Bidder shall sign and date the Contract Agreement and return it to the Employer. 33 Performance Security 33.1 Within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of the notification of award, the successful Bidder shall furnish the performance security in the amount given in the Bid Data Sheet and in the form provided in Section VII, Sample Forms and Procedures, of the bidding documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer 33.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirements of ITB Clause 32 or Clause 33 shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the bid security, in which event the Employer may make the award to the next lowest evaluated Bidder or call for new bids 34 Adjudicator The Employer and the Successful Bidder shall jointly appoint the Adjudicator acceptable to both the parties after Award of Work. 35 Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices 35.1 The Bidders shall observe the highest standard of ethics during the process of bidding and execution of this project. In pursuance of this policy, the Owner : (a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows: (i) corrupt practice means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any thing of value to influence the action of the person evaluating the bid or in contract execution; and (ii) fraudulent practice means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence the execution of the contract to the detriment of the Owner, and includes collusive practice among Bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; (b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the contract in question;

- 24 -

SECTION - III BID DATA SHEET (BDS)

- 25 -

BID DATA SHEET (BDS) The following bid-specific data for the plant and equipment to be procured shall amend and / or supplement the provisions in Section II : Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the ITB.

INTRODUCTION ITB 1.1 ITB 1.1 ITB 1.1 ITB 2.1 ITB 5.1 Name of the Bank giving Loan or Credit Name of Project Name of Contract Name of Employer Add the following: (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL Fozal H.E. Project Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL Fozal H.E. Project M/s Fozal Power Pvt. Ltd. Please insert here Name of the Bank

S. No.

Form No. 3 (a) 3 (b) 4 11 12 13

Description Form of Notification by the Employer to Bidder Form of Sight Draft Form of Notification of Award Form of Trust Receipt Form of Indemnity Bond Form of Authorization Letter

ITB 6.1

Address of Employer; Telephone, E-mail and Facsimile numbers M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place New Delhi 110019 Tel : 011 - 26425722, 46515758 Fax : 011 - 26281910 Email : chughkl@airtelmail.in

ITB 6.4

Venue time and date of Pre bid meeting. M/s DR. HUTAREW & PARTNER (INDIA) PVT. LTD. B 5/7 SAKET, NEW DELHI 110017, INDIA TEL: 011-26527064, 645 65011, 645 65012 FAX: 011-26527060, E-MAIL: hutarewsood@gmail.com ; hutarewsood@in.com 1100 Hours on 18th January 2010 The Bidder or his authorized representative is invited to attend Pre-bid conference, which will take place at the above-mentioned address. Non-attendance at the pre-bid conference will not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder. - 26 -

ITB 8.1

Language of bid is English

ITB 9.3 (d)(ii) Spares required for operation; number of years following completion: 5 (FIVE) years

BID PRICE AND CURRENCY ITB 11.7 The price shall be fixed

BID PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ITB 13.1 ITB 14.1 Amount of bid security: Rs. 5.00 Lakh (Rupees Five Lakh Only). Bid validity period: 120 (One Hundred and Twenty) days from the date of bid opening. BID EVALUATION ITB 24.1(d) The other relevant factors that will be used in the evaluation in the manner stated and to the extent indicated in the Bid Data Sheet under ITB Sub-Clause 25.3 (f) are NIL. ITB 25.3(b) Time Schedule Time to complete the facilities from the effective date specified in Article 3 of the Contract Agreement (Appendix 1: Milestone Schedules) for determining time for completion of commissioning activities. The adjustment rate in the event of completion beyond the minimum period shall be [0.2 %] for each week of delay from the minimum period. ITB 25.3(d) Functional guarantees Following Functional Guarantees are added to this clause: The Bidders are free to offer turbine and generator unit with higher output(s) for corresponding head and discharge depending upon the design of their machines. However, no credit will be given for the same. The bids confirming rated turbine - generator unit output at generator terminal at rated head and rated discharge less than 3500 kW (for machine # 1 & 2) and less than 2000 kW (for machine # 3) or maximum turbine - generator unit output at generator terminal at rated head and maximum possible discharge less than 4025 kW (for machine # 1 & 2) and 2300 kW for machine # 3 will be treated as non-responsive. The rated turbine - generator unit output shall be guaranteed at rated head and rated discharge & maximum turbine - generator unit output at generator terminal at rated head & maximum possible discharge. The maximum turbine-generator unit output will be verified after installation at site by conducting field tests before taking over of the plant as per Technical Specifications, Part I Volume VI. The Bidder shall furnish the Turbine linear characteristic curves for : (a) Discharge vs. turbine power output and turbine efficiency (b) Power output vs. efficiency of Turbine. (c) Head vs. efficiency and power output of Turbine (d) Speed vs. power output and efficiency of Turbine. The Bidder should also furnish hill curves or Graphs viz., Turbine operating characteristics for (a) Head verses power output (b) Head verses Discharge and universal characteristic curve, (c) Speed verses Discharge indicating isolines of efficiency of turbines, output of turbine, runner blade angle and guide vane angle position lines corresponding to rated head, (d) Runaway characteristics (e) Cavitation coefficient curves. The Bidder shall also indicate suction head, coefficient of cavitation, and speed and runner size on the above characteristic curves. These curves shall also be authenticated by the manufacturers of turbine as derived from Model Tests in accordance with International Standards. The weighted average Efficiency of all three (3) turbines - generator units arrived, as per the formula given in the Technical Specifications Part I Volume VI shall not be less than 82%. The bids with weighted Average Efficiency of less than 82% will be treated as Non-responsive. The Bidder shall also specify guaranteed efficiency for all three (3) turbines generator units at 115%, 100%, 80% and 60% of rated output.

- 27 -

For the purpose of comparison of tender, the weighted average efficiency of the set of each Bidder is calculated as described in the Technical Specifications. The total bid price of the Bidder having lower weighted average efficiency as compared with that of the highest Bidder will be loaded at the rate given in the Technical Specifications. Bidders shall confirm Load and Full Load loss for main transformer; Bid confirming lowest loss will be treated as the base and bids confirming higher losses will be loaded by an amount to be determined by the Owner at the time of evaluation of Bids. Bidders, who have not quoted for any particular items of minor nature, required as per specification, will be loaded from highest quoted bid or current market price. Any unacceptable deviation from technical specification will be loaded. If a Bidder has not quoted for any major item or not conforming to technical specifications substantially such deviation will constitute a material deviation and will be treated as non-responsive and its bid will be rejected. Implication of powerhouse building civil cost: The powerhouse building size indicated in the Tender drawing furnished along with this Bid document is only indicative. The Bidder is expected to provide the optimum size of the powerhouse with turbine centre line and other key levels. For the purpose of evaluation, size and levels given in the Tender drawing shall be taken as base. Bidders requiring higher sizes will be cost loaded in evaluation for additional cost of powerhouse building at the rate of Rs. 50,000/- (Rupees Fifty Thousand Only) per every additional square meter area. Similarly, the offer will be cost loaded at the rate of Rs. 5,000/- (Rupees Five Thousand Only) for every additional cubic meter of volume of powerhouse from the base depth indicated in the Tender drawing. However, Bids giving smaller area of powerhouse or higher center lines and other levels shall not be given any cost advantage for evaluation purpose. Note: Bidders are cautioned to furnish the correct information and Bidder could risk rejection of his bid for making misleading or false representation. Employer may verify these details from his past experience or from any other source and for the purpose of evaluation reserves the right to modify the parameters indicated by the Bidder based on the above verification.

Bid drawings will be binding on the bidder and no changes will be accepted.

CONTRACT AWARD ITB 33 Amount of performance security shall be equal to Ten percent (10 %) of the final contract price.

- 28 -

SECTION - IV GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

- 29 -

M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. INERNATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING (ICB) OF FOZAL HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL, DISTT. KULLU, HIMACHAL PRADESH SECTION IV GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) CONTENTS Clause No. A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. 7. 8. 9. 10. C. 11. 12. 13. 14. D. 15. 16. E. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. F. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. DESCRIPTION Contract and Interpretation Definitions Contract Documents Interpretation Notices Governing Law Settlement of Disputes Subject Matter of Contract Scope of Facilities Time for Commencement and Completion Contractors Responsibilities Employers Responsibilities Payment Contract Price Terms of Payment Securities Taxes and Duties Intellectual Property Copyright Confidential Information Execution of the Facilities Representatives Work Program Subcontracting Design and Engineering Procurement Installation Test and Inspection Completion of the Facilities Commissioning and Operational Acceptance Guarantees and Liabilities Completion Time Guarantee Defect Liability Functional Guarantees Patent Indemnity Limitation of Liability Page No.

32 to 33 33 33 to 34 35 35 35 to 36 36 36 36 36 to 37 37 38 38 38 38 to 39 39 39 39 39 40 40 41 41 to 42 42 to 43 43 44 to 46 46 47 to 48 48 to 49 49 49 49 to 50 50 to 51 51 52

- 30 -

G. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. H. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43.

Risk Distribution Transfer of Ownership Care of Facilities Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification Insurance Unforeseen Conditions Change in Laws and Regulations Force Majeure War Risks Change in Contract Elements Change in the Facilities Extension of Time for Completion Suspension Termination Assignment

52 52 52 to 53 53 53 to 55 55 55 56 57 57 to 59 57 to 59 59 60 60 to 64 64

- 31 -

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) A 1 1.1 Definitions The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them: Contract means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Employer and the Contractor, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein; they shall constitute the Contract, and the term the Contract shall in all such documents be construed accordingly. Contract Documents means the documents listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) of the Form of Contract Agreement (including any amendments thereto). GCC means the General Conditions of Contract hereof. SCC means the Special Conditions of Contract. Day means calendar day of the Gregorian Calendar. Month means calendar month of the Gregorian Calendar. Employer / Owner means the person named as such in the SCC and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Employer / Owner. Project Manager means the person appointed by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC SubClause 17.1 (Project Manager) hereof and named as such in the SCC to perform the duties delegated by the Employer. Contractor means the person(s) whose bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Employer and is named as such in the Contract Agreement, and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Contractor. Contractors Representative means any person nominated by the Contractor and named as such in the SCC and approved by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2 (Contractors Representative and Construction Manager) hereof to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor. Subcontractor, including vendors, means any person to whom execution of any part of the Facilities, including preparation of any design or supply of any Plant and Equipment, is sub-contracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor, and includes its legal successors or permitted assigns. Adjudicator means the person or persons named as such in the SCC appointed by agreement between the Employer and the Contractor to make a decision on or to settle any dispute or difference between the Employer and the Contractor referred to him or her by the parties pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 6.1 (Adjudicator) hereof Contract Price means the sum specified in Article 2.1 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract. Facilities means the Plant and Equipment to be supplied and installed, as well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the Contractor under the Contract. Plant and Equipment means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, articles and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the Facilities by the Contractor under the Contract (including the spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 hereof), but does not include Contractors Equipment. Installation Services means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant and Equipment for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract; e.g., transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation works (including the provision and use of Contractors Equipment and the supply of all construction materials required), installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc. Contractors Equipment means all plant, facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of Facilities that are to be - 32 Contract and Interpretation

provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant and Equipment, or other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities. Country of Origin means the countries and territories eligible under the rules as further elaborated in the SCC. Site means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such other land or places as may be specified in the Contract as forming part of the Site. Effective Date means the date of fulfillment of all conditions stated in Article 3 (Effective Date for Determining Time for Completion) of the Form of Contract Agreement, for the purpose of determining the Time for Completion. Time for Completion means the time within which Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been prescribed) is to be attained in accordance with the specifications in the SCC and the relevant provisions of the Contract. Pre-commissioning means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the Technical Specifications that are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof. Commissioning means operation of the Facilities or any part thereof by the Contractor following Completion, which operation is to be carried out by the Contractor as provided in GCC Sub-Clause 25.1 (Commissioning) hereof, for the purpose of carrying out Guarantee Test(s). Guarantee Test(s) means the test(s) specified in the Technical Specifications to be carried out to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Technical Specifications in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 25.2 (Guarantee Test) hereof. Operational Acceptance means the acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities (or any part of the Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts), which certifies the Contractors fulfillment of the Contract in respect of Functional Guarantees of the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees) hereof and shall include deemed acceptance in accordance with GCC Clause 25 (Commissioning and Operational Acceptance) hereof. Defect Liability Period means the period of validity of the warranties given by the Contractor commencing at Completion of the Facilities or a part thereof, during which the Contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) as provided in GCC Clause 27 (Defect Liability) hereof. 2 2.1 Contract Documents Subject to Article 1.2 (Order of Precedence) of the Contract Agreement, all documents forming part of the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be correlative, complementary and mutually explanatory. The Contract shall be read as a whole. Interpretation Language

3 3.1

3.1.1 All correspondence and communications to be given, and all other documentation to be prepared and supplied under the Contract shall be written in English, and the Contract shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with that language. 3.1.2 If any of the Contract Documents, correspondence or communications are prepared in any language other than the governing language under GCC Sub-Clause 3.1.1 above, the English translation of such documents, correspondence or communications shall prevail in matters of interpretation 3.2 Singular and Plural The singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular, except where the context otherwise requires. 3.3 Headings The headings and marginal notes in the General Conditions of Contract are included for ease of reference, and shall neither constitute a part of the Contract nor affect its interpretation.

- 33 -

3.4 3.5

Persons Words importing persons or parties shall include firms, corporations and government entities Incoterms Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms. Incoterms means international rules for interpreting trade terms published by the International Chamber of Commerce (latest edition), 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France.

3.6

Entire Agreement Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 16.4 hereof, the Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and Contractor with respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all communications, negotiations and agreements (whether written or oral) of parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract

3.7

Amendment No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each party hereto

3.8

Independent Contractor The Contractor shall be an independent contractor performing the Contract. The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship between the parties hereto. Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the manner in which the Contract is performed. All employees, representatives or Subcontractors engaged by the Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be under the complete control of the Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Employer, and nothing contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such employees, representatives or Subcontractors and the Employer.

3.9

Joint Venture or Consortium If the Contractor is a Joint Venture or consortium of two or more persons, all such firms shall be jointly and severally bound to the Employer for the fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract and shall designate one of such persons to act as a leader with authority to bind all partners of the Joint Venture or consortium. The composition or the constitution of the Joint Venture or consortium shall not be altered without the prior consent of the Employer.

3.10 Non-Waiver 3.10.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 3.10.2 below, no relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by either party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect or restrict the rights of that party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract. Any waiver of a partys rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be dated and signed by an authorized representative of the party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived

3.10.2

3.11 Severability If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract. 3.12 Country of Origin Origin means the place where the materials, equipment and other supplies for the Facilities are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided.

- 34 -

4 4.1

Notices Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, all notices to be given under the Contract shall be in writing, and shall be sent by personal delivery, airmail post, speed post, special courier, facsimile (fax) or email to the address of the relevant party set out in the SCC, with the following provisions: 4.1.1 Any notice sent by facsimile (fax) or email shall be confirmed within two (2) days after dispatch by notice sent by airmail post , speed port or special courier, except as otherwise specified in the Contract. Any notice sent by airmail post, speed post or special courier shall be deemed (in the absence of evidence of earlier receipt) to have been delivered ten (10) days after dispatch. In proving the fact of dispatch, it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed, stamped and conveyed to the postal authorities or courier service for transmission by airmail, speed post or special courier. Any notice delivered personally or sent by facsimile (fax) or email shall be deemed to have been delivered on date of its dispatch. Either party may change its postal, facsimile (fax) or email address or addressee for receipt of such notices by ten (10) days notice to the other party in writing

4.1.2

4.1.3 4.1.4 4.2 5 5.1 6 6.1

Notices shall be deemed to include any approvals, consents, instructions, orders and certificates to be given under the Contract. Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws of India. Settlement of Disputes Adjudicator 6.1.1 If any dispute of any kind whatsoever shall arise between the Employer and the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the Contract, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, or the execution of the Facilities - whether during the progress of the Facilities or after their completion and whether before or after the termination, abandonment or breach of the Contractthe parties shall seek to resolve any such dispute or difference by mutual consultation. If the parties fail to resolve such a dispute or difference by mutual consultation, then the dispute shall be referred in writing by either party to the Adjudicator, with a copy to the other party. The Adjudicator shall give its decision in writing to both parties within twenty-eight (28) days of a dispute being referred to it. If the Adjudicator has done so, and no notice of intention to commence arbitration has been given by either the Employer or the Contractor within fifty-six (56) days of such reference, the decision shall become final and binding upon the Employer and the Contractor. Any decision that has become final and binding shall be implemented by the parties forthwith. 6.1.2 The Adjudicator shall be paid an hourly fee at the rate specified in the SCC plus reasonable expenditures incurred in the execution of its duties as Adjudicator, and these costs shall be divided equally between the Employer and the Contractor.

6.1.3 Should the Adjudicator resign or die, or should the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Adjudicator is not fulfilling its functions in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, a new Adjudicator shall be jointly appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. Failing agreement between the two within twenty-eight (28) days, the new Adjudicator shall be appointed at the request of either party by the Appointing Authority specified in the SCC. 6.2 Arbitration 6.2.1 If either the Employer or the Contractor is dissatisfied with the Adjudicators decision, or if the Adjudicator fails to give a decision within twenty-eight (28) days of a dispute being referred to it, then either the Employer or the Contractor may, within fifty-six (56) days of such reference, give notice to the other party, with a copy for information to the Adjudicator, of its intention to commence arbitration, as hereinafter provided, as to the matter in dispute, and no arbitration in respect of this matter may be commenced unless such notice is given.

- 35 -

6.2.2 Any dispute, in respect of which a notice of intention to commence arbitration has been given, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 6.2.1, shall be finally settled by arbitration. Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Facilities. 6.2.3 Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of procedure designated in the SCC. 6.3 Notwithstanding any reference to the Adjudicator or arbitration herein, (a) the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the Contract unless they otherwise agree. (b) the Employer shall pay the Contractor any monies due the Contractor. B. Subject Matter of Contract 7 7.1 Scope of facilities Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Technical Specifications, the Contractors obligations cover the provision of all Plant and Equipment and the performance of all Installation Services required for the design, the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil works, Pre-commissioning and delivery) of the Plant and Equipment and the installation, completion and commissioning of the Facilities in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Technical Specifications. Such specifications include, but are not limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering services; the supply of labour, materials, equipment, spare parts (as specified in GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 below) and accessories; Contractors Equipment; construction utilities and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at the Site); and storage, except for those supplies, works and services that will be provided or performed by the Employer, as set forth in the corresponding Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer) to the Contract Agreement. The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and / or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Completion of the Facilities as if such work and / or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract. In addition to the supply of Mandatory Spare Parts included in the Contract, the Contractor agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the Facilities for the period specified in the Special Conditions of Contract. However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such spare parts and the terms and conditions relating to the supply thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor, and the price of such spare parts shall be that given in Price Schedule No. 7, which shall be added to the Contract Price. The price of such spare parts shall include the purchase price therefor and other costs and expenses (including the Contractors fees) relating to the supply of spare parts. Time for Commencement and Completion The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within the period specified in the SCC and without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 26.2 hereof, the Contractor shall thereafter proceed with the Facilities in accordance with the time schedule specified in the corresponding Appendix (Time Schedule) to the Contract Agreement. The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities (or of a part where a separate time f or Completion of such part is specified in the Contract) within the time stated in the SCC or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof. Contractors Responsibilities The Contractor shall design, manufacture (including associated purchases and / or subcontracting), install and complete the Facilities with due care and diligence in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Facilities (including any data as to boring tests) provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that the Contractor could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site (if access thereto was available) and of other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities as of the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to bid submission. The Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Facilities. - 36 -

7.2

7.3

8 8.1

8.2

9 9.1 9.2

9.3

The Contractor shall acquire in its name all permits, approvals and / or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located that are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for the Contractors and Subcontractors personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractors Equipment. The Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and / or licenses that are not the responsibility of the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 10.3 hereof and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in India where the Facilities are installed and where the Installation Services are carried out. The laws will include all local, state, national or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and bind upon the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 10.1 hereof. Any Plant, Material and Services that will be incorporated in or be required for the Facilities and other supplies shall have their origin as specified under GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). The Contractor shall permit the Employer to inspect the Contractors accounts and records relating to the performance of the Contractor and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Employer, if so required by the Employer. Employers Responsibilities

9.4

9.5 9.6

10

10.1 The Employer shall ensure the accuracy of all information and / or data to be supplied by the Employer as described in the corresponding Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer) to the Contract, except when otherwise expressly stated in the Contract. 10.2 The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of the Site and access thereto, and for providing possession of and access to all other areas reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract, including all requisite rights of way, as specified in the corresponding Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer) to the Contract Agreement. The Employer shall give full possession of and accord all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in that Appendix. 10.3 The Employer shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and / or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings where the Site is located. Such authorities or undertakings require the Employer to obtain them in the Employers name, are necessary for the execution of the Contract (they include those required for the performance by both the Contractor and the Employer of their respective obligations under the Contract), and are specified in the corresponding Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer) to the Contract Agreement. 10.4 If requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all permits, approvals and / or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor or Subcontractors or the personnel of the Contractor or Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain. 10.5 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Employer shall provide sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply and make available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, other materials and facilities; and shall perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, including those required by the Contractor to properly carry out Pre-commissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer) to the Contract Agreement at or before the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 hereof and in the manner thereupon specified or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor. 10.6 The Employer shall be responsible for the continued operation of the Facilities after Completion, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.8, and shall be responsible for facilitating the Guarantee Test(s) for the Facilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2. 10.7 All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the obligations under this GCC Clause 10 shall be the responsibility of the Employer, save those to be incurred by the Contractor with respect to the performance of Guarantee Tests, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2. - 37 -

C. Payment 11 Contract Price 11.1 The Contract Price shall be as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Form of Contract Agreement. 11.2 Unless indicated otherwise in the SCC, the Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any alteration, except in the event of a Change in the Facilities or as otherwise provided in the Contract. 11.3 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.2, 10.1 and 35 hereof, the Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract. 12 Terms of Payment 12.1 The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in the corresponding Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) to the Contract Agreement. The procedures to be followed in making application for and processing payments shall be those outlined in the same Appendix. 12.2 No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities or any part(s) thereof. 12.3 In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s) shown in the corresponding Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) to the Contract Agreement for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after judgment or arbitrage award. 12.4 The currency or currencies in which payments are made to the Contractor under this Contract shall be specified in the corresponding Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) to the Contract Agreement, subject to the general principle that payments will be made in the currency or currencies in which the Contract Price has been stated in the Contractors bid. 12.5 All payments shall be made in the currency or currencies specified in the corresponding Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) to the Contract Agreement, pursuant to GCC 12.4. 13 Securities The Contractor shall provide the securities specified below in favor of the Employer at the times, and in the amount, manner and form specified below. 13.2 Advance Payment Security 13.2.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security in an amount equal to the advance payment calculated in accordance with the corresponding Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) to the Contract Agreement, and in the same currency or currencies. The security shall be in the form provided in the bidding documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer. The amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the Facilities executed by and paid to the Contractor from time to time, and shall automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment has been recovered by the Employer. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration. The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the SCC. The security shall be denominated in the currency or currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in one of the forms of bank guarantees provided in the bidding documents, as stipulated by the Employer in the SCC, or in another form acceptable to the Employer. 13.1 Issuance of Securities

13.2.2

13.3 Performance Security 13.3.1 13.3.2

- 38 -

13.3.3

14

The security shall automatically be reduced by half on the date of the Operational Acceptance and shall become null and void, eighteen (18) months after Completion of the Facilities or twelve (12) months after Operational Acceptance of the Facilities, whichever occurs first; provided, however, that if the Defects Liability Period has been extended on any part of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.8 hereof, the Contractor shall issue an additional security in an amount proportionate to the Contract Price of that part. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration, provided, however, that if the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10, is liable for an extended warranty obligation, the performance security shall be extended for the period and up to the amount specified in the SCC. Taxes and Duties

14.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, levies and charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is located. 14.2 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 14.1 above, the Employer shall bear and promptly pay all customs and import duties as well as other local taxes like, e.g., a value added tax (VAT), imposed by the Indian Law on the Plant and Equipment specified in Price Schedule No. 1 and that are to be incorporated into the Facilities. 14.3 If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the Contractor in the country where the Site is located, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to enable the Contractor to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent. D. Intellectual Property 15 Copyright 15.1 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information furnished to the Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or, if they are furnished to the Employer directly or through the Contractor by any third party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third party. 16 Confidential Information 16.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other party hereto, divulge to any third party any documents, data or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination of the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such documents, data and other information it receives from the Employer to the extent required for the Subcontractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Contractor under this GCC Clause 16. 16.2 The Employer shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Contractor for any purpose other than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities. Similarly, the Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Employer for any purpose other than the design, procurement of Plant and Equipment, construction or such other work and services as are required for the performance of the Contract. 16.3 The obligation of a party under GCC Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above, however, shall not apply to that information which (a) now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that party (b) can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other party hereto (c) otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third party that has no obligation of confidentiality 16.4 The above provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof. 16.5 The provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract. - 39 -

E. Execution of the Facilities 17 Representatives 17.1 Project Manager If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project Manager. The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed, and shall give a notice of the name of such other person to the Contractor without delay. No such appointment shall be made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The Project Manager shall represent and act for the Employer at all times during the currency of the Contract. All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided. All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided. 17.2 Contractors Representative & Construction Manager 17.2.1 If the Contractors Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractors Representative and shall request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed. If the Employer makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Contractors Representative shall be deemed to have been approved. If the Employer objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefore, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1 shall apply thereto. 17.2.2 The Contractors Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the currency of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager all the Contractors notices, instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract. All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the Employer or the Project Manager to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractors Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein otherwise provided. The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractors Representative without the Employers prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractors Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1 17.2.3 The Contractors Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions and authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation may be revoked at any time. Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractors Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and authorities thereby delegated or revoked. No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and the Project Manager. Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.3 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractors Representative. 17.2.4 From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Completion, the Contractors Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the construction manager (hereinafter referred to as the Construction Manager). The Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with the proper performance of the Contract. Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as his or her deputy. 17.2.5 The Employer may by notice to the Contractor object to any representative or person employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract who, in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, may behave inappropriately, may be incompetent or negligent, or may commit a serious breach of the Site regulations provided under GCC Sub-Clause 22.3. The Employer shall provide evidence of the same, whereupon the Contractor shall remove such person from the Facilities. 17.2.6 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.5, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a replacement

- 40 -

18

Work Program The Contractor shall supply to the Employer and the Project Manager a chart showing the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor for carrying out work on the Facilities. The chart shall include the identities of the key personnel together with the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date. The Contractor shall promptly inform the Employer and the Project Manager in writing of any revision or alteration of such an organization chart.

18.1 Contractors Organization

18.2 Program of Performance Within twenty-eight (28) days after the date of signing the Contract Agreement, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Project Manager a detailed program of performance of the Contract, made in the form specified in the SCC and showing the sequence in which it proposes to design, manufacture, transport, assemble, install and pre-commission the Facilities, as well as the date by which the Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. The program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the Time Schedule included in the corresponding Appendix (Time Schedule) to the Contract Agreement and any other dates and periods specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the Times for Completion given in the SCC and any extension granted in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and shall submit all such revisions to the Project Manager. 18.3 Progress Report The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager every month. The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for each activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective action being taken. 18.4 Progress of Performance If at any time the Contractors actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Employer or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project Manager a revised program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion under GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, any extension thereof entitled under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the Contractor. 18.5 Work Procedures The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the procedures given in the section on Sample Forms and Procedures of the Contract Documents. The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract. 19 Sub Contracting 19.1 The corresponding Appendix (List of Approved Subcontractors) to the Contract Agreement specifies major items of supply or services and a list of approved Subcontractors against each item, including Vendors. Insofar as no Subcontractors are listed against any such item, the Contractor shall prepare a list of Subcontractors for such item for inclusion in such list. The Contractor may from time to time propose any addition to or deletion from any such list. The Contractor shall submit any such list or any modification thereto to the Employer for its approval in sufficient time so as not to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Such approval by the Employer for any of the Subcontractors shall not relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations, duties or responsibilities under the Contract.

- 41 -

19.2 The Contractor shall select and employ its Subcontractors for such major items from those listed in the lists referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 19.1. If any Bidder wishes to select and Employ his Subcontractors for major items from those not listed in the lists referred to in GCC Sub Clause 19.1, he should bring the matter to the attention of the Employer during Pre Bid Conference. Employers decision in this regard would be final and binding on the Bidder. 19.3 For items or parts of the Facilities not specified in the corresponding Appendix (List of Approved Subcontractors) to the Contract Agreement, the Contractor may employ such Subcontractors as it may select, at its discretion, however, Employers decision in this regard would be final and binding on the Bidder. 20 Design and Engineering 20.1.1 The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and the engineering work in compliance with the provisions of these Tender documents, or where not so specified, in accordance with good engineering practice. The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications, drawings and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of the Employer. 20.1.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project Manager. 20.1 Specifications and Drawings

20.2 Codes and Standards Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified. During Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied after approval by the Employer and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 39. 20.3 Approval / Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager 20.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare (or cause its Subcontractors to prepare) and furnish to the Project Manager the documents listed in the corresponding Appendix (List of Documents for Approval or Review) to the Contract Agreement for its approval or review as specified and in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance). Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Managers approval thereof. GCC Sub-Clauses 20.3.2 through 20.3.7 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project Managers approval, but not to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only 20.3.2 Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project Managers approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its disapproval thereof and the reasons therefore and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes. If the Project Manager fails to take such action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the said document shall be deemed to have been approved by the Project Manager 20.3.3 The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the document does not comply with some specified provision of the Contract or that it is contrary to good engineering practice. 20.3.4 If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Project Managers approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.2. If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required modification(s), whereupon the document shall be deemed to have been approved.

- 42 -

21 21.1

21.2 21.3

21.4

20.3.5 If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer and the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the disapproval by the Project Manager of any document and / or any modification(s) thereto that cannot be settled between the parties within a reasonable period, then such dispute or difference may be referred to an Adjudicator for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 6.1 hereof. If such dispute or difference is referred to an Adjudicator, the Project Manager shall give instructions as to whether and if so, how, performance of the Contract is to proceed. The Contractor shall proceed with the Contract in accordance with the Project Managers instructions, provided that if the Adjudicator upholds the Contractors view on the dispute and if the Employer has not given notice under GCC Sub-Clause 6.1.2 hereof, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Employer for any additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of such responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as the Adjudicator shall decide, and the Time for Completion shall be extended accordingly. 20.3.6 The Project Managers approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications required by the Project Manager. 20.3.7 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first submitted to the Project Manager an amended document and obtained the Project Managers approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 20.3. If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and / or in any document based thereon, the provisions of GCC Clause 39 shall apply to such request. Procurement Plant and Equipment Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, the Contractor shall manufacture or procure and transport all the Plant and Equipment in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Site. Employer-Supplied Plant, Equipment and Materials The Employer shall not supply any plant, equipment and material. Transportation 21.3.1 The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the Plant and Equipment and the Contractors Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges most suitable under all the circumstances. 21.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to select any safe mode of transport operated by any person to carry the Plant and Equipment and the Contractors Equipment. 21.3.3 Upon dispatch of each shipment of the Plant and Equipment and the Contractors Equipment, the Contractor shall notify the Employer by facsimile (fax) or email of the description of the Plant and Equipment and of the Contractors Equipment, the point and means of dispatch, and the estimated time and point of arrival in the country where the Site is located, if applicable, and at the Site. The Contractor shall furnish the Employer with relevant shipping documents to be agreed upon between the parties. 21.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if necessary, approvals from the authorities for transportation of the Plant and Equipment and the Contractors Equipment to the Site. The Employer shall use its best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining such approvals, if requested by the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any claim for damage to roads, bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by the transport of the Plant and Equipment and the Contractors Equipment to the Site Customs Clearance The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle all imported Plant and Equipment and Contractors Equipment at the point(s) of import and shall handle any formalities for customs clearance, subject to the Employers obligations under GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, provided that if applicable laws or regulations require any application or act to be made by or in the name of the Employer, the Employer shall take all necessary steps to comply with such laws or regulations. In the event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension in the Time for Completion, pursuant to GCC Clause 40.

- 43 -

22

Installation 22.1.1 Bench Mark: The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench marks, reference marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on behalf of the Employer. If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Project Manager. If such error is based on incorrect data provided in writing by or on behalf of the Employer, the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer. 22.1.2 Contractors Supervision: The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of the Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of the installation. The Contractor shall provide and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand. 22.1.3 Labour (a) The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour as is necessary for the proper and timely execution of the Contract. The Contractor is encouraged to use local labour that has the necessary skills. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for the recruitment, transportation, accommodation and catering of all labour, local or expatriate, required for the execution of the Contract and for all payments in connection therewith. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and / or visa(s) from the appropriate authorities for the entry of all labour and personnel to be employed on the Site. The Contractor shall at its own expense provide the means of repatriation to all of its and its Subcontractors personnel employed on the Contract at the Site to their various home countries. It shall also provide suitable temporary maintenance of all such persons from the cessation of their employment on the Contract to the date programmed for their departure. In the event that the Contractor defaults in providing such means of transportation and temporary maintenance, the Employer may provide the same to such personnel and recover the cost of doing so from the Contractor. The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavors to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behavior by or amongst its employees and the labour of its Subcontractors. The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labour and the labour of its Subcontractors currently employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or other customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of labour.

22.1 Setting Out / Supervision / Labour

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

22.2 Contractors Equipment 22.2.1 All Contractors Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used exclusively for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall not remove the same from the Site without the Project Managers consent that such Contractors Equipment is no longer required for the execution of the Contract. 22.2.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any surplus materials remaining thereon. 22.2.3 The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national government permission required by the Contractor for the export of the Contractors Equipment imported by the Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no longer required for the execution of the Contract.

- 44 -

22.3 Site Regulations and Safety The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site regulations setting out the rules to be observed in the execution of the Contract at the Site and shall comply therewith. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Employer, with a copy to the Project Manager, proposed Site regulations for the Employers approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to, rules in respect of security, safety of the Facilities, gate control, sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention. 22.4 Opportunities for Other Contractors 22.4.1 The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to any other contractors employed by the Employer on the Site. 22.4.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the Contractors Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature for such other contractors, the Employer shall fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage caused or occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use or service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration for the use of such equipment or the provision of such services. 22.4.3 The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform its work as to minimize, to the extent possible, interference with the work of other contractors. The Project Manager shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise between the Contractor and other contractors and the workers of the Employer in regard to their work. 22.4.4 The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager promptly of any defects in the other contractors work that come to its notice, and that could affect the Contractors work. The Project Manager shall determine the corrective measures, if any, required to rectify the situation after inspection of the Facilities. Decisions made by the Project Manager shall be binding on the Contractor 22.5 Emergency Work If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to the Facilities, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such work. If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work immediately, the Employer may do or cause such work to be done as the Employer may determine is necessary in order to prevent damage to the Facilities. In such event the Employer shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any such emergency, notify the Contractor in writing of such emergency, the work done and the reasons therefore. If the work done or caused to be done by the Employer is work that the Contractor was liable to do at its own expense under the Contract, the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer. Otherwise, the cost of such remedial work shall be borne by the Employer. 22.6 Site Clearance 22.6.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance: In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractors Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract. 22.6.2 Clearance of Site after Completion: After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities clean and safe.

22.7 Watching and Lighting The Contractor shall provide and maintain at its own expense all lighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public.

- 45 -

22.8 Work at Night and on Holidays 22.8.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, no work shall be carried out during the night and on public holidays without prior written consent of the Employer, except where work is necessary or required to ensure safety of the Facilities or for the protection of life, or to prevent loss or damage to property, when the Contractor shall immediately advise the Project Manager, provided that provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 22.8.1 shall not apply to any work which is customarily carried out by rotary or double-shifts. 22.8.2 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 22.8.1 or 22.1.3, if and when the Contractor considers it necessary to carry out work at night or on public holidays so as to meet the Time for Completion and requests the Employers consent thereto, the Employer shall not unreasonably withhold such consent. 23 Test and Inspection 23.1 The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place of manufacture and / or on the Site all such tests and / or inspections of the Plant and Equipment and any part of the Facilities as are specified in the Contract. 23.2 The Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid test and / or inspection, provided that the Employer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses. 23.3 Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such test and / or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable advance notice of such test and / or inspection and of the place and time thereof to the Project Manager. The Contractor shall obtain from any relevant third party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer and the Project Manager (or their designated representatives) to attend the test and / or inspection. 23.4 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and / or inspection. If the Employer or Project Manager (or their designated representatives) fails to attend the test and / or inspection, or if it is agreed between the parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor may proceed with the test and / or inspection in the absence of such persons, and may provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results thereof. 23.5 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to carry out any test and / or inspection not required by the Contract, provided that the Contractors reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and / or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price. Further, if such test and / or inspection impedes the progress of work on the Facilities and/or the Contractors performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for Completion and the other obligations so affected. 23.6 If any Plant and Equipment or any part of the Facilities fails to pass any test and / or inspection, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace such Plant and Equipment or part of the Facilities and shall repeat the test and / or inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 23.3. 23.7 If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the parties in connection with or arising out of the test and / or inspection of the Plant and Equipment or part of the Facilities that cannot be settled between the parties within a reasonable period of time, it may be referred to an Adjudicator for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 6.1. 23.8 The Contractor shall afford the Employer and the Project Manager, at the Employers expense, access at any reasonable time to any place where the Plant and Equipment are being manufactured or the Facilities are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the Project Manager shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior notice. 23.9 The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and / or inspection of Plant and Equipment or any part of the Facilities, nor the attendance by the Employer or the Project Manager, nor the issue of any test certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.4, shall release the Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract.

- 46 -

23.10 No part of the Facilities or foundations shall be covered up on the Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and / or inspection required under the Contract. The Contractor shall give a reasonable notice to the Project Manager whenever any such part of the Facilities or foundations are ready or about to be ready for test and / or inspection; such test and / or inspection and notice thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract. 23.11 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Facilities or foundations, or shall make openings in or through the same as the Project Manager may from time to time require at the Site, and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts. If any parts of the Facilities or foundations have been covered up at the Site after compliance with the requirement of GCC Sub-Clause 23.10 and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating, and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, and the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract. 24 Completion of Facilities 24.1 As soon as the Facilities or any part thereof has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the Technical Specifications, excluding minor items not materially affecting the operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Employer in writing. 24.2 Within seven (7) days after receipt of the notice from the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, the Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel specified in the corresponding Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer) to the Contract Agreement for Pre-commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof. Pursuant to the corresponding Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer) to the Contract Agreement, the Employer shall also provide, within the said seven (7) day period, the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof. 24.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after the operating and maintenance personnel have been supplied by the Employer and the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters have been provided by the Employer in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.2, the Contractor shall commence Pre-commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof in preparation for Commissioning. 24.4 As soon as all works in respect of Pre-commissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the Contractor, the Facilities or any part thereof is ready for Commissioning, the Contractor shall so notify the Project Manager in writing. 24.5 The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractors notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, either issue a Completion Certificate in the form specified in the Sample Forms and Procedures section in the bidding documents, stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractors notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, or notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and / or deficiencies. If the Project Manager notifies the Contractor of any defects and / or deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such defects and / or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure described in GCC SubClause 24.4. If the Project Manager is satisfied that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion, the Project Manager shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractors repeated notice, issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractors repeated notice. If the Project Manager is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and / or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractors repeated notice, and the above procedure shall be repeated. 24.6 If the Project Manager fails to issue the Completion Certificate and fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and / or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractors notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4 or within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractors repeated notice under GCC SubClause 24.5, or if the Employer makes use of the Facilities or part thereof, then the Facilities or that part thereof shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractors notice or repeated notice, or as of the Employers use of the Facilities, as the case may be. - 47 -

24.7 As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor. 24.8 Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof, together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof 25 Commissioning and Operational Acceptance 25.1.1 Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof shall be commenced by the Contractor immediately after issue of the Completion Certificate by the Project Manager, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or immediately after issue of the deemed Completion, under GCC Sub-Clause 24.6. 25.1.2 The Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel and all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Commissioning. 25.2 Guarantee Test 25.2.1 The Guarantee Test (and repeats thereof) shall be conducted by the Contractor during Commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof to ascertain whether the Facilities or the relevant part can attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Technical Specifications. The Contractors and Project Managers advisory personnel shall attend the Guarantee Test, and shall advise and assist the Employer. The Employer shall promptly provide the Contractor with such information as the Contractor may reasonably require in relation to the conduct and results of the Guarantee Test (and any repeats thereof). 25.2.2 If for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Guarantee Test of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof cannot be successfully completed within the period from the date of Completion specified in the SCC or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the Functional Guarantees, and GCC Sub-Clauses 28.2 and 28.3 shall not apply. 25.3 Operational Acceptance 25.3.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.4 below, Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof when (a) (b) the Guarantee Test has been successfully completed and the Functional Guarantees are met; or the Guarantee Test has not been successfully completed or has not been carried out for reasons not attributable to the Contractor within the period from the date of Completion specified in the SCC or any other agreed upon period as specified in GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.2 above; or the Contractor has paid the liquidated damages specified in GCC Sub-Clause 28.3 hereof; and any minor items mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 24.7 hereof relevant to the Facilities or that part thereof have been completed. 25.1 Commissioning

(c) (d)

25.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in the Bidding Documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in such notice as of the date of such notice. 25.3.3 The Project Manager shall, after consultation with the Employer, and within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractors notice, issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate. 25.3.4 If within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractors notice, the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate, the Facilities or the relevant part thereof shall be deemed to have been accepted as of the date of the Contractors said notice. - 48 -

25.4 Partial Acceptance 25.4.1 If the Contract specifies that Completion and Commissioning shall be carried out in respect of parts of the Facilities, the provisions relating to Completion and Commissioning including the Guarantee Test shall apply to each such part of the Facilities individually, and the Operational Acceptance Certificate shall be issued accordingly for each such part of the Facilities. 25.4.2 If a part of the Facilities comprises facilities such as buildings, for which no Commissioning or Guarantee Test is required, then the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for such facility when it attains Completion, provided that the Contractor shall thereafter complete any outstanding minor items that are listed in the Operational Acceptance Certificate F. Guarantees and Liabilities 26 Completion Time Guarantee 26.1 The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of the Facilities (or a part for which a separate time for completion is specified in the SCC) within the Time for Completion specified in the SCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof. 26.2 If the Contractor fails to attain Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer liquidated damages in the amount specified in the SCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price, or the relevant part thereof. The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event exceed the amount specified as Maximum in the SCC. Once the Maximum is reached, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2. Such payment shall completely satisfy the Contractors obligation to attain Completion of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40. The Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof. However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to complete the Facilities or from any other obligations and liabilities of the Contractor under the Contract. Save for liquidated damages payable under this GCC Sub-Clause 26.2, the failure by the Contractor to attain any milestone or other act, matter or thing by any date specified in the corresponding Appendix (Time Schedule) to the Contract Agreement and / or other program of work prepared pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 shall not render the Contractor liable for any loss or damage thereby suffered by the Employer 26.3 If the Contractor attains Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof before the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor a bonus in the amount specified in the SCC. The aggregate amount of such bonus shall in no event exceed the amount specified as Maximum in the SCC. 27 Defect Liability 27.1 The Contractor warrants that the Facilities or any part thereof shall be free from defects in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant and Equipment supplied and of the work executed. 27.2 The Defect Liability Period shall be eighteen (18) months from the date of Completion of the Facilities (or any part thereof) or twelve (12) months from the date of Operational Acceptance of the Facilities (or any part thereof), whichever first occurs, unless specified otherwise in the SCC. If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant and Equipment supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Employer regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace or otherwise make good (as the Contractor shall, at its discretion, determine) such defect as well as any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any defect or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes: (a) improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the Employer (b) operation of the Facilities outside specifications provided in the Contract - 49 -

(c) normal wear and tear 27.3 The Contractors obligations under this GCC Clause 27 shall not apply to (a) any materials that are supplied by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 21.2, are normally consumed in operation, or have a normal life shorter than the Defect Liability Period stated herein (b) any designs, specifications or other data designed, supplied or specified by or on behalf of the Employer or any matters for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein (c) any other materials supplied or any other work executed by or on behalf of the Employer, except for the work executed by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 27.7 27.4 The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof. The Employer shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such defect. 27.5 The Employer shall afford the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site to enable the Contractor to perform its obligations under this GCC Clause 27. The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer, remove from the Site any Plant and Equipment or any part of the Facilities that are defective if the nature of the defect, and / or any damage to the Facilities caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the Site. 27.6 If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the Facilities or any part thereof, the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests. If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good (as the case may be) until that part of the Facilities passes such tests. The tests shall be agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor. 27.7 If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered to be less than fifteen (15) days), the Employer may, following notice to the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due the Contractor or claimed under the Performance Security. 27.8 If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and / or making good of such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be, shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part cannot be used by the Employer because of any of the aforesaid reasons. 27.9 Except as provided in GCC Clauses 27 and 33, the Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever and howsoever arising, and whether under the Contract or at law, in respect of defects in the Facilities or any part thereof, the Plant and Equipment, design or engineering or work executed that appear after Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof, except where such defects are the result of the gross negligence, fraud, criminal or willful action of the Contractor. 27.10 In addition, the Contractor shall also provide an extended warranty for any such component of the Facilities and during the period of time as may be specified in the SCC. Such obligation shall be in addition to the defect liability specified under GCC Sub-Clause 27.2. 28 Functional Guarantees 28.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the corresponding Appendix (Functional Guarantees) to the Contract Agreement, subject to and upon the conditions therein specified. 28.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the corresponding Appendix (Functional Guarantees) to the Contract Agreement are not met either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications and / or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum level of such Guarantees. The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications and / or additions, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test until the minimum level of the Guarantees has been met. No upper ceiling on the total amount of penalty on - 50 -

account of shortfall in the weighted average efficiency and output will be agreed by the Employer. If the Contractor eventually fails to meet the minimum level of Functional Guarantees, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2. 28.3 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional Guarantees specified in the corresponding Appendix (Functional Guarantees) to the Contract Agreement are not attained either in whole or in part, but the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the said Appendix to the Contract Agreement is met, the Contractor shall, at the Contractors option, either (a) make such changes, modifications and / or additions to the Facilities or any part thereof that are necessary to attain the Functional Guarantees at its cost and expense, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test or (b) pay liquidated damages to the Employer in respect of the failure to meet the Functional Guarantees in accordance with the provisions in the corresponding Appendix (Functional Guarantees) to the Contract Agreement 28.4 The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, up to the limitation of liability specified in the SCC, shall completely satisfy the Contractors guarantees under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, and the Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof. Upon the payment of such liquidated damages by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for the Facilities or any part thereof in respect of which the liquidated damages have been so paid. 29 Patent Indemnity 29.1 The Contractor shall, subject to the Employers compliance with GCC Sub-Clause 29.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorneys fees and expenses, which the Employer may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of: (a) the installation of the Facilities by the Contractor or the use of the Facilities in the country where the Site is located; and (b) the sale of the products produced by the Facilities in any country. Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Facilities or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the Facilities or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment, plant or materials not supplied by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract Agreement 29.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 29.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employers name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim. If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim. The Employer shall, at the Contractors request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing. 29.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorneys fees and expenses, which the Contractor may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer.

- 51 -

30

Limitation of Liability (a) the Contractor shall not be liable to the Employer, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to any obligation of the Contractor to pay liquidated damages to the Employer and (b) the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer, whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the Employer with respect to patent infringement G. Risk Distribution

30.1 Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct,

31

Transfer of Ownership

31.1 Ownership of the Plant and Equipment (including spare parts) to be imported into India shall be transferred to the Employer upon loading on to the mode of transport to be used to convey the Plant and Equipment from the country of origin to India. 31.2 Ownership of the Plant and Equipment (including spare parts) procured in India shall be transferred to the Employer when the Plant and Equipment are brought on to the Site. 31.3 Ownership of the Contractors Equipment used by the Contractor and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Contractor or its Subcontractors. 31.4 Ownership of any Plant and Equipment in excess of the requirements for the Facilities shall revert to the Contractor upon Completion of the Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Plant and Equipment in question are no longer required for the Facilities. 31.5 Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Plant and Equipment, the responsibility for care and custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to GCC Clause 32 (Care of Facilities) hereof until Completion of the Facilities or the part thereof in which such Plant and Equipment are incorporated 32 Care of Facilities 32.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or any part thereof until the date of Completion of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 24 or, where the Contract provides for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of the relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the Facilities or the relevant part thereof from any cause whatsoever during such period. The Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by the Contractor or its Subcontractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause 27. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to the Facilities or that part thereof caused by reason of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 and 38.1. 32.2 If any loss or damage occurs to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractors temporary facilities by reason of (a) nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination, pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance, including War Risks and Political Risks, taken out under GCC Clause 34 hereof (b) any use or occupation by the Employer or any third party (other than a Subcontractor) authorized by the Employer of any part of the Facilities (c) any use of or reliance upon any design, data or specification provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, or any such matter for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all sums payable in respect of the Facilities executed, notwithstanding that the same be lost, destroyed or damaged, and will pay to the Contractor the replacement value of all temporary facilities and all parts thereof lost, destroyed or damaged. If the Employer requests the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby - 52 -

occasioned, the Contractor shall make good the same at the cost of the Employer in accordance with GCC Clause 39. If the Employer does not request the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby lost, destroyed or damaged, or, where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, the Employer shall terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1 hereof 32.3 The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any Contractors Equipment, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for purposes of the Facilities, except (i) as mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 (with respect to the Contractors temporary facilities), and (ii) where such loss or damage arises by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 (b) and (c) and 38.1. 32.4 With respect to any loss or damage caused to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractors Equipment by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clause 38.1, the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 38.3 shall apply 33 Loss of or damage to property; Accident or injury to workers; Indemnification 33.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 33.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorneys fees and expenses, in respect of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to any property (other than the Facilities whether accepted or not), arising in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities and by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or agents, except any injury, death or property damage caused by the negligence of the Employer, its contractors, employees, officers or agents. 33.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer that might subject the Contractor to liability under GCC Sub-Clause 33.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employers name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim. If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twentyeight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim. The Employer shall, at the Contractors request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing. 33.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from any liability for loss of or damage to property of the Employer, other than the Facilities not yet taken over, that is caused by fire, explosion or any other perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances procured under GCC Clause 34, provided that such fire, explosion or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the Contractor 33.4 The party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC Clause 33 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or damage, which has occurred. If the party fails to take such measures, the other partys liabilities shall be correspondingly reduced 34 Insurance 34.1 To the extent specified in the corresponding Appendix (Insurance Requirements) to the Contract Agreement, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, who should not unreasonably withhold such approval (a) Cargo Insurance During Transport Covering loss or damage occurring while in transit from the Contractors or Subcontractors works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Plant and Equipment (including spare parts therefor) and to the Contractors Equipment. - 53 -

(b) Installation All Risks Insurance Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to Completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractors liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the Defect Liability Period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the Defect Liability Period (c) Third Party Liability Insurance Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employers personnel) and loss of or damage to property occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities (d) Automobile Liability Insurance Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the execution of the Contract (e) Workers Compensation In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed (f) Employers Liability In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in India (g) Other Insurances Such other insurances such as Marine Cum Erection as may be specifically agreed upon by the parties hereto and as listed in the said corresponding Appendix (Insurance Requirements) (h) Insurance Cost Cost of all such insurances listed above shall be included in the Contractors Bid price. Bids without the inclusion of insurance cost are liable to be loaded. 34.2 The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurances, and the Contractors Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1 except for the Cargo Insurance During Transport, Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurances. All insurers rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies 34.3 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding Appendix (Insurance Requirements) to the Contract Agreement, deliver to the Employer certificates of insurance (or copies of the insurance policies) as evidence that the required policies are in full force and effect. The certificates shall provide that no less than twenty-one (21) days notice shall be given to the Employer by insurers prior to cancellation or material modification of a policy 34.4 The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under the Contract, unless such Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the Contractor. 34.5 The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract those insurances specified in the corresponding Appendix (Insurance Requirements) to the Contract Agreement, in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The Contractor and the Contractors Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all such policies. All insurers rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies. The Employer shall deliver to the Contractor satisfactory evidence that the required insurances are in full force and effect. The policies shall provide that not less than twenty-one (21) days notice shall be given to the Contractor by all insurers prior to any cancellation or material modification of the policies. If so requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall provide copies of the policies taken out by the Employer under this GCC Sub-Clause 34.5 34.6 If the Contractor fails to take out and / or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, the Employer may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Contractor under the Contract any premium that the Employer shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Contractor. If the - 54 -

Employer fails to take out and / or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC 34.5, the Contractor may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Employer under the Contract any premium that the Contractor shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Employer. If the Contractor fails to or is unable to take out and maintain in effect any such insurances, the Contractor shall nevertheless have no liability or responsibility towards the Employer, and the Contractor shall have full recourse against the Employer for any and all liabilities of the Employer herein 34.7 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies effected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 34, and all monies payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Contractor. The Employer shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable assistance as may be required by the Contractor. With respect to insurance claims in which the Employers interest is involved, the Contractor shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Employer. With respect to insurance claims in which the Contractors interest is involved, the Employer shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Contractor 35 Unforeseen Conditions 35.1 If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical conditions (other than climatic conditions) or artificial obstructions that could not have been reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced contractor on the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities (including any data as to boring tests) provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site (if access thereto was available) or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under the Contract that would not have been required if such physical conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work or using additional Plant and Equipment or Contractors Equipment, notify the Project Manager in writing of. (a) the physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been reasonably foreseen (b) the additional work and / or Plant and Equipment and / or Contractors Equipment required, including the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or obstructions (c) the extent of the anticipated delay (d) the additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur. On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Project Manager shall promptly consult with the Employer and Contractor and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the physical conditions or artificial obstructions encountered. Following such consultations, the Project Manager shall instruct the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, of the actions to be taken 35.2 Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the Contractor in following the instructions from the Project Manager to overcome such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1 shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor as an addition to the Contract Price 35.3 If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of the Contract because of any such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40 36 Change in laws and regulations 36.1 If, after the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission, in India, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or by-law having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated or changed (which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities) that subsequently affects the costs and expenses of the Contractor and / or the Time for Completion, the Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased, and / or the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced costs shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where applicable, in accordance with the SCC

- 55 -

37

Force Majeure

37.1 Force Majeure shall mean any event beyond the reasonable control of the Employer or of the Contractor, as the case may be, and which is unavoidable notwithstanding the reasonable care of the party affected, and shall include, without limitation, the following: (a) war, hostilities or warlike operations (whether a state of war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemy and civil war (b) rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil commotion and terrorist acts (c) confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition by or under the order of any government or de jure or de facto authority or ruler or any other act or failure to act of any local state or national government authority (d) strike, sabotage, lockout, embargo, import restriction, port congestion, lack of usual means of public transportation and communication, industrial dispute, shipwreck, shortage or restriction of power supply, epidemics, quarantine and plague (e) earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure waves or other natural or physical disaster (f) shortage of labour, materials or utilities where caused by circumstances that are themselves Force Majeure 37.2 If either party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such event and the circumstances thereof within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event 37.3 The party who has given such notice shall be excused from the performance or punctual performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such partys performance is prevented, hindered or delayed. The Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40. 37.4 The party or parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect thereof upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfill its or their obligations under the Contract, but without prejudice to either partys right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clauses 37.6 and 38.5 37.5 No delay or nonperformance by either party hereto caused by the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure shall (a) constitute a default or breach of the Contract (b) (subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2, 38.3 and 38.4) give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned thereby if and to the extent that such delay or nonperformance is caused by the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure. 37.6 If the performance of the Contract is substantially prevented, hindered or delayed for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of one or more events of Force Majeure during the currency of the Contract, the parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other, but without prejudice to either partys right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 38.5 37.7 In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 37.6, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be as specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3 37.8 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 37.5, Force Majeure shall not apply to any obligation of the Employer to make payments to the Contractor herein.

- 56 -

38

War Risks

38.1 War Risks shall mean any event specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of GCC Sub-Clause 37.1 and any explosion or impact of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade or other projectile, missile, munitions or explosive of war, occurring or existing in or near the country (or countries) where the Site is located 38.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Contractor shall have no liability whatsoever for or with respect to (a) destruction of or damage to Facilities, Plant and Equipment, or any part thereof (b) destruction of or damage to property of the Employer or any third party (c) injury or loss of life if such destruction, damage, injury or loss of life is caused by any War Risks, and the Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions, lawsuits, damages, costs, charges or expenses arising in consequence of or in connection with the same 38.3 If the Facilities or any Plant and Equipment or Contractors Equipment or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for the purposes of the Facilities shall sustain destruction or damage by reason of any War Risks, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for : (a) any part of the Facilities or the Plant and Equipment so destroyed or damaged (to the extent not already paid for by the Employer) (b) replacing or making good any Contractors Equipment or other property of the Contractor so destroyed or damaged (c) replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities or the Plant and Equipment or any part thereof as may be required by the Employer, and as may be necessary for completion of the Facilities. If the Employer does not require the Contractor to replace or make good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby destroyed or damaged or, where the loss, destruction or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, shall terminate the Contract, pursuant to GCC SubClause 42.1 38.4 Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for any increased costs or incidentals to the execution of the Contract that are in any way attributable to, consequent on, resulting from, or in any way connected with any War Risks, provided that the Contractor shall as soon as practicable notify the Employer in writing of any such increased cost 38.5 If during the performance of the Contract any War Risks shall occur that financially or otherwise materially affect the execution of the Contract by the Contractor, the Contractor shall use its reasonable efforts to execute the Contract with due and proper consideration given to the safety of its and its Subcontractors personnel engaged in the work on the Facilities, provided, however, that if the execution of the work on the Facilities becomes impossible or is substantially prevented for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of any War Risks, the parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other 38.6 In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clauses 38.3 or 38.5, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3 H. Change in Contract Elements 39 Change in the Facilities 39.1.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.5 and 39.2.7, the Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, that the Project Manager order the Contractor from time to time during the performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the Facilities (hereinafter called Change), provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the Facilities and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, 39.1 Introducing a Change

- 57 -

taking into account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the Facilities as specified in the Contract. 39.1.2 The Contractor may from time to time during its performance of the Contract propose to the Employer (with a copy to the Project Manager) any Change that the Contractor considers necessary or desirable to improve the quality, efficiency or safety of the Facilities. The Employer may at its discretion approve or reject any Change proposed by the Contractor, provided that the Employer shall approve any Change proposed by the Contractor to ensure the safety of the Facilities. 39.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 39.1.1 and 39.1.2, no change made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion. 39.1.4 The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2 and 39.3, and further details and sample forms are provided in the Sample Forms and Procedures section in the bidding documents 39.2 Changes Originating from Employer 39.2.1 If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor a Request for Change Proposal, requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a Change Proposal, which shall include the following: (a) brief description of the Change (b) effect on the Time for Completion (c) estimated cost of the Change (d) effect on Functional Guarantees (if any) (e) effect on any other provisions of the Contract. 39.2.2 Prior to preparing and submitting the Change Proposal, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager an Estimate for Change Proposal, which shall be an estimate of the cost of preparing and submitting the Change Proposal. Upon receipt of the Contractors Estimate for Change Proposal, the Employer shall do one of the following: 39.2.3 Upon receipt of the Employers instruction to proceed under GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2 (a), the Contractor shall, with proper expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1. 39.2.4 The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the Contract. If such rates and prices are inequitable, the parties thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the Change. 39.2.5 If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that the aggregate effect of compliance therewith and with all other Change Orders that have already become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 39 would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more than fifteen percent (15%), the Contractor may give a written notice of objection thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as aforesaid. If the Employer accepts the Contractors objection, the Employer shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the Contractor in writing thereof. The Contractors failure to so object shall neither affect its right to object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders herein, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Contractor represents. 39.2.6 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all matters therein contained. Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Employer shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order. If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Contractor with details of when the Contractor can expect a decision. - 58 -

If the Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Contractor accordingly. Under such circumstances, the Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal, provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the Contractor in its Estimate for Change Proposal submitted in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2. 39.2.7 If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the Employer may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a Pending Agreement Change Order. Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with effecting the Changes covered by such Order. The parties shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change Proposal. If the parties cannot reach agreement within sixty (60) days from the date of issue of the Pending Agreement Change Order, then the matter may be referred to the Adjudicator in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 6.1 39.3 Changes Originating from Contractor 39.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a written Application for Change Proposal, giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified in GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1. Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.6 and 39.2.7. However, should the Employer choose not to proceed, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover the costs of preparing the Application for Change Proposal 40 Extension of Time for Completion 40.1 The Time(s) for Completion specified in the SCC shall be extended if the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of any of the following: (a) (b) any Change in the Facilities as provided in GCC Clause 39 any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 37, unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 35, or other occurrence of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 any suspension order given by the Employer under GCC Clause 41 hereof or reduction in the rate of progress pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2 or any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC Clause 36 or any default or breach of the Contract by the Employer, specifically including failure to supply the items listed in the corresponding Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer) to the Contract Agreement, or any activity, act or omission of any other contractors employed by the Employer or any other matter specifically mentioned in the Contract

(c) (d) (e)

(f)

by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Contractor 40.2 Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance. As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Employer and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension. In the event that the Contractor does not accept the Employers estimate of a fair and reasonable time extension, the Contractor shall be entitled to refer the matter to an Adjudicator, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 6.1. 40.3 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract

- 59 -

41

Suspension

41.1 The Employer may request the Project Manager, by notice to the Contractor, to order the Contractor to suspend performance of any or all of its obligations under the Contract. Such notice shall specify the obligation of which performance is to be suspended, the effective date of the suspension and the reasons therefor. The Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such obligation (except those obligations necessary for the care or preservation of the Facilities) until ordered in writing to resume such performance by the Project Manager. If, by virtue of a suspension order given by the Project Manager, other than by reason of the Contractors default or breach of the Contract, the Contractors performance of any of its obligations is suspended for an aggregate period of more than ninety (90) days, then at any time thereafter and provided that at that time such performance is still suspended, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requiring that the Employer shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the notice, order the resumption of such performance or request and subsequently order a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of the suspended obligations from the Contract. If the Employer fails to do so within such period, the Contractor may, by a further notice to the Project Manager, elect to treat the suspension, where it affects a part only of the Facilities, as a deletion of such part in accordance with GCC Clause 39 or, where it affects the whole of the Facilities, as termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. 41.2 If (a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the corresponding Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) to the Contract Agreement, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, or fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractors notice or (b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employers failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 10.2, or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and / or completion of the Facilities, then the Contractor may by fourteen (14) days notice to the Employer suspend performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract, or reduce the rate of progress 41.3 If the Contractors performance of its obligations is suspended or the rate of progress is reduced pursuant to this GCC Clause 41, then the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC SubClause 40.1, and any and all additional costs or expenses incurred by the Contractor as a result of such suspension or reduction shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor in addition to the Contract Price, except in the case of suspension order or reduction in the rate of progress by reason of the Contractors default or breach of the Contract. 41.4 During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not remove from the Site any Plant and Equipment, any part of the Facilities or any Contractors Equipment, without the prior written consent of the Employer 42 Termination 42.1.1 The Employer may at any time terminate the Contract for any reason by giving the Contractor a notice of termination that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. 42.1.2 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Contractor shall either immediately or upon the date specified in the notice of termination (a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition - 60 42.1 Termination for Employers Convenience

(b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) below (c) remove all Contractors Equipment from the Site, repatriate the Contractors and its Subcontractors personnel from the Site, remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind, and leave the whole of the Site in a clean and safe condition (d) In addition, the Contractor, subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, shall (i) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant and Equipment as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors (iii) deliver to the Employer all non-proprietary drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination in connection with the Facilities 42.1.3 In the event of termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor the following amounts: (a) the Contract Price, properly attributable to the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor as of the date of termination (b) the costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the removal of the Contractors Equipment from the Site and in the repatriation of the Contractors and its Subcontractors personnel (c) any amounts to be paid by the Contractor to its Subcontractors in connection with the termination of any subcontracts, including any cancellation charges (d) costs incurred by the Contractor in protecting the Facilities and leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.2 (e) the cost of satisfying all other obligations, commitments and claims that the Contractor may in good faith have undertaken with third parties in connection with the Contract and that are not covered by paragraphs (a) through (d) above 42.2 Termination for Contractors Default 42.2.1 The Employer, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may terminate the Contract forthwith in the following circumstances by giving a notice of termination and its reasons therefor to the Contractor, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2: (a) if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, if the Contractor is a corporation, a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Contractor takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt (b) if the Contractor assigns or transfers the Contract or any right or interest therein in violation of the provision of GCC Clause 43. (c) if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purpose of this Sub-Clause: corrupt practice means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any thing of value to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in contract execution. fraudulent practice means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Employer, and includes collusive practice among Bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Employer of the benefits of free and open competition 42.2.2 If the Contractor (a) has abandoned or repudiated the Contract - 61 -

(b) has without valid reason failed to commence work on the Facilities promptly or has suspended (other than pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2) the progress of Contract performance for more than twenty-eight (28) days after receiving a written instruction from the Employer to proceed (c) persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause (d) refuses or is unable to provide sufficient materials, services or labour to execute and complete the Facilities in the manner specified in the program furnished under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 at rates of progress that give reasonable assurance to the Employer that the Contractor can attain Completion of the Facilities by the Time for Completion as extended, then the Employer may, without prejudice to any other rights it may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Contractor stating the nature of the default and requiring the Contractor to remedy the same. If the Contractor fails to remedy or to take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice, then the Employer may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice of termination to the Contractor that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2 42.2.3 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.2.1 or 42.2.2, the Contractor shall, either immediately or upon such date as is specified in the notice of termination, (a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) below (c) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (d) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant and Equipment as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors (e) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities 42.2.4 The Employer may enter upon the Site, expel the Contractor, and complete the Facilities itself or by employing any third party. The Employer may, to the exclusion of any right of the Contractor over the same, take over and use with the payment of a fair rental rate to the Contractor, with all the maintenance costs to the account of the Employer and with an indemnification by the Employer for all liability including damage or injury to persons arising out of the Employers use of such equipment, any Contractors Equipment owned by the Contractor and on the Site in connection with the Facilities for such reasonable period as the Employer considers expedient for the supply and installation of the Facilities. Upon completion of the Facilities or at such earlier date as the Employer thinks appropriate, the Employer shall give notice to the Contractor that such Contractors Equipment will be returned to the Contractor at or near the Site and shall return such Contractors Equipment to the Contractor in accordance with such notice. The Contractor shall thereafter without delay and at its cost remove or arrange removal of the same from the Site 42.2.5 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.6, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid the Contract Price attributable to the Facilities executed as of the date of termination, the value of any unused or partially used Plant and Equipment on the Site, and the costs, if any, incurred in protecting the Facilities and in leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.3. Any sums due the Employer from the Contractor accruing prior to the date of termination shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor under this Contract. 42.2.6 If the Employer completes the Facilities, the cost of completing the Facilities by the Employer shall be determined.

- 62 -

If the sum that the Contractor is entitled to be paid, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, plus the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in completing the Facilities, exceeds the Contract Price, the Contractor shall be liable for such excess. If such excess is greater than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Contractor shall pay the balance to the Employer, and if such excess is less than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Employer shall pay the balance to the Contractor. The Employer and the Contractor shall agree, in writing, on the computation described above and the manner in which any sums shall be paid. 42.3 Termination by Contractor 42.3.1 If (a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the corresponding Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) of the Contract Agreement, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractors notice, or (b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employers failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and / or completion of the Facilities, then the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer thereof, and if the Employer has failed to pay the outstanding sum, to approve the invoice or supporting documents, to give its reasons for withholding such approval, or to remedy the breach within twenty-eight (28) days of such notice, or if the Contractor is still unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days of the said notice, the Contractor may by a further notice to the Employer referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.1, forthwith terminate the Contract. 42.3.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice to the Employer to that effect, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.2, if the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, being a corporation, if a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Employer takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt. 42.3.3 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, then the Contractor shall immediately (a) cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary for the purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) (c) remove all Contractors Equipment from the Site and repatriate the Contractors and its Subcontractors personnel from the Site. (d) In addition, the Contractor, subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.4, shall (i) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

- 63 -

(ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant and Equipment as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors (iii) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.3.4 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all payments specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, and reasonable compensation for all loss, except for loss of profit, or damage sustained by the Contractor arising out of, in connection with or in consequence of such termination. 42.3.5 Termination by the Contractor pursuant to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3 is without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Contractor that may be exercised in lieu of or in addition to rights conferred by GCC Sub-Clause 42.3 42.4 In this GCC Clause 42, the expression Facilities executed shall include all work executed, Installation Services provided, and all Plant and Equipment acquired (or subject to a legally binding obligation to purchase) by the Contractor and used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Facilities, up to and including the date of termination. In this GCC Clause 42, in calculating any monies due from the Employer to the Contractor, account shall be taken of any sum previously paid by the Employer to the Contractor under the Contract, including any advance payment paid pursuant to the corresponding Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) to the Contract Agreement.

42.5

43

Assignment

43.1 Neither the Employer nor the Contractor shall, without the express prior written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), assign to any third party the Contract or any part thereof, or any right, benefit, obligation or interest therein or thereunder, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to assign either absolutely or by way of charge any monies due and payable to it or that may become due and payable to it under the Contract

- 64 -

SECTION V SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)

- 65 -

M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING (ICB) OF FOZAL HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL, DISTT. KULLU, HIMACHAL PRADESH SECTION V SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC) CONTENTS (The corresponding Clause number of the General Conditions is in parentheses)

Clause No. 1. 1.1 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 6.1 7. 7.1 8. 8.1 8.2 8.3 9. 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

DESCRIPTION Definitions (GCC Clause - 1) Definitions (GCC Clause - 1) Notices (GCC Clause 4) Governing Law (GCC Clause 5) Settlement of Disputes (GCC Clause 6) Scope of Facilities [Spare Parts] (GCC Clause 7) Time for Commencement and Completion (GCC Clause 8) Employers Responsibilities (GCC Clause 10) Contract Price (GCC Clause 11) Terms of Payment (GCC Clause 12) Securities (GCC Clause 13) Taxes and Duties (GCC Clause 14) Copy Right (GCC Clause 15) Representatives (GCC Clause 17) Work Program (GCC Clause 18) Design and Engineering (GCC Clause 20) Procurement (GCC Clause 21) Compliance with Labor Regulation (GCC Clause 22.3.1) Completion of the Facilities (GCC Clause 24) Commissioning and Operational Acceptance (GCC Clause 25) Completion Time Guarantee (GCC Clause 26) Defect Liability (GCC Clause 27) Securities Functional Guarantees (GCC Clause 28) Transfer of Ownership (GCC Clause 31) Insurance (GCC Clause 34) Change in Laws and Regulations (GCC Clause 36)

Page No. 68 68 68 68 68 to 69 69 70 70 70 70 70 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 to 73 74 74 74 74 75 75 75 75 75

- 66 -

18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

Force Majeure (GCC Clause 37) War Risks (GCC Clause 38) Change in the Facilities (GCC Clause 39) Termination (GCC Clause 42) Construction of the Contract (New Clause) Spares (New Clause)

75 75 76 76 76 to 77 77 to 79

- 67 -

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC) The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall supplement / amend the General Conditions of Contract (GCC). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC. The corresponding clause number of the GCC is indicated in parentheses. 1. Definitions (GCC Clause 1) The Employer is: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Tel : 011 - 26425722, 46515758, Fax : 011 - 26281910 (Name, address, telephone nos., fax no. and email address) (Name, address, telephone nos., fax no. and email address) Mr.

The Project Manager is: The Contractor is: The Adjudicator is:

The Contractors Representative is: (Name, address, telephone nos., fax no. and email address)

Country of Origin: All countries and territories except the black listed countries / territories Time for Completion: Time for Completion for all Facilities: 30 (thirty) months GCC 1.1 Amend the following definitions as below: Effective Date - Substitute the existing definition by the following: Effective Date means the date from which the Time for Completion shall be determined as stated in Article 3 (Effective Date for Determining Time for Completion) of the Form of Contract Agreement. Time for Completion - Substitute the Word Specifications appearing in line 3 of definition for Time for Completion with Stipulations. Commissioning - Delete the words following Completion appearing in line 1 and 2 of the definition. 1.1 2. Interpretation (GCC Clause 3) GCC 3.9 - Substitute the Word persons in line 1 and 3 with firms. Notices (GCC Clause 4) GCC 4.1 - Employers address for notice purposes: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Tel : 011 - 26425722, 46515758, Fax : 011 - 26281910 Contractors address for notice purposes: (Address, telephone, e-mail and facsimile numbers to be provided by the Contractor) 3. 4. Governing Law (GCC Clause 5) GCC 5.1 The governing law shall be the laws of Union of India. Settlement of Disputes (GCC Clause 6) GCC 6.1.2 - Replace the words an hourly with the words a daily in line 1. -- Adjudicators daily fee: to be mutually decided by the Employer and the Contractor GCC 6.1.3 - Appointing Authority for Adjudicator: Institution of Engineers (India)

- 68 -

GCC 6.2.3 Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to this contract or breach, termination or invalidity there of which has not become final and binding pursuant to G.C.C. Clause 6.1.2, shall be settled by arbitration by arbitral tribunal as under : The arbitral tribunal shall have full power to open-up, review and revise any decision, opinion, instruction, determination, certificate or valuation of the Project Manager and any Recommendation(s) of the Adjudicator related to the dispute. (i) A dispute with an Indian Contractor shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996, or any statutory amendment thereof. The arbitral tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators, one each to be appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. The third Arbitrator shall be chosen by the two Arbitrators so appointed by the Parties and shall act as Presiding arbitrator. In case of failure of the two arbitrators, appointed by the parties to reach upon a consensus within a period of 30 days from the appointment of the arbitrator appointed subsequently, the Presiding arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the Institution of Engineers (India)*. For the purpose of this sub-clause, the term Indian Contractor means a contractor who is registered in India and is a juristic person created under Indian law as well as a joint venture between such a contractor and a Foreign Contractor. (ii) In the case of a dispute with a foreign Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled in accordance with the provisions of UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules. The arbitral tribunal shall consist of three Arbitrators one each to be appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. The third Arbitrator shall be chosen by the two Arbitrators so appointed by the parties, and shall act as presiding arbitrator. In case of failure of the two arbitrators appointed by the parties to teach upon a consensus within a period of 30 days from the appointment of the arbitrator appointed subsequently, the Presiding Arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the Institution of Engineers (India)*. For the purposes of this Clause 6.2 the term Foreign Contractor means a contractor who is not registered in India and is not a juristic person created under Indian Law. (iii) Neither party shall be limited in the proceedings before such tribunal to the evidence or arguments before the Adjudicator for the purpose of obtaining its Recommendation(s) pursuant to Sub-Clause 6.2.2. No recommendation shall disqualify any Adjudicator from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitrator(s) on any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute. (iv) Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Works, provided that the obligations of the Employer, the Project Manager, the Contractor and the Adjudicator shall not be altered by reason of the arbitration being conducted during the progress of the Works. (v) If one of the parties fail to appoint its arbitrator in pursuance of Sub-Clause (i) and (ii) above, within 30 days after receipt of the notice of the appointment of its arbitrator by the other party, then the President of the Indian Institute of Engineers (India), both in cases of foreign Contractors as well as Indian Contractors, shall appoint the Arbitrator. A certified copy of the order of the President of the Institution of Engineers (India) making such an appointment shall be furnished to each of the parties. (vi) Arbitration proceedings shall be held at Delhi, India and the language of the arbitration proceedings and that of all documents and communications between the parties shall be in English. (vii) The decision of the majority of arbitrators shall be final and binding upon both parties. The cost and expenses of Arbitration proceedings will be paid as determined by the arbitral tribunal. However, the expenses incurred by each party in connection with the preparation, presentation, etc., of its proceedings as also the fees and expenses paid by the arbitrator appointed by such party or on its behalf shall be borne by each party itself. (viii) The arbitrator(s) shall give reasoned award. 5. Scope of Facilities (GCC Clause 7) GCC 7.1 - In line 5, delete the word and after completion and insert a ,. Also, add the words and performance testing after the commissioning. GCC 7.3 - The Contractor agrees to supply spare parts for a period of years: 5 (FIVE) years

- 69 -

6.

Time for Commencement and Completion (GCC Clause 8) GCC 8.1 - The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities from the Effective Date for determining Time for Completion as specified in the Contract Agreement. GCC 8.2 - The Completion of the Facilities shall be attained within 30 (Thirty) months

6.1

Employers Responsibilities (GCC Clause 10) GCC 10.5 - In line 4 and 5, substitute the words including those required by with the words to enable.

7. 7.1

Contract Price (GCC Clause 11) GCC 11.2 - The Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum price. Terms of Payment (GCC Clause 12) GCC 12.3 - Add the words which have become due after the word, payment in line 1. -- Delete the words whether before or after judgment or arbitrage award in line 5.

8.

Securities (GCC Clause 13) GCC 13.2.1 Add at the end of Para (before full stop), with a validity of ninety (90) days beyond the day of completion of facilities in accordance with GCC Clause 24. GCC 13.2.2 - Delete the portion starting from line 2 in proportion ... till the end of this Sub-Clause ... after its expiration and substitute with, as per the procedures specified in SCC. The security shall be discharged after Completion of the Facilities or relevant part thereof. -- Procedure for effecting reduction in the Advance Payment Security: The Advance Payment Security shall be allowed to be reduced every three- (3) months after First Running Account Bill / Stage payment under the Contract. The cumulative amount of reduction at any point of time shall not exceed seventy five percent (75%) of the advance corresponding to cumulative value of the Facilities completed as per a certificate to be issued by the project manager. It should be clearly understood that reduction in the value of security for advance should not in any way dilute the Contractors responsibility and liabilities under the Contract including in respect of the Facilities for which reduction in the value of security is allowed. GCC 13.3.1 - The amount of performance security, as a percentage of the Contract Price, shall be Ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price. The performance security of a Joint Venture shall be in the name of the Joint Venture -- Add the following at the end of Sub-Clause after the word, SCC: with a validity upto sixty (60) days beyond the Defect Liability period. GCC 13.3.2 - The Performance Security shall be in the form of the bank guarantee attached hereto in the section on Sample Forms and Procedures. GCC 13.3.3 - Substitute the words The security shall automatically be reduced to half on the date of operational acceptance and should become null and void appearing in the beginning of the Sub-Clause with the words If so stipulated in SCC, the security shall be reduced prorata to the contract price or a part or the facilities for which a separate time for completion is provided for. -- In lines 3 and 5, after the word Facilities, add the words (or where relevant part thereof).

8.1

Taxes and Duties (GCC Clause 14) GCC 14.2 -- Add the words and mandatory spare parts after the word Equipment in line 3. -- Add the following at the end of the Sub-Clause: The Employer shall also bear and pay / reimburse to the Contractor Sales Tax, Local Tax and Octroi, in respect of direct transaction between the Employer and the Contractor imposed upon on the Plant and Equipment and mandatory spare parts specified in Price Schedule No.2 to be incorporated into the Facilities, by the Law of the Union of India. GCC 14.3 Add the following at the end of the Sub-Clause: The above will not apply to deemed export benefits. - 70 -

8.2

Copy Right (GCC Clause 15) GCC 15.1 - Add the following at the end of the Sub-Clause: The Employer shall however be free to reproduce all drawings, documents and other material furnished to the Employer for the purpose of the Contract including, if required, for operation and maintenance.

8.3

Representatives (GCC Clause 17) GCC 17.1 - In line 5, delete the word No and replace with the words, The Employer shall take all reasonable care to see that no. GCC 17.2.4 - In line 1, substitute the word Completion with Operational Acceptance.

9.

Work Program (GCC Clause 18) GCC 18.2 - The form of the program of performance of the Contract shall be PERT network In line 1, substitute the words signing the Contract Agreement with Notification of Award.

9.1

Design and Engineering (GCC Clause 20) GCC 20.3.2 - In line 1, substitute the word Fourteen (14) with twenty-one (21). -- Delete the last sentence of the Sub-Clause If the Project Manager ... by the Project Manager. GCC 20.3.4 - In line 4, after the words modification(s), delete the word whereupon and substitute with and upon resubmission with the required modifications. -- Add the following at the end of the Sub-Clause: The procedure for submission of the documents by the Contractor and their approval by the Project manager shall be discussed and finalized with the Contractor.

9.2

Procurement (GCC Clause 21) GCC 21.4 In line 3 after the words GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, add, including liability for port charges if any, -- In line 6, substitute the words that are not with due to. Further, replace the word Contractor appearing immediately after the words fault of the with Employer.

9.3

Add the following as GCC Clause 22.3.1 GCC 22.3.1 - COMPLIANCE WITH LABOUR REGULATIONS: During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub contractors shall abide at all times by all existing labour enactments and rules made thereunder, regulations, notifications and bye laws of the State or Central Government or local authority and any other labour law (including rules), regulations, bye laws that may be passed or notification that may be issued under any labour law in future either by the State or the Central Government or the local authority. Salient features of some of the major labour laws that are applicable to construction industry are given below. The Contractor shall keep the Employer indemnified in case any action is taken against the Employer by the competent authority on account of contravention of any of the provisions of any Act or rules made thereunder, regulations or notifications including amendments. If the Employer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to cause or observe, or for non-observance of the provisions stipulated in the notifications / bye laws / Acts / Rules / regulations including amendments, if any, on the part of the Contractor, the Engineer / Employer shall have the right to deduct any money due to the Contractor including his amount of performance security. The Employer / Engineer shall also have right to recover from the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss or damage suffered by the Employer. The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-Contractor in no case shall be treated as the employees of the Employer at any point of time. SALIENT FEATURES OF SOME MAJOR LABOUR LAWS APPLICABLE ESTABLISHMENTS ENGAGED IN BUILDING AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORKS. a) TO

Workmen Compensation Act 1923: - The Act provides for compensation in case of injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment.

- 71 -

b)

Payment of Gratuity Act 1972: - Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed 5 years service or more or on death the rate of 15 days wages for every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 10 or more employees. Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952: The Act provides for monthly contributions by the employer plus workers @ 10% or 8.33%. The benefits payable under the Act are: (i) Pension or family pension on retirement or death, as the case may be. (ii) Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker. (iii) Payment of P.F. accumulation on retirement / death etc.

c)

d) e)

Maternity Benefit Act 1951: - The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc. Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970: - The Act provides for certain welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labour and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided, by the Principal Employer by Law. The Principal Employer is required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take license from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of Principal Employer if they employ 20 or more contract labour. Minimum Wages Act 1948: - The Employer is supposed to pay not less than the Minimum Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act if the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of Buildings, Roads, Runways are scheduled employments. Payment of Wages Act 1936: - It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the workers. Equal Remuneration Act 1979: - The Act provides for payment of equal wages for work of equal nature to Male and Female workers and for not making discrimination against Female employees in the matters of transfers, training and promotions etc. Payment of Bonus Act 1965: - The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 20 or more employees. The Act provides for payments of annual bonus subject to a minimum of 8.33% of wages and maximum of 20% of wages to employees drawing Rs.3500/-per month or less. The bonus to be paid to employees getting Rs.2500/- per month or above upto Rs.3500/- per month shall be worked out by taking wages as Rs.2500/-per month only. The Act does not apply to certain establishments. The newly set-up establishments are exempted for five years in certain circumstances. Some of the State Governments have reduced the employment size from 20 to 10 for the purpose of applicability of this Act. Industrial Disputes Act 1947: - The Act lays down the machinery and procedure for resolution of Industrial disputes, in what situations a strike or lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenching the employees or closing down the establishment. Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946: - It is applicable to all establishments employing 100 or more workmen (employment size reduced by some of the States and Central Government to 50). The Act provides for laying down rules governing the conditions of employment by the Employer on matters provided in the Act and get the same certified by the designated Authority. Trade Unions Act 1926: - The Act lays down the procedure for registration of trade unions of workmen and employers. The Trade Unions registered under the Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities. Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986: - The Act prohibits employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other occupations and processes. Employment of Child Labour is prohibited in Building and Construction Industry. Inter-State Migrant workmens (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of Service) Act 1979: The Act is applicable to an establishment, which employs 5 or more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the establishment situated in another state). The Inter-State migrant workmen, in an establishment to

f)

g) h)

i)

j)

k)

l)

m)

n)

- 72 -

which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, travelling expenses from home upto the establishment and back, etc. o) The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996: - All the establishments who carry on any building or other construction work and employs 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. All such establishments are required to pay cess at the rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of construction as may be modified by the Government. The Employer of the establishment is required to provide safety measures at the Building or construction work and other welfare measures, such as Canteens, First-Aid facilities, Ambulance, Housing accommodations for workers near the work place etc. The Employer to whom the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the Government. Factories Act 1948: - The Act lays down the procedure for approval at plans before setting up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, working hours, annual earned leave and rendering information regarding accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated authorities. It is applicable to premises employing 10 persons or more with aid of power or 20 or more persons without the aid of power engaged in manufacturing process.

p)

9.3.1

Add the following as GCC Clause 22.3.2 GCC 22.3.2 PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT: The contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment on and off the Site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to property of the public or others resulting from pollution, noise or other causes arising as a consequence of his methods of operation. During continuance of the contract, the contractor and his sub-contractors shall abide at all times by all existing enactments on environmental protection and rules made thereunder, regulations, notifications and bye-laws of the State or Central Government, or local authorities and any other law, bye-law, regulations that may be passed or notification that may be issued in this respect in future by the State or Central Government or the local authority. Salient features of some of the major laws that are applicable are given below: The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, This provides for the prevention and control of water pollution and the maintaining and restoring of wholesomeness of water. 'Pollution' means such contamination of water or such alteration of the physical, chemical or biological properties of water or such discharge of any sewage or trade effluent or of any other liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water (whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to, create a nuisance or render such water harmful or injurious to public health or safety, or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural or other legitimate uses, or to the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms. The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, This provides for prevention, control and abatement of air pollution. 'Air Pollution' means the presence in the atmosphere of any 'air pollutant', which means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance (including noise) present in the atmosphere in such concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to human beings or other living creatures or plants or property or environment. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, This provides for the protection and improvement of environment and for matters connected therewith, and the prevention of hazards to human beings, other living creatures, plants and property. 'Environment' includes water, air and land and the interrelationship, which exists among and between water, air and land, and human beings, other living creatures, plants, microorganism and property. The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991, This provides for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling hazardous substances and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto. Hazardous substance means any substance or preparation which is defined as hazardous substance under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, and exceeding such quantity as may be specified by notification by the Central Government.

- 73 -

9.4

Completion of Facilities (GCC Clause 24) GCC 24.3 - In line 3, after the word matters, add, if so specified in Appendix 6 (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer). GCC 24.4 - In line 2, add the following after the word shall: commence Commissioning as per procedures stipulated in Technical Specification, and as soon as Commissioning is satisfactorily completed, the Contractor shall.

10.

Commissioning and Operational Acceptance (GCC Clause 25) GCC 25.1.1 - In line 1, substitute the word commenced with completed. Further, in the same line after the word Contractor, add, as per procedures detailed in Technical Specifications and delete the rest of the existing sentence from immediately after ......... till ........ GCC Sub-Clause 24.6. GCC 25.1.2 - In line 1, after the word shall, add, unless otherwise specified in Technical Specifications. GCC 25.2.1 - In line 1, substitute the word during with after. -- In line 4, substitute the words Technical Specifications with Contract Documents. -- In line 5, delete the words and shall advise and assist the Employer. GCC 25.2.2 - The Guarantee Test of the Facilities shall be successfully completed within 21 (Twenty One) days. GCC 25.3.1(b) - In the last line, after the word above add the words but successful completion of the Facilities has been achieved. GCC 25.3.3 - In line 1, substitute the word Seven (7) with Twenty one (21). GCC 25.3.4 - In line 1, substitute the word Seven (7) with Twenty one (21).

11.

Completion Time Guarantee (GCC Clause 26) GCC 26.2 - Applicable rate for liquidated damages: Maximum deduction for liquidated damages: shall be one-half percent (0.5%) per week, and the maximum shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Contract price. GCC 26.2 - in line 3, after the word amount, add the words computed at the rates. -- In lines 3 and 4, delete the words as a percentage rate of the Contract Price, or the relevant part thereof GCC 26.3 - No bonus will be given for earlier Completion of the Facilities or part thereof.

12.

Defect Liability (GCC Clause 27) GCC 27.2 Required Defect Liability Period is eighteen (18) months from the date of Completion of the Facilities or twelve (12) months from the date of Operational Acceptance of the Facilities. GCC 27.6 - Substitute the last sentence of the second para with the following: The tests in character shall in any case be not less than what has already been agreed by the Employer and the Contractor for the original equipment / part of the Facilities. GCC 27.8 - Add the following at the end of the Sub-Clause: Upon correction of the defects in the Facilities or any part thereof by repair / replacement, such repair / replacement shall have the Defect Liability Period extended by a period of twelve (12) months from the time such replacement / repair of the facilities or any part thereof. -- Add the following as a new Sub-Clause 27.8.1: At the end of the Defect Liability Period, the Contractors liability ceases except for latent defects. The Contractors liability for latent defects warranty shall be limited to period of five (5) years from the end of Defect Liability Period. For the purpose of this clause, the latent defects shall be the defects inherently lying within the material or arising out of design deficiency which do not manifest themselves during the Defect Liability Period defined in this GCC Clause 27, but later. GCC 27.9 Replace the word completion of facilities with operational acceptance in line 4. GCC 27.10 - The critical components covered under the extended warranty are the Francis runner and the synchronous generator and the period shall be 5 (five) years. - 74 -

13. 14.

Securities No Change Functional Guarantees (GCC Clause 28) GCC 28.2 - Add the following after the words GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2 in the last sentence: and recover the payments already made to the Contractor. GCC 28.3 (a) - In line 2, after the word expense add the words within a mutually agreed time. GCC 28.4 - Substitute the word The appearing in the beginning of the Sub-Clause with the following: In case the Employer exercises its option to accept the equipment after levy of liquidated damages, the -- In line 2, the word SCC to be substituted with Appendix 8 (Functional Guarantees) to the Contract Agreement.

15.

Transfer of Ownership (GCC Clause 31) GCC 31.1 - Add the following after the words origin to India in the last line: and upon endorsement of the dispatch documents in favour of the Employer. GCC 31.4 - Add the following after the word Facilities in the last line: provided quantity of any Plant and Equipment specifically stipulated in the Contract shall be the property of the Employer whether or not incorporated in the Facilities.

16.

Insurance (GCC Clause 34) GCC 34.7 - In line 2, substitute the word all with the -- In line 4, after the word Contractor add the words as per the procedure outlined in SCC. -- The procedure for appropriation and disbursement of insurance proceeds shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions as laid down in the insurance policy.

17.

Change in Laws and Regulations (GCC Clause 36) GCC 36.1 - Substitute the word SCC at the end of the Sub-Clause with Appendix 2 to the Contract Agreement -- Add the following before the last sentence of the Sub-Clause: However, these adjustments would be restricted to direct transactions between the Employer and the Contractor and not on procurement of raw materials, intermediary components etc. by the Contractor. Further, no adjustments of the Contract price shall be made on account of variation in deemed export benefits.

18.

Force Majeure (GCC Clause 37) GCC 37.1 - Insert (.) after the word affected in line 3 and delete the rest of the Sub-Clause including paragraph (a) to (f). GCC 37.6 - In lines 4, 5 and 6, replace the words failing which either party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice of the other, but without prejudice to either partys right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 38.5 with the words failing which the dispute will be resolved in accordance with GCC Clause 6. GCC 37.7 - Delete this Sub-Clause. GCC 37.8 - Renumber this Sub-Clause as 37.7

19.

War risks (GCC Clause 38) GCC 38.5 - In lines 8 and 9, replace the words failing which either party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other with the words failing which the dispute will be resolved in accordance with GCC Clause 6. GCC 38.6 - In line 1, delete the words or 38.5

- 75 -

20.

Change in the Facilities (GCC Clause 39) GCC 39.2.5 - In the last sentence substitute the words shall withdraw the proposed change and shall notify the Contractor in writing thereof with the words and the Contractor shall agree on specific rates for valuation of the Change GCC 39.2.6 - Add the following sentence in the beginning of the Sub-Clause: If rates and prices of any change are not available in the Contract, the parties thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the change.

21.

Termination (GCC Clause 42) GCC 42.3.1(b) - At the end of the para, after the word Facilities, add the words which the Employer is required to obtain as per provision of the Contract as per relevant applicable laws of India.

22. 22.1

Construction of the Contract (New Clause) The Contracts to be entered into with the successful Contractor shall be as under: For Foreign Contractor --First Contract for CIF / CIP supply of all off shore equipment and materials including mandatory spares. Second Contract for Ex-works supply of all equipment and materials of Indian origin and for providing all services i.e. port handling and clearance for the imported Facilities, further loading and inland transportation for delivery at site, unloading, storage, handling at site, installation, testing and commissioning including Performance testing in respect of all the equipment supplied under both the Contracts and any other services specified in the Contract Documents. First Contract for Ex-works supply and CIF / CIP supply, if any, of all equipment and materials including mandatory spares identifying separately the CIF / CIP and Ex-works component of the supply. Second Contract for providing all services i.e. inland transportation for delivery at site, unloading, storage, handling at site, installation, testing and commissioning including Performance Testing in respect of all equipment supplied under the First Contract and any other services specified in the Contract Documents.

For Domestic Contractor --

--

22.2

The award of two Contracts shall not in any way dilute the responsibility of the Contractor for the successful completion of the facilities as per Specifications and a breach in one Contract shall automatically be constructed as a breach of the other Contract which will confer a right on the employer to terminate the other Contract also at the risk and the cost of the Contractor. If the foreign Contractor has proposed an Assignee in his bid to execute the Second Contract and has also furnished written unequivocal consent of the proposed Assignee to work as independent Contractor on the terms offered by the Contractor and the Employer is satisfied with experience / qualification of the proposed Assignee, the Employer will enter into the Second Contract with the said Assignee. Further, the said Assignee, in addition to the Contract performance Security to be provided by the Contractor for Five Percent (5%) of the value of both the Contracts i.e. First Contract and the Second Contract, shall provide within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of Contract award, a Contract Performance Security equivalent to Five percent (5%) of the value of the Second Contract for the due performance of Contract with a validity upto Sixty (60) days beyond the Defect Liability Period. It is expressly understood and agreed that both the Contracts shall contain the aforesaid cross fall breach clause. It is further expressly understood and agreed that in case the option is not exercised by the Contractor or the Assignee fails to enter into the Second Contract with the Employer or if the Employer in its judgment does not find acceptance of the proposed Assignee as its Contractor, than the Contractor shall be obliged to enter into and execute both the Contracts with the employer and both Contracts shall contain the aforesaid cross fall breach clause. In case of two Contracts entered into as above or where the employer hands over his equipment to the Contractor for executing the Contract, then the Contractor shall, at the time of taking delivery of the equipment through Bill of Lading or other dispatch documents, furnish trust Receipt for Plant,

22.3

22.4

22.5

- 76 -

Equipment and Materials and also execute an Indemnity Bond in favour of the Employer in the form acceptable to the Employer for keeping the equipment in safe custody and to utilize the same exclusively for the purpose of the said Contract. Samples of proforma for the Trust receipt and Indemnity Bond are enclosed under Section VII (Sample Forms and procedures). The Employer shall also issue a separate Authorization Letter to the Contractor to enable him to take physical delivery of plant, equipment and materials from the Employer as per proforma enclosed under Section VII (Sample Forms and Procedures). 22.6 22.7 The Contract will be signed in three originals and the Contractor shall be provided with one signed original and the rest will be retained by the Employer. The Contractor shall provide free of cost to the Employer all the engineering data, drawing and descriptive materials submitted with the bid, in at least six (6) copies to form a part of the Contract immediately after Notification of Award. Subsequent to signing of the Contract, the Contractor at his own cost shall provide the Employer with at least twenty (20) true copies of Contract Agreement within thirty (30) days after signing of the Contract. Spares (New Clause) The Contractor agrees that the spare parts recommended by him for 5 (five) years operation and quoted in Schedule No.7 shall be supplied by him at the same terms and conditions as are otherwise applicable to this Contract. Further, the Contractor also agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the Facilities as per provision of subsequent paragraphs of this Clause. All the spares for the equipment under the Contract will strictly conform to the Specification and other relevant documents and will be identical to the corresponding main equipment / components supplied under the Contract and shall be fully interchangeable. All the mandatory spares covered under the Contract shall be produced along with the main equipment as a continuous operation and the delivery of the spares will be effected along with the main equipment in a phased manner and the delivery should be completed by the respective dates for the various categories of equipment as per the agreed network. In case of recommended spares the above will be applicable provided the order for the recommended spares have been placed with the Contractor prior to commencement of manufacture of the main equipment. The quality plan and the inspection requirement finalized for the main equipment will also be applicable to the corresponding spares. The Contractor shall provide the Employer with the manufacturing drawings, catalogues, assembly drawings and any other document required by the employer so as to enable the Employer to identify the recommended spares. Such details will be furnished to the Employer as soon as they are prepared but in any case not later than six months prior to the commencement of manufacture of the corresponding main equipment. The Contractor will provide the Employer with all the addresses and particulars of his sub-suppliers while placing the order on vendors for items / components / equipments covered under the Contract and will further ensure with his vendors that the Employer, if so desires, will have the right to place order for spares directly on them on mutually agreed terms based on offers of such vendors. Defect Liability for Spares The Contractor shall warrant that all spares supplied will be new and in accordance with the Contract Documents and will be free from defects in design, material and workmanship and shall further guarantee as under: 23.7.1 For 5 (five) years operational spares (both mandatory and recommended): (a) For any item of spares ordered or to be ordered by the Employer for 5 (five) years operational requirement of the plant which are manufactured as a continuous operation together with the corresponding main equipment / component, the defects liability period will be 12 months from the scheduled date of commercial operation of main equipment / plant under the Contract. Commercial Operation shall mean the conditions of operation in which the complete equipment covered under the Contract is officially declared by the Employer to be available for continuous operation at different loads upto and including rated capacity. Such declaration by the Employer, however, shall not relieve or prejudice the Contractor any of his obligations under the Contract. In case of any failure in the original component / equipments due to faulty designs, materials and - 77 -

22.8 23. 23.1

23.2

23.3

23.4 23.5

23.6

23.7

workmanship, the corresponding spare parts, if any, supplied will be replaced without any extra cost to the Employer unless a joint examination and analysis by the Employer and the Contractor of such spare parts prove that the defect found in the original part that failed, can safely be assumed not to be present in spare parts. Such replaced spare parts will have the same defect liability as applicable to the replacement made for the defective original part / component provided that such replacement for the original equipment and the spare replaced are again manufactured together. The discarded spare parts will become the property of the Contractor as soon as they have been replaced by the Contractor. (b) For the item of spares ordered or to be ordered by the Employer for 5 (five) years operational requirement of the plant, which with the written approval of the Employer, are not manufactured as a continuous operation together with the manufacture of the corresponding main equipment / component, will be warranted for 6000 hrs of trouble free operation if used within a period of 18 months (reckoned from the date of delivery at Site). However, if such spare parts are put to use after 18 months of the delivery at Site then the guarantee of such spares will stand valid till the expiry of 36 months from the scheduled date of the completion of Commissioning of equipment / plant or 6000 hrs of trouble free operation after such spares are put in service, whichever is earlier. For long term requirement For item of spares that may be ordered by the Employer to cover requirements beyond 5 (five) years of initial operation of the plant, the warranty will be till the expiry of 6000 hrs of trouble free operation if used within a period of 18 months from the date of delivery at Site. For item of spares that may be used after 18 months from the date of delivery at Site, the warranty period will be 12 months from the date they are put to use or 6000 hrs of trouble free operation, whichever is earlier. 23.7.2 The defect liability of spares that are not used within 18 months from the respective dates of the delivery at Site covered in para (b) and (c) above will, however, be subject to condition that all such spares being stored / maintained / preserved in accordance with Contractors standard recommended practice, if any, and the same has been furnished to the Employer. To enable the Employer to finalize the requirement of recommended spares which are ordered subsequent to placement of order for main equipment / plant, in addition to necessary technical details, catalogue and such other information brought-out hereinabove, the Contractor will also provide a justification in support of reasonableness of the quoted prices of spares which will, inter-alia, include documentary evidence that the prices quoted by the Contractor to the Employer are not higher than those charged by him from other customers in the same period. In addition to the spares recommended by the Contractor, if the Employer further identifies certain particular items of spares, the Contractor will submit the prices and delivery quotation for such spares within 30 days of receipt of such request with a validity period of 6 months for consideration by the Employer and placement of order for additional spares if the Employer so desires. The Contractor shall guarantee the long-term availability of spares to the Employer for the full life of the equipment covered under the Contract. The Contractor shall guarantee that before going out of production of spare parts of the equipment covered under the Contract, he shall give the Employer at least 2 years advance notice so that the latter may order his bulk requirement of spares, if he so desires. The same provision will also be applicable to Sub-contractors. Further, in case of discontinuance of manufacture of any spares by the Contractor and / or his Sub-contractors, the Contractor will provide the Employer, two years in advance, with full manufacturing drawings, material specifications and technical information including information on alternative equivalent makes required by the employer for the purpose of manufacture / procurement of such items. The prices of all future requirements of item of spares beyond 5 (five) years operational requirement will be derived from the corresponding ex-works price at which the order for such spares have been placed by Employer as a part of mandatory spares or recommended spares. Ex-works order price of future spares shall be computed in accordance with the price adjustment provisions covered under the main Contract excepting that the base indices will be counted from the scheduled date of successful completion of Commissioning of the last equipment under the main Contract and there will be no ceiling on the amount of variation in the prices. The above option for procuring future recommended spares by the Employer shall remain valid for the period of 5 (five) years from the date of successful completion of Commissioning of the equipment. - 78 -

(c)

23.8

23.9

23.10

23.11

23.12

The Contractor will indicate in advance the delivery period of the items of spares, which the Employer may procure in accordance with above Sub-Clause. In case of emergency requirements of spares, the Contractor would make every effort to expedite the manufacture and delivery of such spares on the basis of mutually agreed time schedule. In case the Contractor fails to supply the mandatory, recommended or long term spares in the terms stipulated above, the Employer shall be entitled to purchase the same from the alternate sources at the risk and the cost of the Contractor and recover from the Contractor, the excess amount paid by the Employer over the rates worked on the above basis. In the event of such risk purchase by the Employer, the purchases will be as per the Works and Procurement Policy of the Employer prevalent at the time of such purchases and the Employer at his option may include a representative from the Contractor in finalizing the purchases. It is expressly understood that the final settlement between the parties in terms of relevant clauses of the Contract Documents shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations under the provision of long term availability of spares and such provisions shall continue to be enforced till the expiry of 5 (five) years period reckoned from the scheduled date of completion of Commissioning of the plant and equipment unless otherwise discharged expressly in writing by the Employer. Further, the provisions pertaining to long-term availability of spares shall be extended beyond 5 (five) years applicability period mentioned hereinabove if so desired by the Employer and at the mutually acceptable escalation formula.

23.13

23.14

- 79 -

SECTION-VI TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

- 80 -

M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING (ICB) OF 9 MW FOZAL HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL, DISTT. KULLU, HIMACHAL PRADESH SECTION VI TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTENTS

Sub-Section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Schedule-1 Schedule-2 Schedule-3 Schedule-4 Schedule-5 Schedule-6 Schedule-7 Schedule-8 Schedule-9A Schedule-9B Schedule-10

Description Scope, Project Information & Technical Requirements of the Project Technical Specification of Hydraulic Turbines, Governing Equipment and Auxiliaries Technical Specification of Synchronous Generators and Auxiliaries Transformer Switchyard Equipment Switchgear Control Panels Miscellaneous Items Erection, Testing & Commissioning SCHEDULES Indicating & Recording Instruments Guaranteed & Technical Particulars Price for turbine, generator etc. Price for materials, dimensions etc. Auto Control System Mandatory Spares Deviations Proposed Tests Maintenance Tools & Plants Dimensions & Weights List of approved Sub-Contractors

Page No. 82 to 105 106 to 117 118 to 125 126 to 129 130 to 131 132 to 134 135 to 143 144 to 152 153 154 154 to 156 157 to 182 183 184 185 186 to 188 189 to 190 191 192 to 193 194 195

- 81 -

SECTION-VI: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUB-SECTION : 1 SCOPE, PROJECT INFORMATION & TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT

1.1 1.1.1

SCOPE The Contractor shall quote for the scope specified in the Contract including the Schedule of requirements and shall include in the scope all the equipment and services required for the project in full and complete shape even though some equipment and services are not specifically mentioned (or) detailed here or elsewhere. The Contract envisages generation and evacuation of power on a water to wire concept and accordingly, the Contractor shall perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining completion of the project as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract. The Facilities and Services shall meet the stipulations of the Technical Specifications and other requirements of the Contract. The final destination for Facilities to reach is: FOZAL HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT, NEAR BATMEHA & DOBI BAZAR VILLAGE, DISTRICT KULLU, HIMACHAL PRADESH, INDIA.

1.1.2 1.1.3

1.1a

SCOPE OF SUPPLY The Scope includes manufacture, testing, supply, transit insurance, packing shipment, delivery to project site, complete erection, testing & commissioning of two sets of horizontal generating units coupled with horizontal Francis turbines for Fozal H.E. Project generally comprising of the following: Two (2) nos. Horizontal Francis turbines, each designed to give a rated output of 3500 kW + 15% continuous overload at rated head of 149.0 m and One 1 no. Horizontal Francis turbine designed to give a rated output of 2000 kW + 15% continuous overload at rated head of 149.0 m with guide vane opening of about 90%. The turbines shall have adequate capacity commensurate with the 15% continuous overload capacity of Generator. Each turbine shall be suitable for coupling directly to synchronous generators of (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15 % continuous overload rating and associated auxiliary systems such as cooling water, draft tubes, dewatering, centralized grease lubrication system, oil water and air piping with valves and fittings, instrumentation, control and safety devices (as required). Two (2) nos. 4025 kW, 6.6 kV, 0.8 power factor Horizontal axis synchronous generators and One (1) no. 2300 kW, 6.6 kV, 0.8 power factor Horizontal axis synchronous generator complete with brushless excitation system, voltage regulation equipment, neutral grounding and generator terminal equipment including CTs, PTs, surge protection equipment etc. and auxiliary, instrumentation control and safety devices. The generators shall have adequate capacities commensurate with the 15% continuous overload. One set of Governing system for each unit with OPU and its accessories necessary for fitting. One set manual and conventional control system Protection, Metering, Synchronizing equipment, annunciation and alarm system for the plant, and one set of PLC based Control, Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition (SCADA) System (optional) for the units, feeders, common auxiliaries, hydro mechanical equipment etc. and programming and training console with necessary communication links in addition to manual control. Electrical auxiliaries of powerhouse including auxiliary transformer, control cables, Power cables & LT Cables, station batteries & battery charger; LT switchgear (AC & DC) power and D.C lighting system, earthing & A.C. lighting system, internal communication etc. Mechanical Auxiliaries of the Powerhouse including EOT Crane of 30/5 T capacity. Three (3) nos. Main Inlet Valves (MIV) of Butterfly type one for each machine, matching to the system. - 82 -

i.exe

Two (2) nos. 6.6 / 33 kV, 7500 KVA, 3 phase, 50 Hz outdoor step-up transformers with OLTC, Standard fittings & accessories and One (1) no. 6.6 kV / 415 V auxiliary transformer with Standard fittings & accessories. 33 kV outdoor switchyard at powerhouse end and 33 kV at Naggar sub-station receiving end. CTs, PTs, LAs, Isolators, Switches etc. complete as per Single Line Diagram and Schedule of Requirements. One set of special Tools & Tackles required for Erection, Testing and maintenance of the equipment. The above is only a general description; for complete details refer Schedule of Requirements and the Single Line Diagram (SLD) supplied with these Tender Documents.

Note :

1.1b

SCOPE OF WORK Design, Material Selection, Fabrication, Testing in the Workshop prior to dispatch, Transport to the Site including Marine Cum Erection Insurance, Unloading & Storage at Site including watch and ward, Erection, Testing at Site as per IEC Standards, Commissioning and Commercial production of power including conducting efficiency & performance tests to the satisfaction of the authorities appointed by the Employer / Govt. of India. All site consumables required during erection / commissioning including lubricating oil & greases for flushing and first filling. Spares for five (5) years trouble free operation The Contractor shall be responsible for operation & maintenance of all Electro-mechanical equipments (facilities) for a period of Ninety (90) days. During the above period, the Contractor shall also impart necessary training to the designated personnel of the Employer in the running, operation & maintenance of the facilities. The offer shall be complete in all respect as per these Tender documents and as per the Technical Specifications supplied with these documents. Any items of work not covered in the Contract documents but are considered necessary for the verification / checking of optimum efficiency, synchronization with the grid and correct operation of the facilities by the Employer or Govt. Authorities (such as AHEC, Roorkee) or both shall be deemed to be included in the Contract price.

1.1c

FOUNDATION BOLTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS, GROUTING All necessary foundation bolts, lugs, nuts and washers, packing and other like material required for mounting and securing the Equipment shall be supplied by the Contractor. Pouring of secondary concrete and grout shall be carried out by the Contractor after a thorough checking of the dimensions, centre to centre distances, depth of trenches, layout of embedded pipelines and other embedded parts etc. or their blockouts to the requirements and under his supervision and as directed by the Engineer. Foundations of all equipments shall be as per specifications of Civil Works.

1.2 1.2a

INTRODUCTION LOCATION & SALIENT FEATURES Fozal Hydro Electric Project is proposed to be located in Kullu Distt of Himachal Pradesh, near Dobi Bridge across Fozal Nala on National Highway 21, about 20 kms North of Kullu. It lies exactly midway between Kullu and Manali on NH 21. It envisages utilization of waters of Fozal Nala, a tributary of river Beas. Average bed slope of Fozal Nala from proposed Diversion site to Power House is about 1 in 20. Water is diverted into the water conductor system, which lies on the left bank of Fozal Nala and then fed to three machines 2 of 3.5 MW + 15 % COL and 1 of 2.0 MW +15% COL arranged in a semi-underground type Power House proposed to be located on the left bank of Fozal Nala, on a flat terrace close to Dobi bridge on Kullu Manali road.

- 83 -

Name of the Project Country State District Town Village Access Road Rail Head Airport Geographical Coordinates: Latitude Longitude HYDROLOGY PROJECT TYPE RIVER CATCHMENT Catchment River Tributary

: : : : : : : :

Fozal H. E. Project India Himachal Pradesh Kullu Katrain Batmeha & Dobi Bazar 26 km from Kullu, 305 km from Chandigarh and 4 km from Dobi Bridge by Road The Nearest Railway Station Chandigarh is located about 250 km on Delhi - Kalka Trunk Line The nearest Airport is at Bhuntar, where only small aircrafts and helicopters can land 31 57 N 770 07 E

: :

: : : :

Run of the River Scheme Fozal Nala Beas River Fozal Nala is one of the tributaries of river Beas in Himachal Pradesh. Fozal Nala is a perennial snow fed stream emanating from the Dhauladhar range and flowing from North towards South in the Beas Basin 129 sq.km (upto Dobi bridge) 115 sq.km (upto diversion weir location) Average Max. Min. 935.13 mm NORMAL 20 deg C 57% 151.3 mm (July) MAXIMUM 37 deg C 85% 16.66 mm (November) MINIMUM - 0.5 deg C 31%

Catchment Area of Nala Precipitation (Annual Monsoon) RAINFALL Climatic Data Atmospheric Temperature Humidity (Percent) FLOODS Design Flood Discharge Months of Nil Flow GEOLOGY

: : : : : : : :

500 Cumec Fozal Nala is Perennial, discharge is minimum during winter months (December, January and February)

Detailed geological study and geotechnical investigations of the Fozal HEP have been carried out from December 2000 to April 2001. The diversion weir is located at a stable and relatively flat reach of the Nala. The water conductor comprises of a short length of cut & cover followed by a 2634 m long power tunnel, which terminates in a surge shaft. A steel penstock leads the water from surge shaft to 3 Francis type turbines arranged in a semi underground type powerhouse located on a flat terrace at EL + 1480 m to generate 9 MW + 15% COL of power. The tail water is carried back to Fozal Nala by a short tailrace duct. Geomorphology The Fozal Nala originates from the snow covered Dhauladhar range. The geomorphologic features of the Project area are characterized by the presence of the tributaries, alluvial terraces, steep hills and slopes. The highest and lowest levels of the Project area are at elevation EL 1700 m (high surrounding hills) and at elevation EL 1,487 m (river terraces at the power house site) respectively. The total relief of the Project area is about 1,700 m2 in which uplands vary in elevation from 1,450 m to 1,700 m, slopes from 50 m to 1,700 m and lowlands from 5 m to 100 m from the river level. The climate of this area is cold and snowfall is a regular feature during winter. North - Western area are snow covered with moderate to high precipitation (2000 mm to 2500 mm per year).

- 84 -

The catchment area comprises sinuous, crested ridges five percent (5%) trending north-south and eastwest, moderate to steep slopes of 60 to near vertical Eighty percent (80%) and gently sloping (<15) lowlands twenty percent (20%). This morphology is present on either bank of the Nala as well as along its tributaries. At some locations, two or three levels of alluvial terraces can be observed. The materials in these terraces are semi-consolidated, cohesion less alluvial deposits of different grain sizes ranging from boulder to clay fractions. The thickness of the terrace material varies from place to place. The hills of the Project area are fairly steep due to the presence of schist. Colluvial material is present on most of the slopes and its thickness varies from place to place. PROJECT PROPOSAL A) i) ii) iii) iv) (a) (b) (c) v) (a) (b) DIVERSION STRUCTURE (HEAD WORKS) Type : Boulder Type Weir Length : 26 m Max. Discharging Capacity : 500 cumecs with 5.0 m Depth of Flow Over the Crest Gates Number of Gates : 2 Nos. at Intake, 1 No. at Bottom Outlet & 1 No. Stop Log Gate in front of Bottom Outlet Gate Types of Gates : Vertical Lift Fixed Wheel Gates Size of Gates : i. Intake = 4000 mm (wide) x 4500 mm (high) ii. Bottom Outlet = 4500 mm (wide) x 4000 mm (high) iii. Stop Log = 4500 mm (wide) x 4000 mm (high) Trash Racks : Number of Trash Racks : 2 Nos. at Power Intake & 1 No. at Cut & Cover Inlet Trash Rack Size : i. Power Intake Trash Rack = Two (2) Nos. Trash Rack in front of Intake Gate Vent of size 4000 mm (wide) x 6000 mm (high) WATER CONDUCTOR SYSTEM INTAKE CHANNEL Length : 22.5 m Size : 10 m x 3.5 m (clear width = 8 m) Bed Level : EL 1620.5 m Feeder Cut & Cover Length : 90.46 m Size : 2.5 m (width) x 3.25 m (high) Shape : D-Shaped Bed Slope : 1 in 800 DESILTING TANK Type : Dufour Type Length (including u/s & d/s : 124 m transition) Width : 12.0 m Depth : 4.5 m Shape : Rectangular Shaped Particle size to be removed : 0.2 mm & above Number, Type & Size of Silt / : Two (2) Numbers Silt / Gravel Flushing / Gravel Flushing Gate De-Gravelling Gates, Fixed Wheel Type for vent size of 500 mm (wide) x 500 mm (high) CUT & COVER Type : D-Shaped Length : 72 m Size : 2 m (wide) x 2.5 m (high) Bed Slope : 1 in 640 Gates : Number of Gate: One (1) No. Cut & Cover Inlet Gate of Size 2000 mm (wide) x 2500 mm (high) Trash Racks : Trash Rack comprising of One (1) No. Trash Rack in front of cut & Cover Inlet Gate Vent of Size 2.0 m (wide) x 3.35 m (high) at Cut & Cover inlet - 85 -

B) 1. i) ii) iii) 1(a) i) ii) iii) iv) 2. i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii)

3. i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi)

5. i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) C) i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) D) i)

HEAD RACE TUNNEL Length Shape Finished inside Size Full supply depth Type & Thickness of Lining Design Discharge SURGE SHAFT Height Size Shape Max. Up Surge Level Normal Water Level Min Down Surge Level PENSTOCKS Type & Number

: : : : : : : : : : : : :

2634 m D - Shaped Tunnel 2.0 m (wide) x 2.5m (high) 2.5 m (Pressurized tunnel) Plain Cement Concrete & RCC (at places), 150 mm thick 8.844 m3/sec 36.6 m 7000 mm Circular EL 1638.0 m EL 1619.2 m EL 1610 m 1 (One) No., Circular, Pressure Vessel Grade Steel Penstock of 1.7 m diameter, Trifurcating near the upstream end of the Powerhouse. At first, the 1.7 m diameter penstock shall bifurcate into two branches one of 1.5 m diameter and the other of 0.8 m diameter. The 1.5 m diameter Pipe shall further bifurcate into two branch pipes of 1.06 m each. 1.7 m diameter, 376.25 m long, thickness varying from 8 mm to 14 mm 0.8 m diameter, 36 m long

(a) (b) (c) (d)

ii) iii) iv) v)

Diameter & Length of Penstock from Surge Shaft to Bifurcation 1 Diameter & Length of Penstock form Bifurcation 1 to centre line of Unit 1 Diameter & Length of Penstock from Bifurcation - 1 to Bifurcation 2 Diameter & length of each of the two branches of the penstock from Bifurcation 2 to centre line of Units 2 & 3 Centre line Level at Inlet Design Discharge Material Number, Type & Size of Penstock Intake Gate POWERHOUSE Type Size of Powerhouse Length Width Height Machine Hall Floor Level Installed Capacity Gross Head For All Machines Rated / Design Head for Machine Nos. 2 & 3, each of 3500 kW + 15% COL Rated / Design Head for Machine No. 1 of 2000 kW + 15% COL Max. head for Machine No. 1 of 2000 kW + 15% COL

: :

1.5 m diameter, 6.97 m long 1.060 m diameter, 24 m long

: : : :

EL 1605.8 m 8.844 m3/sec ASTM 285 GRADE C One (1) Number Vertical Lift Gate at Penstock Inlet provided inside the surge shaft, Fixed Wheel Type of Approx. Size 1,700 mm (Wide) x 1,700 mm (High) Semi Underground Type Powerhouse 41.5 m 17 m 19 m EL 1468.665 m 2 x 3500 kW + 15% COL & 1 x 2000 kW with 15% COL 157 m 149 m

E) i) ii) (a) (b) (c) (d) iii) iv) v)

: : : : : : : :

vi) vii)

: :

149 m 152 m

- 86 -

F) i) ii)

TAILRACE DUCT Shape & Size Size & Length of Tailrace Duct From Units - 2 & 3 to Tail Pool Size & Length of Tailrace Duct From Unit - 1 to Tail Pool Min. Tail Water Level (TWL) Number, Size & Type of Draft Tube Gates

: :

Three Rectangular RCC Ducts Emanating from each Unit and merging together in a Rectangular Tail Pool Size : 3.3 m (wide) x 1.5 m (high) Length: 20 m Size : 2.0 m (wide) x 1.5 m (high) Length: 10 m

iii) iv)

: :

EL 1467 m Two (2) nos. Draft Tube Gates of size 3300 mm (wide) x 1500 mm (high) and One (1) No. Draft Tube Gate of size 2000 mm (wide) x 1500 mm (high), all of fixed wheel type vertical lift Gates. Each of the three Gates shall be provided with independent hoists Horizontal Francis Type Three (3) Nos. = Two (2) Nos. of 3500 kW Capacity each with 15% overload + One (1) No. of 2000 kW with 15% overload 4192.71 kW each for Machine # 2 & 3 2408.4 kW for Machine # 1 To be Furnished by the Turbine Manufacturer; however, it shall not exceed 1000 rpm for all the Machines Horizontal Synchronous Three (3) Nos. 4025 kW each for Machine nos. 2 & 3 2300 kW for Machine no. 1 Automatic (brushless excitation with AVR) Automatic 3 phase, 50 Hz A.C. at 6.6 kV / 33 kV level 0.80 (LAG) Electrically Operated Overhead Traveling (EOT) Crane One (1) 30 / 5 T - 30 T Capacity of Main Hook, 5 T Capacity of Auxiliary Hook Proposed HPSEB Sub-Station near NAGGAR 33 kV Single Circuit Approx. 4 km overhead Line Proposed HPSEB Sub--Station near NAGGAR (2 x 3500) kW + 15% overload & (1 x 2000) kW + 15% overload = total 9.0 MW + 15% COL 4025 kW for Machine # 2 & 3 2300 kW for Machine # 1 6.6 kV / 33 kV One (1) 41.5 m 12.0 m

G) i) ii) iii) iv) H) i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) I) i) ii) iii) J) i) ii) iii) K) i) ii) L) i) ii) iii) (a) (b)

TURBINE Type Number & Capacity Rated Turbine Output Turbine Speed GENERATOR Type Numbers Capacity Excitation System Regulation System Generation Voltage Power Factor POWERHOUSE CRANE Type Number Capacity TRANSMISSION Voltage Length Feeding Point into Grid POWER Installed Capacity Seasonal (Max.) Power SWITCHYARD Voltage Level Undulation Level No. of Bays Size Length Width / Basic

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

- 87 -

1.2b

PROPOSED INSTALLED CAPACITY & NUMBER OF UNITS It is proposed to provide 2 nos. Horizontal Axis Francis Turbines coupled directly to Horizontal Axis Synchronous Generators to give 2 x 3500 kW and 1 no. Horizontal Axis Francis Turbine coupled directly to Horizontal Axis Synchronous Generator to give 1 x 2000 kW output at generator plug. Each machine shall be capable of running continuously at 15% overload.

1.2c

RATED DISCHARGE The rated (design) discharge for two (2) machines for 3500 kW output is 2.59 m3/sec and with 15% continuous overload, the rated discharge is 3.05 m3/sec and the rated (design) discharge for one (1) machine for 2000 kW output is 1.47 m3/sec and with 15% continuous overload, the rated discharge is 1.71 m3/sec.

1.2d

RATED HEAD FRL at intake being EL 1624.0 m and TWL at the junction of tailrace channel with Fozal Nala at Dobi Bridge being EL 1467.0 m, the gross head is 157 m. The Net (Rated) Head considering all losses in the water conductor system is 149 m for all the three machines when all machines are working. The maximum head for 2 MW machine, when working alone during lean period is 152 m.

1.2e

PENSTOCK The project has One (1) No., Circular, Pressure Vessel Grade Steel Penstock of 1.7 m diameter, Trifurcating near the upstream end of the Powerhouse. At first, the 1.7 m diameter penstock shall bifurcate into two branches one of 1.5 m diameter and the other of 0.8 m diameter to feed the 2 MW Machine # 1. The 1.5 m diameter Pipe shall further bifurcate into two branch pipes of 1.06 m each to feed Machine # 2 & 3.

1.2f

EVACUATION Power shall be generated at 6.6 kV, stepped-up to 33 kV and then evacuated to Naggar sub-station of HPSEB located about 4 km from the powerhouse site via a Single-Circuit 33 kV transmission line supported on steel poles.

1.3

LAYOUT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall submit along with his Bid, drawings showing plans at different levels, longitudinal section and cross section of the powerhouse indicating all the equipment. The drawings shall contain following details: i. ii. iii. Bottom most elevations to which the area of powerhouse and tailrace duct have to be dug and the width and lengths at various elevations. The equipment loads (including the points of their application) due to turbine, generator and other auxiliary equipment in dry and wet conditions. While arriving at equipment loads, the forces acting due to static loads, torque loads, axial thrust loads, short circuit torque loads and any other loads acting in both dry and wet conditions shall be considered and indicated on the drawings. The direction of load and its resolved X and Y components and distance of force at which it is acting from a reference point shall be indicated. One composite layout plan of the powerhouse and switchyard adjoining the powerhouse. Charts / Shell curves showing performances including Discharge Vs turbine output and turbine output Vs turbine efficiency; Power output Vs efficiency of Turbine; Head Vs efficiency and power output of Turbine

iv. v. vi.

vii. Values of critical sigma as determined from cavitation model tests as per IEC 173A in the form of curves for different heads of operation. viii. Plant sigma curves as recommended by the Contractor clearly showing the safety margin available. ix. General layout and assembly drawings showing overall dimensions of the generators indicating stator, rotor, shaft and bearings and positions of main and neutral terminals, main and neutral grounding cable boxes etc.

- 88 -

x. xi.

Description of Lubrication System Graphs showing predicted characteristics of the generator viz. Output Vs efficiency, power factor

xii. Drawings for connection of winding temperature detectors and bearing temperature detectors xiii. Schedule of tests to be performed both at the Vendors Workshop as well as after erection at site. 1.3.1 DATA / DRAWING In general, following technical documents shall be supplied by the Contractor after Award of Work : Drawings and catalogues of all the equipments as specified in respective Technical Specifications, Design calculations as per requirement of the specifications/Engineer, Operation and Maintenance Manuals, Installation and Commissioning Manuals, Quality Assurance Plan for Manufacturing Works, Quality Assurance Plan for erection and commissioning, Quarterly Progress Reports during design & manufacturing, Monthly Progress Reports during erection & commissioning

The Employer reserves the right to request the Contractor for additional documents free of cost as may be required for proper understanding of constructional & operational features of the equipment. All documents to be supplied shall be submitted in accordance with the agreed programme so that any comment and change requested by the Engineer can be taken into account before starting of the manufacture in the workshop and/or erection at the site. The Contractor shall not be relieved of his responsibility towards quality and guaranteed performance of equipment even after drawings and calculations have been approved by the Engineer / Consultant. 1.3.2 DRAWINGS The Contractor shall submit the drawings as per technical specifications of individual equipment for approval and reference within the stipulated period and in number and format as specified. Following drawings of all works will necessarily be submitted for approval: 1.3.3 General arrangement drawings, layout drawings and foundation drawings, Assembly drawings of all major components, Electro-Mechanical schematic drawings, Electrical / electronic control schemes block diagrams, logic diagrams, schematic diagrams and single line diagrams. All other drawings required for construction / installation, testing and commissioning of equipments. Profile drawing for runner blades

LISTS AND SCHEDULES Following lists and schedules shall be supplied: Cable Lists / Interconnection Lists Alarm Lists List of Final Control Elements

- 89 -

1.3.4

CALCULATIONS The Bidder shall, along with his Bid, submit detailed calculations made by him for the turbine speed offered by him. The machines being of two different ratings, the Bidder shall ensure that, in principle, the specific speed of the 3.5 MW and 2 MW machines is almost the same. The Bidder shall, along with his Bid, submit detailed calculations for GD2 of the generator offered in the Bid. The calculations shall be made with respect to the permissible pressure & speed rise, taking due care about penstock diameter & length and machine overload conditions. The calculations shall be submitted in accordance with applicable Indian / IEC standards. Further, photocopies of the references used shall be submitted along with the calculations. The calculations shall be submitted in open Excel Files giving all formulae for checking & verification of the Employer. If GD2 of the generator offered by the Bidder falls short of actual requirement, the Bidder shall provide additional fly wheel to make up for the deficiency and even in this case, calculation showing the combined GD2 of the generator & fly wheel shall be submitted for verification of the Employer. The Bidder shall submit to the Employer all relevant calculations for determining the main sizes, stress levels, dimensions and operational characteristics clearly indicating the principles on which the calculations are based. The computer calculations shall be supplemented with base line information such as derivation of the calculation method, applied formulas, definition of variables and constants, explanation of abbreviations etc. The calculations shall be submitted in open Excel Files giving all formulae for checking & verification of the Employer. The short-circuit calculations shall be performed in accordance with VDE Standard 0102, Part I / IEEE 242 and 399 and submitted to the Engineer for approval. These calculations shall also be submitted in open Excel Files giving all formulae for checking & verification of the Employer.

1.4

TRANSPORT LIMITATIONS The powerhouse of the project being located very close to the National Highway No. NH 21, practically there are no transport limitations for transporting the E&M equipment for Fozal H. E. Project. Weight of each package shall be such that it can be handled by the proposed lifting and hoisting arrangements. The Bidders are advised to visit the site to have detailed information about roads, railways and bridges.

1.5

INTERCHANGEABILITY All similar component parts of similar equipment supplied shall be interchangeable with one another.

1.6

APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS (i) Successful Bidder shall submit all relevant drawings for fabrication along with design calculations of components of E & M equipment within 3 weeks from the issuance of Notification of Award of contract, for approval. The approval of the drawings shall be accorded within 2 Weeks of receipt of the drawings. After approval of the drawing by the Employer, each drawing becomes contract drawing and such 5 copies of approved drawings shall be sent within 1 Week of receipt of approval to commence manufacture of the Facilities. The Contractor shall not depart from contract drawings except by the written permission of the Employer. The Employer will maintain secrecy and confidentiality of all Proprietary Drawings provided by the Contractor. (ii) Any manufacture performed prior to the approval of drawings will be at the Contractor 's risk. (iii) When revised drawings are submitted for approval, the changes from the previous submitted drawings shall be clearly identified on the drawings, with every revision made during the life time of the Contract shown by number, date and subject in a revision block and its notation shall be given in the drawing margin. The drawings shall be clear and legible in all respects. (iv) The drawings shall be clear, facilitating easy identification of all parts with part number for ordering of spares by the Owner without referring to Contractor. (v) Approval of the drawings will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness of the design and construction of the plant, guarantees and warrantees on the performance of the Facilities as per the terms and conditions of the specifications. (vi) One set or reproducible shall be supplied with all correspondence. All drawings must be prepared on AutoCAD format and supplied in CD also along with five prints for each drawing.

- 90 -

1.7

DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFICATIONS (i) Should the Contractor wish to depart from these specifications, he shall submit a complete and itemized list of such departures together with full particulars of the reasons for the departures in a separate schedule with reference to section and paragraph numbers of these tender specifications along with this Bid. (Schedule-4 of Technical Specification) Unless this is done the Facilities offered shall be deemed to comply in every respect with this Bid document. The statement of departures shall be made as a separate Schedule to the Tender.

(ii) 1.8

STANDARDS AND CODES All material and equipment shall comply in all respects with the requirements of the relevant Indian Standards, International Electro Technical Commission (IEC) Standards, British Standards, American Standards Association (ASA) or ATM or NEMA or DIN Standards or any other equivalent standards. The standard applicable and code number of the standard shall be given for all the equipment. It is however understood that the Facilities offered shall comply with one consistent set of standards except in so far as they are modified by the requirements of these specifications.

1.9

MANUFACTURING STANDARDS The Contractors are requested to tender for their own standard equipment as far as possible provided the same complies with the requirements of these specifications. However, should the Contractor wish to depart from the provisions of these specifications either on account of manufacturing practice or for any other reasons, he shall draw the attention of the Owner to the proposed points of departure and shall submit full information, drawings and specifications as well to enable the relative merit of his proposal to be fully appreciated. In the event of these specifications, or a part thereof and the Contractor 's drawings, specifications etc. being found to disagree during the execution of the Contract, these specifications shall be held as binding unless, the departures have been duly approved in writing by the Owner.

1.10

ELECTRICITY RULES All works shall conform to the rules in force under the Indian Electricity Act and latest Indian Electricity Rules 2003 and other applicable legislation.

1.11

NAME PLATES All shipments shall have metal nameplates fixed at a suitable position, with full technical particulars and the standards adopted.

1.12

NOISE All rotating machinery shall be desired to work without undue noise and limiting the noise levels as specified in Technical Specifications. Special precautions shall be taken to provide machines that shall run smoothly.

1.13

BALANCING All revolving parts of the machinery shall have their rotors thoroughly well balanced statically and if necessary dynamically at the manufacturers works. Any out of balance that may occur upon erection at site shall be rectified. The Contractor shall state whether the rotating parts will be balanced both statically and dynamically at the manufacturer's works.

1.14

PIPING All pipes and fittings supplied by the Contractors shall conform to the appropriate standards and as per IS-4711. Each piping system shall be provided with an adequate quantity of valves, drain plugs / cocks, flow indicators, meters, etc. to be approved by the Owner so as to ensure flexibility of operation coupled with reliability, soundness and ease of maintenance of the system. All piping shall be clean inside and where ending in open connection for other work, the piping shall have the ends capped for protection. Valves shall be easily accessible and gauges and other operating or indicating devices shall be located so that they can be conveniently operated or read from the floor or walkways. Valves shall be suitable for the services intended. Either blind companion flanges or a pipe plug shall be provided, where necessary to protect valves. Where the piping systems must be disconnected for servicing, flanges or unions shall be provided and the piping valves and joints shall be arranged for minimum disturbance or interference with other parts during such operation. - 91 -

As far as possible the pipes shall not be embedded, but shall be run in trenches or shall be suitably supported by hangers, breakers, pedestals or any other support suited to the requirements. Care should be taken to avoid vibration at the supports. An adequate allowance for the expansion of pipes under service conditions shall be made. Each pipe shall be painted with colours as per standard codes of practice. The material of piping for different services shall be stated in the tender. Flexible pipe connection to apparatus shall be provided wherever necessary such as in the case of connections from the permanent piping systems to a transformer etc. For ready identification of different piping systems and their foundations, standard colour code shall be adopted. 1.15 AUXILIARY SUPPLY The various auxiliaries and controls shall be suitable for 415 / 240V AC 50 Hz and 110V DC respectively 1.16 PUMPS & MOTORS Unless otherwise specified all pumps and motors shall be such that their type, capacity and performance shall be best suited to the requirements. The efficiencies shall be as high as practicable and consistent with good design. As far as possible the pumps shall be of a standard size to facilitate replacement of parts. The pumps shall be of the self-priming type. If however, any external mode of priming is employed, these shall be stated in tender and shall be subjected to the approval of the Owner. All pumps and motors shall be designed and constructed to ensure quiet and satisfactory operation. Suitable gaskets shall be provided for all pipe joints to ensure that the pipe joints are leak proof. If any strainers are required with the pumps, these shall be included in the tender. The impeller material of all pumps shall be bronze material. All pumps shall be offered complete with the necessary piping, both on the suction and delivery sides, and with all fittings, suited to the size and duty of the pump. Adequate number of valves shall be furnished with each pumping unit to suit its operation and maintenance. Wherever necessary, pumps shall be provided with suitable flow meters or flow indicators and pressure gauges and pressure switches to measure the discharge and the pressure delivered by the pumps. Suitable eyebolts or lifting lugs shall be provided on each pumping set to facilitate handing. 1.17 ELECTRIC MOTORS & MOTOR CONTROL GEARS The motors shall generally conform to the Indian Standards specification. Indoor motors shall confirm to IP 54 and outdoor to IP 55. The class of insulation shall be suitable for operation in the tropical, high humidity climatic conditions prevailing at site. 1.18 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS All instruments and motors shall be suitable for operation under the climatic conditions prevailing at site. The instrument cases shall be dust proof and specifically constructed to adequately protect the instruments against damage or deterioration due to high ambient temperatures and humidity. Special care shall be taken in the protection of instruments for outdoor service. The dials, pointers etc. shall be designed to facilitate accurate reading, by minimizing parallax and glare from instrument window, and by providing clear, bold dial markings. The sizes of dial and length of the scales of indicating instruments shall be large enough to suit the requirements, and shall be subject to the approval of the Owner, in each case. The scale plates of panel mounted indicating instruments shall have a permanent white Matt finish with black graduations. The pointers or the pointer indicating contact setting (in-contact working instruments) shall be distinguished from the main pointer by a distinct colour and / or shape. Instruments mounted on panels shall be of the semi-flush type, and shall be back connected. All instruments on a switchboard or instrument panel shall be of matching pattern, shape and finish, so as to present a pleasing appearance consistent with the functional requirement. The finish of the instrument case shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. All instruments shall be designed for accurate operations and any errors due to change in ambient temperature, over the entire range of temperatures obtainable at site, shall be kept to a minimum. The instruments shall be provided with all the auxiliary appliances and any special tools required for their maintenance.

- 92 -

The metric units shall be used for marking the instrument dials. The range shall generally be such that the normal operating values are indicated in the middle third of the scale. All electrical instrument coils shall be designed for continuous operation on at least 115% of the full rated current and for potential of the instruments. The instrument coil ratings shall be coordinated with those of associated instrument transformers. The VA burden of instrument coils shall be as low as possible, consistent with the best modern design. Electrical indicating instruments shall comply generally with the requirements of the Indian Standard or any other equivalent Standards and shall be of the accuracy specified in relevant sections, with all digital annunciation. Recording instruments shall be of the strip chart type with chart scales having suitable width. The charts shall be gear-driven by a self-starting synchronous motor wound spring device having ample torque even at a reduced voltage and with at least 8 hours spring reserve. The device for producing the record on the chart shall be reliable ink recording or printing type. And shall produce clear legible record under all normal conditions of operation. Sufficient number of chart rolls, recording ink and any special tools, required for the maintenance of the instruments shall be furnished with each recorder. Integrating Watt-hour meters shall comply generally with the requirements of the "Indian Standards" Electricity Meters, and shall be first grade for the purpose of accuracy classification. Contact making instruments shall have contacts suitable for 240 Volts AC 50 Hz and 110 Volts DC Circuits. All instruments shall have as high accuracy as possible, consistent with best modern design. The construction of instruments shall be mechanically sound and shall ensure permanence in the accuracy. The limits of error for different instruments shall be stated in the tender and their accuracy classifications, where otherwise not specified shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. All instruments shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of the standards, where specified. In case where no specific standards are mentioned, the Contractor shall submit the standards in accordance with which the instruments are proposed to be manufactured and tested and these shall be subject to the approval of the Owner, in every case. 1.19 WIRING All electric wiring of the various equipment panels etc. shall be completed at the manufacturers works as far as possible. All small wiring shall be arranged neatly into flat or rectangular groups and shall be adequately supported with cleats etc. The small wiring shall be so arranged so as to reduce the number of bonds or crossings to a minimum. There shall be no splices in the wire, and all connections shall be made at the terminal studs, or terminal blocks. Similar circuits shall be arranged to terminate, as far as possible, on adjacent terminals to facilitate grouping and so minimize the number of interconnecting cables. The secondary or control wiring including leads from the current transformer, temperature detectors, alarm contacts, speed and pressure switches etc., shall be enclosed in conduits and shall be carried to dust and water proof and oil tight cabinets located conveniently for connecting the control cables. Pressure circuits shall not cause the progressive failure of adjacent circuits. Alternating current circuits, direct current circuits, and circuits operating at different voltages shall be grouped separately and the wiring of these groups shall preferably be segregated. For the purpose of easy identification, tracing and reconnection, the writing shall be colour coded and shall be fitted near the terminals with ferrules or such other gaps indelibly marked with the identification number corresponding with that of the associated terminal blocks. When an electrical circuit is extended to several pieces of equipment necessitating sectionalizing of circuit wiring at the terminal blocks of the corresponding equipment, common identification number shall be used for the designation of the circuits at all terminal blocks and connections. The terminal and circuit designation for all wiring shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. All wiring shall be arranged to terminate on suitable terminal blocks located preferably at the base of the equipment. Terminal blocks shall preferably be made of suitable mould plastic materials with base and integral barriers, and shall be provided with suitable terminal strips. Terminal block shall have detachable sections in case of removable equipment to separate the conductor and wiring from the equipment wiring for ease of assembly \ disassembly. Adequate number of extra terminals should be provided on each block for terminating spare conductor in the interconnecting cables and of future use. Terminal block compartments shall be separated from the - 93 -

reminder of the equipment by oil and vapour proof barriers where necessary. The seals shall be arranged to facilitate removal or changing of any individual wire without interference with other wires terminating on the blocks. All wiring shall be stranded have oil and oil vapour proof insulation. All small wiring shall be done with single core cable complying with Indian Standards or with Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) insulated cables complying with Indian Standards or with any other type of cables approved by the Owner. Standard conductors shall be tin or alloy coated, and the conductors sizes used with the different circuits in the switchboard and all other wiring shall have appropriate class insulation and shall withstand all applicable tests specified in their relevant Indian Standards. 1.20 GALVANISING All galvanizing shall be done after fabrication by the hot dip method. Threads of nuts and bolts shall be so made that, after galvanizing, the nuts will have a neat fit, and can be turned through the length of the threads of the bolts and shall be capable of developing the full strength of the bolts. All galvanizing materials shall satisfactorily withstand the tests of Indian Standards IS-728 and IS-429 or equivalent. If it is proposed to apply tests in accordance with any other standard, the same shall be clearly described in the Bid, bringing out the difference from the ISI specification. 1.21 SPECIAL TREATMENT Under the climate conditions prevalent at the site, the equipment furnished under these specifications will be subject to operation under ambient outdoor temperature as high as 37 degrees C and as low as ( - ) 0.5 degree C and high relative humidity. All equipment shall, therefore, be suitably designed and treated for normal life and satisfactory operation under the prevailing climatic conditions at the site, and shall be dust and vermin proof. All parts and surface, which are subject to corrosion, shall be made of such material, and shall be provided with such protective finishes as would protect the equipment installed from any injurious effects of excessive humidity. All electrical auxiliary equipment shall be specially treated for prevailing site conditions and the materials and methods for this treatment shall be submitted by the Contractor and approved in advance by the Employer. 1.22 MARKING OF PLATES In order to facilitate identification at destination the several parts of the Facilities shall be suitably marked and the scheme of marking notified to the Employer. 1.23 DRAWINGS APPENDED Project Drawings are appended as Annexure 3. 1.24 1.24.1 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS General The equipment shall be designed and manufactured to provide most optimum functional value and neat appearance. All major assemblies or equipment shall be designed to facilitate easy and quick surveillance, maintenance and optimum operation. All control sequences shall be simple and rational. All live, moving and rotating parts shall be adequately secured in order to avoid danger to the operating staff. All electrical components shall be electrically earthed. Suitable lifting eyes and forcing off bolts shall be provided where required or where they will be useful for erection and dismantling. Any change in the design of any part of the equipment which deviates from the technical specifications and becomes necessary after signing the Contract have to be submitted in writing to the Engineer for approval, being sufficiently substantiated and justified. 1.24.2 Design Responsibility The contractor shall assume full responsibility for a coordinated and adequate design of all equipment specified and shall ensure that such equipment conforms to the best engineering practice for the operating conditions specified. When requested by the Employer, the Contractor shall furnish complete information as to the maximum stress and other criteria used in the design.

- 94 -

1.24.3

Working Stress Conservative factors of safety shall be used throughout the design and especially in the designs of all parts subject-alternating stresses of shock. For the rotating parts of the generator and exciters, the maximum units stresses due to runaway speed of turbine shall not exceed two thirds of the yield point. Maximum Unit Stresses in Kg/cm2 Material Cast Iron Cast Steel Stress in Tension 140 700 Stresses in Comprehension 700 700 20 % of the ultimate Strength or 33 % of the yield point, whichever is less

Alloy Cast Steel 20 % of the ultimate Strength or 33 % of the yield point, whichever is less Plate Steel for Principal parts 840

840

For other materials used in the manufacture of the generator and exciter etc. the maximum stresses due to the most serve operating conditions shall not exceed one-third of the yield point nor one-fifth of the ultimate strength of the material. For temporary overloads, unit stresses not exceeding one-half the yield point stress will be permitted. 1.24.4 Standardization of Works Every effort shall be made to standardize parts, instruments and devices to minimize costs of the Works and facilitate keeping stocks, maintenance, replacement, interchangeability, etc. 1.24.5 Surface Finish Surfaces to be machine-finished shall be indicated on the shop drawings by symbols. Compliance with the specified surface shall be determined by the sense of feel and by visual inspection of the work compared to applicable "Standard Roughness Specimens", or with roughness feeler gauge instruments. 1.24.6 Fits and Tolerances Fits and tolerances shall be given in accordance with ISO Standard. Tolerances on matching components shall be suitable for intended service and will ensure interchangeability. Fits shall be selected for the smooth functioning of the components for fairly long life. 1.24.7 Materials In choosing materials, due regard shall be given to the humid, cold conditions under which equipment is to work. Tropical grade material should be used wherever possible. Material specifications, including grade or class shall be shown on drawings submitted to the Purchaser. 1.25 RESISTANCE TO EARTHQUAKE The forces being caused by earthquake including hydraulic loads, which may occur additionally, shall be taken into account for the computations. Stresses resulting after including these loads shall not exceed permissible stresses and following provisions shall be made in the generator, Turbine and all switchyard equipment structure. 1.25.1 Mechanical strength Generator, turbine, switchyard equipment and structure shall be designed to safely withstand earthquake acceleration force 0.3g both in the vertical and horizontal direction. 1.25.2 Natural frequency Natural frequency of the machine shall be kept well away (higher) from the magnetic frequency of 100 Hz (twice the generator frequency). The natural frequency must be much away from multiple of runner blades passing frequency.

- 95 -

1.25.3

Generator stator support and bearing blocks / brackets Generator stator and bearing blocks / brackets of turbine and generator be designed to safely withstand horizontal and vertical forces due to earthquake.

1.26

MANUFACTURING REQUIREMENTS All materials used, shall be new and of first class quality free from rust, defects and imperfections. Inspection documents of all materials shall be reviewed and compiled before actual use. The Engineer shall review the inspection records of materials of major components. Materials of limited shelf life shall not be used after their expiry date. Steel Casting The Bidder shall submit to the Employer, drawings of all important steel castings, showing thereon the location of tension and end test specimens before proceeding with foundry work. The Bidder shall notify the Employer in time to have an Inspector present at the foundry when casting have been cleaned and are ready for surface inspection and before any repairs are made and after the castings have been annealed and before they are shipped to machine shop. No repairs shall be made to castings without the knowledge and approval of Employer. Welding shall be performed only by properly qualified welders and in accordance with the best welding practice. Cracks and other defects disclosed when the casting are cleaned or during machining operations shall be chipped to sound clean metal before any repairs are made. If the removal of metal to uncover the crack or defect reduces the stresses resisting cross section of the casting more than 50 %, the casting may, at the option of the Employer be rejected. Casting requiring welding repairs impairing the strength of the stress-resisting cross section, at any stage of the manufacture after the first annealing, shall be re-annealed, unless otherwise permitted by the Employer. All thickness and or other dimensions of the casting shall not be less then called for on the drawings by an amount sufficient, in the opinion of the Employer, to impair by more than 10 % the strength of casting of the dimensions shown on the drawings and to exceed the stresses allowed under these specifications. Casting shall not be warped or otherwise distorted. The structure of the casting shall be homogeneous and free from excessive non-metallic inclusions. An excessive segregation of impurities or alloys at critical points in a casting will be cause for its rejection. Steel Plates Steel plates for all the principal stress-carrying parts shall be Boiler Quality Steel plates as per IS 2002 and steel plates for moderately stressed parts shall be as per IS 2062. The material selected shall be weldable and suitable for the required service.

1.26.1 Materials

1.26.2

Workmanship All works shall be performed and completed in highly professional manner and shall follow the best modern practice in the design and manufacturing of the equipment. All parts shall be made accurately and shall not deviate from drawing and quality requirements. All the components of the machines shall be interchangeable without any rework or modification in the component.

1.26.3 Welding and Heat Treatment Welding: All welding (except welding of thin plates or piping of small sizes) shall be performed by electric-arc method and where practical, with process controlled automatic machines. Butt welds welded from one side only, shall be provided with back strips on the whole length of the seam to be welded. Particular care shall be taken in aligning and separating the edges of the members to be joined by butt-welding so that complete penetration and fusion at the bottom of the joint will be ensured. Where fillet welds are used, the members shall fit closely and shall be held together during welding. Where possible, welding shall be carried out in the workshop. Welding which has to be performed in the field shall be clearly indicated on drawings. After being deposited, welds shall be cleaned of slag and shall show uniform sections, smoothness of weld metal, featheredges without overlap, and no porosity and clinker. Where weld metal is deposited in successive layers, each layer shall be thoroughly peened before the next layer is applied. Visual inspection of the ends of welds shall indicate good fusion with the base metal.

- 96 -

All welds transverse to the direction of flow shall be ground flush with the plates on the inside. Welds shall be ground flush on both the inside and the outside wherever dynamic stress occurs. The Contractor shall maintain Weld Procedure Specifications (WPS) for the type of welds to be performed in shop. These WPS shall conform to the recommendations of material Contractors, electrode Contractors and approved standards. The WPS shall be got approved from Engineer. However, approval of the welding process shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for correct welding, the use of correct electrodes and for minimizing distortion in the finished structure. Welding Qualifications: For welding of principal stress carrying parts, the standard of welding procedures, welders and welding operators shall conform to standards equivalent to the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sections VIII and IX, or equivalent standards. For welding of less important parts, the standards and qualifications shall conform either to the AWS Standard Qualification Procedure or equivalent standards. All welders assigned to the work shall have passed a performance qualification test. If more than one year has elapsed since the welder passed his last test, then he shall again be tested. Welders test certificates shall be submitted to the Engineer. Quality and Procedure Control for Welding: Quality control methods, e.g., radiography, ultrasonic crack detection, dye penetration test etc., shall be selected in accordance with the appropriate manufacturing code. However, the Bidder shall indicate clearly in the Quality Assurance Plan (QAP), the method of control to be used for major fabricated parts. All welded joints, which have to be tight, shall be inspected or tested by dye penetration tests. All major welds carried out on parts under hydraulic pressure shall be at least ten percent (10%) radio-graphically and hundred percent (100%) ultrasonic examined. All welds on the skin-plates shall be additional dye penetration tested as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall indicate in the corresponding drawings the type of non-destructive testing to be carried out during manufacture and at Site. Defects and Repairs: Plates with laminations discovered after cutting shall be rejected unless the laminated portion is only local and can easily be repaired; such repairs shall require the consent of the Engineer. Defects in welds, which are to be repaired, shall be chipped out to sound metal and the areas to be DP or ultrasonically tested to ensure that the defective material has been completely removed before repair of welding is carried out. Repairs shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant Standards and to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the in-service performance of all welding work. The Work shall be hundred percent (100%) inspected again by the method used first to determine such faulty work. Heat Treatment: Heat treatment shall be performed on all fabricated parts which are stressed during service and are to be finish machined as per the approved heat treatment / weld procedure. Heat treatment of field erection welding seams shall be performed according to the specifications for the welding procedure for the corresponding parts, which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 1.27 1.27.1 PROTECTION OF MACHINED PARTS AT MANUFACTURING WORKS Protection of machined surfaces against damages Finish machined surfaces of large parts shall be applied with anti-corrosive paints and protected with rubber sheet and wooden pads or other suitable means against damages during handling and transportation. Un-assembled pins or bolts shall be oiled or greased and wrapped with moisture-resistant paper or protected by other approved means. Large size bolts and studs shall be wrapped by polythene tapes. 1.27.2 Protection of surfaces against corrosion All metal parts shall be provided with effective coats of paint, galvanized or hard chrome plated / polished in accordance with the best trade practice to protect from corrosion and give aesthetic look in accordance with relevant I.S. i) Painting The Contractor shall submit for Engineer's approval full details of the paints to be used i.e. type, brand of painting materials and method of painting and colour scheme for different type of equipment. While selecting the painting scheme, due attention shall be given to overall aesthetic look of the works in

- 97 -

addition to protection of the surfaces. All panels shall be painted with high decorative finish of uniform shade and shall have peelable protective film to avoid deterioration of paint finish during transportation, storage and handling. All surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned by suitable means before application of paint. For removing rust and mill scale from structural steel, piping and other steel parts, sandblasting shall be preferred. Parts, which cannot be sand blasted shall be cleaned by power tools to the highest degree. After cleaning, the surfaces shall be rinsed and applied one coat of quick drying highly pigmented 2-pack zinc-rich primer, unless otherwise specified. The procedure of painting as recommended by the paint manufacturer/relevant IS e.g. 14177 for Hydraulic Hoists and gates shall be adopted. For all paints the surface temperature of the metal shall not be higher than +50C during the painting. Parts, which are embedded in concrete, shall be painted with cement base paints. ii) Galvanising Unless otherwise specified, all fasteners and steel structures including ladders, platforms, hand rails etc. and all exterior and interior steel surfaces of outdoor Works shall be hot-dip galvanized or electrolytically galvanized in accordance with relevant IS specifically mentioned in the detailed specifications. For galvanizing, only original blast furnace raw zinc shall be applied, which shall have a purity of 98.5%. The thickness of the zinc coat shall be as under: For bolts and nuts of sizes above M36 approx. 36 micrometer and for sizes below M36, 20 micrometer. For all other parts, except for hydraulic steel structures or parts intermittently or permanently submerged in water, approx. 30 micrometer For hydraulic steel structures or parts intermittently or permanently submerged in water, approx. 80 micrometer.

Bolts, nuts, washers, locknuts and similar hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with the relevant standards. All plates and shaped components, which have been warped by the galvanizing process, shall be straightened by being re-rolled or pressed without injury to the protective coating. Materials that have been harmfully bent or warped in the process of fabrication or galvanizing shall be rejected. iii) Chrome Plating and polishing All hand railings and ladders used in machine hall and instrument holders etc. shall be chrome plated and polished for best aesthetic look as per design requirements and relevant IS specifications. 1.28 MECHANICAL WORKS AND STEEL STRUCTURES General: All mechanical Works and steel structures of any mechanical or electrical works shall comply these General Technical Specifications. 1.28.1 Bolts, Screws, Nuts etc.: All bolts, studs, screws, nuts, and washers shall be as per ISO metric system. Mild steel bolts and nuts shall be of the precision cold forged or hot forged type with machined faces parallel to one another. All bolts and studs which will be subject to high stress and/or temperature shall be of high tensile material with nuts of appropriate material. Fitted bolts shall be a driving fit in the reamed holes and shall have the screwed portion of a diameter such that it will not be damaged during driving. They shall be properly marked in a conspicuous position to ensure correct assembly at site. All parts (other than structural steel work) bolted together, shall be spot faced on the back to ensure that nuts and bolt heads bed down satisfactorily. Mild steel nuts and bolts shall be zinc or cadmium plated. Stainless steel bolts, nuts, washers and screws shall be used for holding renewable parts in water or when exposed to high humidity. The Contractor shall supply the net quantities plus five percent (5%) of all permanent bolts, screws and other similar items and materials required for installation at the Site. Any such rivets, bolts, screws, etc., which are surplus after the installation of the works, shall be treated as spare parts and shall be wrapped, marked and handed over to the Purchaser.

- 98 -

1.28.2

Seals: Rubber seals shall be made of synthetic rubber suitable for particular application and shall be designed in such a manner that they are adjustable, water tight and readily replaceable. Seals shall be manufactured by molding process and not extruded. All adjusting screws and bolts for securing the seals and seal assembly shall be of non-corrosive stainless steel. Oils and Lubricants: Different types of oils, lubricants, etc. shall be subject to the written approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise stated in the Particular Technical Specifications, the oil or grease for bearings, pressure oil systems, transformers, etc., including the necessary quantity for flushing and quantity for first oil change with 20% extra shall be included in the Tender Price. Mechanical Instruments: All mechanical parts of instruments shall be suitably protected against shocks and vibrations, heat, humidity and splash water, etc. Pressures gauges shall be provided with a damping liquid, e.g., glycerine, to compensate vibrations. Pressure gauges without damping means are not permitted, unless approved by the Engineer. Pumps: Materials of the main parts of pumps shall be : Casing Cast steel Impeller stainless steel Shaft stainless steel Sleeves stainless steel Wear rings bronze Keys stainless steel

1.28.3

1.28.4

1.28.5

The capacity of the driving electric motor shall be 15 % higher than the maximum power required by the pump at any operation point. The overall pump-motor efficiency for the specified rated head and discharge shall not be less than 60%. The pumps shall withstand corrosion and wear by abrasive matters within reasonable limits. Shafts sealed by packing glands shall be fitted with sleeves. Pump seals shall be replaceable without extensive dismantling of the pump. Leakage water shall be directed to suitable drainage facilities. 1.28.6 Miscellaneous Metalwork Except where otherwise indicated elsewhere in the Particular Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall supply the following: All platforms, ladders, guards, handrails of tubular construction and hatch covers necessary for easy and safe access to Works. Safety guards at each point where normal access provision would permit personnel to come within reach of any moving equipment. All covers for pipe work, cable trenches and access hatches, required for completing the floors around and over the equipment will be supplied and installed. Unless otherwise approved, floor chequered plates shall be of an angular pattern.

1.29 1.29.1

ELECTRICAL WORKS General The electrical items of Works of any electrical or mechanical installation to be provided under this Contract according to the Particular Technical Specifications shall, if not stated otherwise therein, fulfill the requirements of this Section. All components shall be of reliable design. The power supply and control cables shall be laid up to the common terminal blocks. The Contractor shall ensure that various control/protection devices and instruments supplied against scopes of works under different sections of these Tender Specifications shall be uniform, interchangeable and connected as per system requirement. Unless otherwise agreed, ratings of main electrical works as selected or proposed by the Contractor, whether originally specified or not, shall generally include a safety margin of 10%. Prior to approval of such basic characteristics, the Contractor shall submit all relevant information such as consumer lists, short circuit calculations, de-rating factors, etc. Short-circuit calculations shall be evaluated giving full evidence that every electrical component can withstand the maximum stresses under fault conditions, for fault levels and durations obtained under the worst conditions, e.g., upon failure of the corresponding main protection device and time delayed fault clearing by the back-up protection device. - 99 -

All Works shall be suitable for the prevailing climatic conditions and insensitive to any signals emitted by wireless communication equipment. 1.29.2 Clearances: The layout of the equipment in the powerhouse shall provide ready access for operation and maintenance whilst the remaining sections of equipment are alive. Working clearance provided between isolated equipment and nearest live metal work shall be as per Indian Electricity rules & Standards. Electrical Supplies For Auxiliary Equipment: The electricity supplies available for various auxiliary equipment will be: (i) (ii) (iii) 1.29.4 415 V, 3-phase 50Hz, 4-wire for A.C. power supply, 220 V, single phase, 50 Hz for lighting, indication, and anti-condensation heaters, 110 V DC for essential indication, controls, protection, alarms and circuit breaker closing and tripping supplies.

1.29.3

Alternating Current Supply Practice: All mains supplies shall be through MCBs/ MCCBs of appropriate rating. Double-pole switches shall be used to break single-phase A.C. mains supplies. For multi-phase supplies, each phase shall be switched simultaneously and the neutral should preferably not be switched. Direct Current Supply Practice: Power supply bus bars in cubicles shall be carefully routed and each bus bar shall be shrouded. It shall not be possible to inadvertently short bus bars either between themselves or to earth. It shall be possible to remove/replace cards from/to electronic equipment without damage and without interfering with the operation of the rest of the equipment or system. All terminal blocks shall be mounted in an accessible position with the adequate spacing between adjacent blocks and space between the bottom blocks and the cable gland plate. Sufficient terminals shall be provided to allow for the connection of all incoming and outgoing cables, including spare conductors and drain wires. In addition, twenty percent (20%) spare terminals shall be provided. Not more than two conductors shall be connected under one terminal clamp. Terminal blocks shall conform to the applicable standards. Circuit terminals for 415/220 VAC and 110 VDC shall be segregated from other terminals and shall be equipped with non-inflammable, transparent covers.

1.29.5

1.29.6 Terminal Blocks

1.29.7

Equipment Wiring All wiring connections shall be readily accessible and removable for test or other purposes. Wiring between terminals of the various devices shall be point to point. Multi-conductor cables shall be connected to the terminal blocks in such a manner as to minimize crossovers Each conductor shall be individually identified at both ends through a system providing ready and permanent identification, utilising slip-on ferrules approved by the Engineer. Markers may be typed individually or made up from sets of numbers and letters firmly held in place. Markers must withstand a tropical environment and high humidity and only fungus proof materials will be accepted. Ferrules of adhesive type shall not be acceptable. All trip circuits shall employ markers having a red background.

1.29.8

Cubicles and Control Panels Cubicles and control panel enclosures shall be of sheet steel with minimum thickness of 2.0 mm, vermin proof, rigid self-supporting construction and supplied with channel bases. Cubicles shall be fitted with close fitting gasketted and hinged doors capable of being opened through 180 deg. The doors of all cabinets/panels shall be provided with similar integral lock and at least six (6) number of master keys shall be supplied. The cables and wiring shall enter from bottom or top as necessary for the layout through cable glands. The cubicles and panels shall be adequately ventilated by vents or louvers. Space heating elements with thermostatic control shall be included in each panel. Unless stated otherwise, all cubicles and panels shall be provided with a ground bus with copper bar extending through out the length. Each end of this bus shall be drilled and provided with lugs for connecting ground cables. All instruments, control knobs and indicating lamps shall be flush mounted on the panels. Relays and other devices sensitive to vibration shall not be installed on doors or hinged panels and no equipment - 100 -

shall be installed on rear access doors. The exterior finish of all the panels shall be uniform subject to the approval of the Engineer. The interior of all cubicles and panels shall have a mat white finish unless specified otherwise. Switched interior light and socket outlets shall be provided for all cubicles and control panels. All cubicles and control panels shall be provided with nameplates, identifying the purpose of the panel and all of its components. 1.29.9 Earthing Provision shall be made for earthing all equipment intended for connection in an A.C. mains supply. All structural metal work and metal chassis shall be connected to earth. Connection between circuits and metal work shall only be made for reasons of safety and/or reduction of interference. Where such connections are made, they shall not be used as normal current-carrying earth returns. Earthing conductors shall be at least equal in cross-sectional area to the supply conductors and shall be capable of carrying the fault current. 1.29.10 Labels and Plates Each separate construction unit (cubicle, panel, desk, box, etc.) shall be identified. Cubicles and similar units shall also bear the identification number on the rear side if rear access is possible. The overall designation of each unit shall be given in English language and - if required - also in a selected local language. These labels shall be made of anodized aluminium with black engraved inscriptions, arranged at the top section of the units. Labels shall be provided for all instruments, control switches, push buttons, indication lights etc. located on the face of the panels. In case of instruments and devices where function is indicated on the device, no separate label is required. All items inside cubicles, panels, boxes, etc., shall be properly labeled with their item number. This number shall be the same as indicated in the pertaining documents (wiring diagrams, Works list, etc.). 1.29.11 Warning Labels Warning labels shall be made of synthetic resin with letters engraved in English and selected local language, where required in particular cases. For indoor circuit breakers, starters, etc., transparent plastic material with suitably contrasting colours and engraved lettering would be acceptable. 1.29.12 Labels For Cables Each cable when completely installed shall have permanently attached to each end and at convenient intermediate positions non-corrosive labels detailing identification number of the cable, voltage, and conductor size. The cable identification numbers shall comply with those of the cable list. 1.29.13 Single-Line Diagrams Each switchgear shall be furnished with a copy of the final as-built single-line diagram detailing all electrical data and denominations, separate for each individual switchgear/distribution board/MCC, placed under glass and frame mounted at an approved location. The same applies to the Station SingleLine Diagram one copy of which shall be arranged in the control room. 1.30 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT Design Criteria All instruments shall be of an approved and reliable brand. The Works shall be pre-assembled in the Contractor's or Sub-Contractor's workshop, e.g., shop welding of thermometer wells and other connections, wiring of boards, desks, etc., including internal wiring and installation of devices shall be carried out. Fragile instruments shall be removed from the assembly for transportation to site and packed separately. Shielded cables shall be provided for the control and supervisory equipment where required. Sizes of Indicators etc.: The meters, instruments etc shall be of standard size, to be selected to guarantee unique appearance of switchgears, control panels, control desks, etc. The front glasses shall be of the anti-glare type. Measuring Systems: Electric measuring signals of 4-20 mA shall be transmitted to the control room for essential or regulating circuits. Measuring signals for indicating purposes will be 4-20 mA. Measuring ranges of indicators, transducers, etc. shall be selected in such a way that the rated value of the measured magnitude covers approx. 75% of the range. - 101 -

All local instruments shall, as far as practicable, be mounted vibration free to allow good reading. Wherever required, damping elements shall be used. Corresponding systems shall be grouped together in local panels. 1.30.1 Temperature Measurement Platinum Resistance thermometers of type PT 100 shall be used. The use of dial-type contact thermometers shall be restricted to bearing metal temperature measuring. Resistance thermometers shall be equipped with waterproof connection heads. The temperature sensors shall be selected in such a way to minimize the number of different spare inserts. 1.30.2 Pressure Measurements Pressure gauges shall be shock and vibration-proof (preferably by filling with glycerine) and the movement shall completely be made of stainless steel. The casings shall be dust and watertight and be made of stainless steel. The adjustment of the pointer shall be possible by means of an adjustment device without removing the pointer from its axle. Each gauge, pressure switch and transmitter for absolute or differential pressure shall be equipped with a pressure gauge isolating valve including a test connection of the screwed type M20 x 1.5 mm so that such device can be removed without any disturbance of the plant operation. If the pressure is pulsating, the devices concerned shall be connected via flexible tubes or other pulse-absorbing means. The error for pressure transmitters shall be limited to 0.5%. 1.30.3 Electrical Measurements All Electrical instruments shall be of flush mounted design, dust and moisture-proof. A.C. ammeters and voltmeters shall have digital type system of not less than 1.5 accuracy class. D.C. measuring instruments shall also be digital type of the same accuracy. Wattmeters shall be suitable for unbalanced systems and accuracy of energy meters should be of 0.2 % accuracy class. All indicating instruments shall generally withstand without damage a continuous overload of 15% referred to the rated output value of the corresponding instrument transformers. All instruments mounted on the same panel shall be of same style and appearance. 1.31 1.31.1 PAINTING OF WORKS AT SITE Painting Materials Coating materials shall be standard products of a renowned paint manufacturer with proven experience in the field of painting materials. Paint material shall be delivered in unopened original containers bearing the manufacturer's brand name and colour designation, storage directions and handling instructions. The entire paint material for a particular specified paint system shall be supplied by one manufacturer only, who shall guarantee the compatibility and quality of the paint material. A complete list of the proposed paint material shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval an overall colour scheme in accordance with the Particular All final coats shall be in the colours approved by the Engineer. On request of the Engineer, painting samples for the different coats and colours shall be provided. The manufacturer's instructions for preparation and application of all painting and protective coats shall be strictly observed. 1.32 NOISE LEVEL The equipment A weighted sound pressure level measured at a height of 1.50 m above floor level in elevation and at a distance of one (1) meter horizontally from the nearest surface of any equipment/machine, furnished and installed under these specifications, expressed in decibels to a reference of 0.0002 microbar shall not exceed 90 dBA. 1.33 METEOROLOGICAL DATA Maximum ambient temperature Minimum ambient temperature Maximum relative humidity Altitude at Powerhouse site : 37 C : ( - ) 0.5 C : 85 % : + EL 1470 m - 102 -

1.34 1.34.1

CODES & STANDARDS General All equipment supplied and works execute under these specification shall conform to the latest edition of the applicable standards to gather with any amendment to data. The codes and/or standards referred to in these specifications shall govern, in all the cases, wherever such references are made. In case of conflict between such codes and/or standards and the specifications, the latter shall govern. Such codes and/or standards are referred to shall mean the latest revisions/amendments/changes adopted and published by the relevant agencies. In case of any further conflict in this matter, the same shall be referred to the Engineer, whose decision shall be final and binding. Other internationally acceptable standards, which ensure equal or higher performances than those specified shall also be accepted. Abbreviations have been used for denoting international and National Standardization Organizations. References Abbreviation ASA ASTM BS American Standards Association American Society of Testing and Materials 1916, Race Street, Phildelphia Pennsylvania-19103, USA British Standards British Standards Institution 101, Pentonvite Road, London N 19 ND, U.K. CEE Commission on rules for the approval of Electrical Equipment (Netherlands) Netherlands Normilisatie institute Polkwege, Rijswijk (ZH) 2016, Netherlands. DIN IEC Deutsche International Electromechanical Commission Bureeque Central Delta Commission Electro technique International, 1, rue de Varrmbe Geneve, Switzerland. IS Indian Standards Manak Bhawan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg New Delhi -1 JIS VDI Japanese National Standards German Standards International Code for Field Acceptance Test of Hydraulic Turbines Publication no. 41 (IEC - 60041)-1963. International code for testing of speed governing systems for hydraulic turbines. The IEC - 60308 -1970 Test code for Hydraulic Prime Movers, ASME Power Test Codes, ASME-New York 1949. International Code for Model Acceptance Tests of Hydraulic Turbines 60193-1965-193A-1972. International Standard for rotating electrical machines (IEC 1116) Test Procedure for Synchronous Machine; IEE 115 Name & Address

1.34.2

TURBINES, GENERATORS AND ANCILLARY PLANT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

- 103 -

1.34.3

CODES AND OTHER STANDARDS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bolt calculation Vibrations Shaft coupling Shaft alignments IEEE 1249-1996 : : : : : VSM 14 332; VDI 2 056; ANSI B 49.1; NEMA; Std. for computer based control of Hydroelectric power plant automation

1.34.4

INDIAN STANDARDS Other internationally acceptable standards, which ensure equal or higher performances than those specified shall also be accepted subject to the approval of Engineer-in-charge, provided they ensure equal or better performance: S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. IS:CODE IS:4722-1968 IS: 4889 IS:325-1978 IS:8789-1978 IS:3156 IS:L3156 (Pt.I)-1978 IS:3156 (Pt.II)-1978 IS:3156 (Pt.III)-1978 IS:3156(Pt.IV)-1978 IS:2705 IS:2705 (Pt.I)-1981 IS:2705 (Pt.II)-1981 IS:2705 (Pt.III)-1981 IS:2704 (Pt.IV)-1981 IS:2026 IS:2026 (Pt.I)-1977 IS:2026 (Pt.II)-1977 IS:2026 (Pt.III)-1981 IS:2026 (Pt.IV)-1977 IS:335-1983 IS:3231-1965 IS:3043-1966 IS:13300 - 1992 IS:13118 1991 DESCRIPTION Rotating electrical machines Method for determining Efficiency Rotating Electrical Machines Three phase induction motors Values of performance for three-phase induction motors Voltage transformers General requirements Measuring voltage transformers Protective voltage transformers Capacitor voltage transformers Current transformers General requirements Measuring current transformers Protective current transformer Protective current transformers for special purpose applications Power transformers General Temperature-rise Insulation levels and dielectric tests Terminal markings, tappings and connection New insulating oils Electrical relays for power system protections Code of practice for earthing Nickel Cadmium Aircraft Batteries (aerobatic and Non-Aerobatic) - specification Specification for high voltage alternating current circuit breakers

- 104 -

25. 26. 27.

IS:2147-1980 IS:L1554(Pt.I)-1988 IS:13947 1993 (Part 1 5)

Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage switchgear and control gear PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables for working voltages upto and including 1100 V Specification for low voltage switchgear and control gear Part 5 Control circuit devices and switching elements - section 1 Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices

28.

IS: 7098 (Part 2) - 1985

Cross-linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables for working voltages from 3.3 KV up to and including 33 kV.

29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37.

IS: 3961 IS: 8130 IS: 5831 IS: 3646 (Part 1 to Part 3) IS: 732-1989 IS: 9537 IS: 2309 1989 IS: 807 1976 IS: 3177 - 1999

Recommended current ratings for cables Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords. PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables. Code of practice for interior illumination Code of Practice for wiring installation Conduits for Electrical Installation Code of practice for the protection of buildings and allied structures against lightning (second revision) Code of practice for design, manufacture, erection and testing (structural portion) of cranes and hoist Code of practice for electric-overhead traveling cranes and gantry cranes other than steel work cranes

38. 39.

IS: 1646 1997 IS: 3034 1993

Code of practice for fire safety of buildings (general): Electrical Installation Fire safety of industrial buildings: Electrical generating and distributing stations

1.35

TEST SCHEDULES The contractor shall prepare and submit for approval the following test schedules at least one month in advance before commencement of the work: i. ii. iii. iv. Factory tests (3 months advance of delivery) Pre-commissioning tests on all the equipments/instruments Commissioning tests on all the equipments/instruments Acceptance tests on all the equipments/instruments

1.36

COMPLETENESS The offer shall be complete in all respect. The specifications are drawn for the purpose of spelling out the broad requirement. Any item necessary for the proper functioning / performance of the project not mentioned in this specification but is required shall be deemed to be a part of the scope and the contractor shall have to supply, erect and commission this item(s). - 105 -

SECTION-VI: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUB-SECTION : 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF HYDRAULIC TURBINES, GOVERNING EQUIPMENT AND AUXILIARIES

2.1

SCOPE The site is located in the State of Himachal Pradesh and is along the alignment of Fozal Nala. The site is on the Left Bank and the powerhouse area is well connected with an all-weather road. The diversion weir lies near village Batmeha and is about 4 km from Dobi Bridge, 26 km from Kullu and 305 km from Chandigarh by Road. The scope of contract includes all supplies for turbines and auxiliaries as well as complete mounting ready to operate so that no performance of a third party is needed. The Contractor must inspect and check all relevant details of the site and is expected to introduce all necessary steps in time. All parts can be delivered directly on site. All workshop-manufactured parts should be coated and be treated as per coating requirements and be equipped with transport lugs for ease of mounting and handling. All lugs shall be retained to allow the future removal / installation of turbines and auxiliaries. The relevant codes have to be respected as well as ranked as given below: Technical details of tender Docs and Specifications Order form including all relevant supplements Indian Standards, and with priority, relevant German Standards of DIN All details requested by governmental bodies within approval documentation Security codes for onsite manufacturing IEC codes Legal and governmental relevant rules The scope of work under this Section of Technical Specifications includes design, manufacture, shop assembly and testing, transportation & delivery to site, Marine Cum Erection (MCE) insurance, storage at site, installation, commissioning, field acceptance tests, warranty and other services specified or required for the following items of work: a) Two sets of horizontal shaft Francis hydraulic turbines shall be designed to give rated output of 3500 kW + 15% continuous overload at rated head of 149.0 m and One 1 no. Horizontal Francis turbine designed to give a rated output of 2000 kW + 15% continuous overload at rated head of 149.0 m with guide vane opening of about 90%. The turbines shall have adequate capacity commensurate with the 15% continuous overload capacity of Generator and each consisting of the following main assemblies: Stay ring in parts along with bulb nose, anchors, tie rods, support plates and embedment. Draft tube liner with anchors, tie rods, support pads and embedment etc., Wicket Gate assembly with turning mechanism, Turbine Runner, Turbine Shaft and shaft seal, Turbine Guide Bearing, Necessary embedded pipe lines, Access Shafts, hatch covers, steel walk ways & platforms etc, Lubricating Oil System for Bearings, Submersible pump motor set for draining turbine inner cone with level sensors,

- 106 -

i.exe

Necessary cable junction boxes and cables from electrical items for termination at convenient points, Governing system including digital electro-hydraulic governor, speed signal generator, over speed trip device, emergency shut down device, restoring mechanism, oil pressure unit, oil leakage unit and oil pipe lines, Turbine Gauge Panel with necessary instruments and safety devices

b)

All special tools, tackles and handling devices required for assembly, erection and dismantling during maintenance, templates for repair of runner blades and wicket gates at site, hydraulic testing Pumps with test plugs, All parts and accessories required to make a complete operating unit for controlling and regulating the speed of the turbine in conformity with the performance characteristics. Governor oil, lubricating oil and grease for flushing and first filling with 20% extra quantity, site consumables like welding electrodes, paints and cleaning agents etc. in sufficient quantity Set of Spare Parts for five years trouble free operation as per schedule of spares Turbine Model Testing, if desired by Employer Marine Cum Erection (MCE) Insurance, transportation, receipt and storage of goods at site Installation, testing, commissioning and acceptance testing of the turbines and associated equipment Preparation and submission of Operation & Maintenance manual and Erection & Commissioning Manual including those for bought out items The Contractor shall be responsible for operation & maintenance of all electro-mechanical equipments for a period of Ninety (90) days

c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) 2.2 2.2.1

TURBINE BASIC DATA & GENERAL INFORMATION ON WATER CONDUCTOR SYSTEM Turbine Basic Data (a) Rated head Maximum Head (b) Turbine Discharge = = = = = = = = = = 149 m 152 m for 2000 kW turbine 2.74 m3/sec + 15% COL for 3500 kW turbines 3.15 m3/sec 1.59 m3/sec + 15% COL for 2000 kW turbine 1.83 m3/sec 9 MW (2 x 3.5 MW + 1 x 2 MW) 45 % 30% of rated Head 1000 rpm for all three machines

(e) (f) (g) (h)

Rated output at rated head Permissible Speed rise Permissible Pressure rise Speed chosen by Consultant

The efficiency of all three turbines at rated condition (i.e. at rated net head and rated output) shall not be less than 91%. 2.2.2 General Information Each of the horizontal Shaft Francis turbines shall be directly coupled to horizontal shaft generators. The direction of rotation shall be clockwise when viewed from drive end (DE). General arrangement of the Power House and turbines has been tentatively outlined in tender drawings. The Centre line of the sets shall be fixed suitably corresponding to minimum tail water level. There may be minor change in elevation of turbine Centre line based on the required minimum suction height recommended by the successful Bidder, however no significant increase in suction height will be accepted. The turbine shall have adequate capacity commensurate with the 15% continuous overload capacity of Generator.

- 107 -

2.3

BASIC PROVISIONS Two (2) Nos. Horizontal Axis Francis turbines, each designed to give a rated output of 3500 kW + 15% continuous overload at rated head of 149.0 m and One (1) No. Horizontal Axis Francis turbine designed to give a rated output of 2000 kW + 15% continuous overload at rated head of 149.0 m with guide vane opening of 90% shall be supplied. The turbines shall have adequate capacities commensurate with the 15% continuous overload capacities of Generators. The turbines would have output higher than the rated output when operating at heads higher than rated head. The turbine shall comply in all respect of various standards with the requirement of the latest issue of Indian Standard and IEC-41. The specific speed of the turbine shall be selected as to correspond to a rotational speed of 1000 rpm for all three machines or the speed selected by the Bidder. Similar machines designed on the basis of model offered against this tender should be under satisfactory operation at least on two different projects for at least last three years. The turbine manufacturer shall co-ordinate with the generator supplier so that the generator to be coupled with the turbine is matched in respect of speed, runway speed, moment of inertia, overload capacities, couplings and other relevant requirements.

2.4

STANDARDS Turbines shall meet provision made in the following standards (latest edition) unless otherwise mentioned: (a) IEC 41: 1991: (b) IEC 193: 1965: (c) IEC 193A: 1972: (d) IEC 308: 1970: (e) IEC 609: 1978: (f) IEC 545: 1976: (g) IEC 60994: 1991: (h) IEC 61362: (i) ISO 3740: 1980: Field acceptance tests to determine the hydraulic performance of hydraulic turbines, storage pumps and pump-turbines International code for model acceptance tests of hydraulic turbines. Amendment No. 1 (1997) First supplement to IEC 193 (1965) International code for commissioning, operation and maintenance of hydraulic turbines Cavitation pitting evaluation in hydraulic turbines, storage pumps and pump-turbines Guide for commissioning, operation and maintenance of hydraulic turbines Guide for field measurement of vibrations and pulsations in hydraulic machines (turbines, storage pumps and pump turbines) Guide to specification of hydro-turbine control systems Acoustics- Determination of sound power levels of noise sources- Guidelines for the use of basic standards and for the preparation of noise test codes Hydraulic turbine of giving outputs higher than rated outputs to match 15% overload capability of the generators

(j) IEC 61366:

(k) VDI 2056 & VDI 2059: Vibration level in rotating machines Equipment complying with other internationally accepted standards such IEC, BS, USA, VDE etc. will also be considered if they ensure performance and constructional features equivalent or superior to standards listed above. In such a case the Bidder shall clearly indicate the standards adopted, furnish a copy in English Language of the standards adopted, furnish a copy in English Language of the latest revision of standard along with copies of all official amendments and revisions in force as on date of opening of Bid and shall clearly bring out the salient features for comparison. 2.5 2.5.1 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Output and Efficiency Guarantees Maximum Output and efficiency of each turbine at design head shall be stated in Guaranteed Technical Particulars of Turbine and will be guaranteed by equipment suppliers. The turbine shall also be suitable for safe and efficient performance at part loads upto fifty percent (50%) of rated output with minimum head conditions. Field test (as per IEC-41-1991) shall form the final basis to establish fulfillment of guarantees of the turbine and for purposes of liquidated damages and rejection of plant. - 108 -

2.5.2

Weighted Average Efficiency The Weighted Average Efficiency of the prototype Turbine - Generator unit shall be determined from the field test values of efficiency at the rated head in accordance with the following formula for the purpose of penalty and rejection limits. The field tests on the turbine shall be carried out by the supplier as specified in IEC or equivalent International Code or mutually agreed method. The field test on the Generator will also be carried out as per appropriate IEC or equivalent International Code or on mutually agreed method.

Eav = K1 * E115% + K2 * E100% + K3 * E80%+ K4 * E60%

Where

Eav is the weighted average efficiency of the Turbine-Generator

E115% = T115% * G115% = Efficiency of the Turbine-Generator at 115% of Rated Output at Rated Head E100% = T100% * G100% = Efficiency of the Turbine-Generator at 100% of Rated Output at Rated Head E80% = E60% =

T80% * G80% = Efficiency of the Turbine-Generator at 80% of Rated Output at Rated Head T60% *

G60% = Efficiency of the Turbine-Generator at 60% of Rated Output at Rated Head

The values of K1 , K2 , K3 & K4 are dependent on operating conditions i.e., the percent of time the machine is running in that condition with that efficiency. Weighted Average Efficiency: Values of K1 , K2 , K3 & K4 for Francis Turbines to be provided for Fozal H. E. Project shall be as under: K1 = 0.10 K2 = 0.40 K3 = 0.25 K4 = 0.25 The weighted average efficiency of the turbine at rated head for one hundred fifteen percent (115%), hundred percent (100%), eighty percent (80%) and sixty percent (60%) rated output shall also be guaranteed. These figures shall be applicable for purpose of penalties, rejection limits and bid evaluation. In addition the outputs as per discharge conditions used for calculation of generation shall also be guaranteed. The output of the turbine at full gate and lowest operational wicket gate opening shall be stated in the tender for various runner blade angles. Guarantee is fulfilled only if it is in accordance to the IEC Code 41, at given discharges. 2.5.3 Bid Evaluation In comparison of the bids, the equalization on account of differences in the efficiencies of various offers will be made on the basis of weighted average efficiency as calculated in Clause 2.5.2. The highest figures of weighted average efficiency will be the basis for comparison of prices of turbines. Turbines with lower efficiency will be loaded at the rate of five percent (5%) of the CIF/EXW prices each one percent (1%) difference in weighted efficiency as compared with the highest weighted average efficiency. 2.5.4 Output and Efficiency Tests Output and Efficiency test as per IEC-41-1991 shall be conducted at different heads and guide vane openings to determine guaranteed efficiency parameters. Any deviation from IEC-41-1991 shall be clearly stated in the offer. Bidder shall furnish details of test methods, agency which will conduct the test, provisions to be made for field testing, calibration of instruments for purposes of test and all other relevant details in the offer. Contractor shall be under obligation to accept these tests for purposes of liquidated damages. Employer reserves the right to appoint the contractor or any independent agency or agency recommended by contractor for conducting these tests. 2.5.5 Penalty for Shortfall in Weighted Average Efficiency and Output For any shortfall in the tested values of rated output and weighted average efficiency (as determined on the basis described in Clause 2.5.4) from the guaranteed values, penalty shall be applied at the rate of one half percent (1/2%) of total unit price of turbine (including price of governing system) for each one tenth of one percent (1%) by which test figure is less than the corresponding guaranteed figure. The - 109 -

penalties on account of shortfall of output and efficiency shall be computed separately for each unit and the total amount of penalty shall be the sum of these two. No tolerance shall be permissible over the test figures of rated output. In case of efficiency, tolerance will be allowed as per appropriate IEC test code for model test and/or field acceptance tests for hydraulic turbines. The ceiling on the total amount of penalty on account of shortfall in the weighted average efficiency and the output will be 10% of total unit price of the turbine including price of governing equipment. 2.5.6 Rejection Limit The Purchaser has the right to reject the equipment if the test value of either weighted average efficiency or the rated output is less than the corresponding guaranteed value by two percent (2%) or more after allowing tolerance in computation of efficiency. 2.5.7 Cavitations Guarantees The Supplier shall guarantee the runner against excessive pitting caused by cavitations for 18 months from the date of commissioning or 8000 hours of operation, whichever is earlier as per clause 3.3.1 of IEC-60609-2 (1997). Excessive pitting shall be defined as the metal removed from runner by a weight of W=0.15 D2 per 1000 hours of operation, where, D = Discharge diameter of the runner and W = Weight in kg. If the 18 months of guarantee period expires before completion of 8000 hours of operation, the guarantee shall apply to the actual hours of operation proportionately. In case of cavitation pitting exceeding the guarantee, the Contractor shall, at his cost, take corrective measures such as repair as per original design, repair as per modifications or replacement etc., and turbine after modification etc., shall be subject to fresh cavitation guarantee as for the original equipment. In determining whether or not excessive pitting has occurred, uniform metal removal by erosion, corrosion or by the presence of injurious elements in water, etc., shall be excluded. 2.5.8 Vibrations and Noise Limit Turbine design shall ensure smooth and quite operation with low vibrations, pressure pulsation, power fluctuations and noise. The vibration amplitude at the shaft shall not exceed the values specified in ISO-7919 (part-1) and ISO-3945 or VDI 2056 and VDI 2059 when measured with instruments with 1 Hz cut-off frequency. Maximum noise level resulting from any of the operating conditions shall not exceed 90 db (A) at any place 1.0 m away from any operating equipment in the machine hall. 2.5.9 Factor of Safety All parts of turbine shall be designed and constructed to safely withstand the maximum stresses during normal running and runaway and short circuit conditions, out of phase synchronizing and brake application. The maximum unit stresses of the rotating parts shall not exceed two third of the yield point of the material. For other parts, the factor of safety based on yield point shall not be les than 3 at normal conditions. For overload and short circuit conditions, a factor of safety of 1.5 on yield point shall be permitted. 2.5.10 Runaway Speed The maximum runaway speed shall be stated and guaranteed by the supplier. All rotating parts and bearings shall be capable of withstanding the forces and stresses occurring during runaway speed for at least 30 minutes without any damage to any part. The guide bearing and guide cum thrust bearing shall be capable to withstand runaway speed for 15 minutes without supply of cooling water and continuously with cooling water without abnormal increase of vibrations and temperature. 2.5.11 Speed Rise, Pressure Rise and Inertia The moment of inertia of the generating unit and closing time of wicket gate shall be so selected that the maximum momentary speed rise of unit shall not exceed 45% of normal speed and pressure rise shall not exceed 30 % of maximum head. The turbine manufacturer shall coordinate with the generator manufacturer for achieving the required flywheel effect.

- 110 -

2.6

MODEL TEST The Bidders shall offer the turbine with already tested model and proven performance of prototype machines at least at one project site for a period not less than two years. The Bidder shall enclose copy of the relevant model test report with operating points of the turbine offered marked on the hill chart of the model to substantiate the output, efficiency and plant sigma figures offered and guaranteed by the Bidder. Bidder shall arrange certificate of trouble free operation of the similar turbines from their owners and enclose the same in the technical Bid. If felt necessary by the Employer, the Bidder shall arrange physical inspection of the equipment at respective Powerhouses before finalization of the order. The Employer reserves the right to witness fresh model tests to ensure that the guaranteed parameters will be met by the prototype. For this purpose, the Bidder shall quote charges for conducting the model test in his laboratory and or in an independent approved laboratory in the presence of Employers Engineers and their Consultants. The tests shall be as per IEC test code publication No.193 and 193A. International code for Model Acceptance Test of Hydraulic Turbines. Model test results shall be subject to the approval of the Employer. The contractor shall commence manufacture of the prototype after approval for the model test results. Prototype efficiencies shall be derived from model tests by the Moodys step-up formula as contained in IEC 193 for Francis turbines.

2.6.1

Tests to be conducted on the Model The final model test series shall include but not be limited to the following tests: Performance (efficiency & output) test under various head conditions and corresponding to 100%, 80%, 60% and 115% rated output. Determination of peak efficiency at rated design head at rated speed. Measurement of hydraulic thrust and runaway speed test at full (100%) guide vane opening at maximum net head. Complete Hill chart Cavitation at maximum, rated and minimum head at openings corresponding to guaranteed output. Checking of Model dimensions as per IEC.

2.7

RECTIFICATION TO MEET GUARANTEES The Contractor shall be given three months or mutually agreed time to improve/modify the design of the turbine or to carry out rectification etc., as may be required so that the guarantees are met in case the model tests prove unsuccessful in meeting the guarantees. If the second attempt is also unsuccessful, penalty or rejection of the equipment, as the case may be, shall be applied. However, no delay in the original delivery schedule shall be allowed if the model test results do not meet the guarantees and rectifications are made by the Contractor there after within a period of three months.

2.8

STRESSES AND FACTOR OF SAFETY All parts of turbine shall be designed and constructed to safely withstand the maximum stresses during the normal running, runaway and short circuit conditions, out of phase synchronizing and brake application. The maximum unit stresses of the rotating parts shall not exceed two thirds of the yield point of the material. For other parts, the factor of safety based on yield point shall not be less than three in normal conditions. For over-load and short circuit conditions, a factor of safety of 1.5 (one and a half) on yield point shall be permitted.

2.9

CRITICAL AND PLANT SIGMA Values of critical sigma as determined from cavitations model tests as per IEC 193A shall be given in the form of curves of different heads of operation. Plant sigma curves as recommended by the manufacturer shall also be plotted on it clearly to show the safety margin available.

2.10

DEVIATIONS FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS All deviation from General Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications under this section should be clearly brought out at one place in the 'List of Deviations' from Technical Specifications. Any deviation not clearly mentioned in the List of Deviations, but described elsewhere in the equipment Description shall not be acceptable. After award of contract, the Contractor has to fulfill all the requirements of technical specifications except the deviations clearly spelt out and accepted by the Employer. - 111 -

2.11 2.11.1

Constructional Features of important components General The turbine shall be of the spiral casing type so constructed as to allow all the removable parts to be dismantled conveniently. The design shall also permit horizontal movement of runner shaft by an amount sufficient for adjustment of bearings and for clearing the joint at the coupling between the turbine and the generator. All equipments shall be neatly arranged and shall be readily and easily accessible for operation and maintenance. Necessary walkways, ladders, handrails, chequered plates, platforms, etc., to be provided by the Contractor wherever required. Each turbine shall consist of following major parts :

2.11.2

Spiral Casing with Stay Ring and Generator Side Cover The Spiral Casing to consist of several steel plate sections, adapted to the side plates of the stay ring and welded in place. On the upstream side, a weld-on flange with a distance piece to provide a connection between the spiral inlet to the turbine inlet valve. The generator side head over to be either bolted or to form an integrated part of the stay ring. The assembly will be pressure tested in the works to a mutually agreed test pressure before its shipment to site.

2.11.3

Draft Tubes Each turbine shall be provided with a Draft tube liner / suction bend of welded construction of structural steel. The draft tube cone shall have machined flange for bolting with the running chamber. Drain box and drain pipes for dewatering of the draft tube (if applicable) shall be included in the scope of supply .The design of the draft tube shall be such as to ensure the best over all efficiency for the turbine and stable and pulsation free operation of the machine

2.11.4 i.

Wicket Gate Mechanism Guide Vanes Each guide vane and its stem should be an integral casting in 13:4 Stainless Steel. The contacting surface of gates and the gate stems shall be smooth and finish machined. All guide vane bearings (Axial / radial) shall be maintenance free, with appropriate sealing against water flow channel by O rings.

ii.

Levers / Links The guide vane links / levers shall be clamped to the guide vane stem and locked in position during assembly. A suitably designed frictional clutch mechanism shall be provided to prevent possible damage to the wicket gates in case of trapped foreign bodies between the gates.

iii.

Servomotors Double Acting servomotors operated by governor oil pressure shall be mounted on the generator side head-cover. Servomotors shall be of sufficient capacity to operate the gates, when supplied with oil at minimum pressure. Opening / closing timings will be adjusted during workshop tests. The servomotors will be pressure tested at 1.5 times the design pressure.

2.11.5

Runner The runner to be of 13:4 Stainless Steel as an integrated casting, with labyrinths, separate / integrated at rim & crown. The torque transmission to the turbine shaft shall be via a key. The system adopted by the bidder for relieving hydraulic thrust shall be described in details in the offer.

2.11.6

Turbine Guide and Thrust Bearings The turbine shall be provided with an oil-lubricated guide bearing with suitable Babbitt lining for the shaft. The bearing shall be designed for the turbine radial and axial loads. The bearing shall be split to facilitate dismantling. Bearing shall be provided with suitable instrumentation for monitoring the temperature and oil level. (The turbine manufacturer should co-ordinate with the Generator manufacturer for overall bearing arrangement of generator bearings, flywheel etc). The oil system for both turbine and generator bearings shall preferably be common. - 112 -

2.11.7

Turbine Shaft The turbine shaft will be 1.5% Mn Steel forging conforming to Bureau of Indian Standards or equivalent International Standards. It will have integrally forged coupling flanges for coupling to generator rotor and turbine runner. The couplings for connecting to turbine runner and generator rotor shall be friction type with pre-stressed coupling bolts. The tightening torque for coupling bolts will clearly be mentioned on drawing. If necessary, torque transmitting pins will be provided on coupling flanges. Proper size rubber cords shall be used between coupling joints to avoid leakage of oil / water. Torque tightening wrench will be included in scope of supply under special tools. The shafts and coupling bolts of both the units shall be made interchangeable. Method to avoid damage due to axial forces of the horizontal machine shall be elaborated in the bid document. Note : Bidder can also offer arrangement with turbine runner mounted directly on extended generator shaft.

2.12

MAIN INLET VALVE Each of the turbine inlets shall be provided with individual butterfly type valve of diameter suitable for connecting to penstock. The valves should be so designed as to cause minimum head loss. The valve body should be designed to withstand 150% of the static head on the valve including the pressure rise in the event of sudden gate closure with full rated load throw-off by the turbine. The valve shall be capable of sealing the water flow through it with full penstock pressure (static head) on the upstream side and atmospheric pressure on the turbine side. The valve shall also be capable of closing automatically under normal & emergency shut down conditions and closing time shall be such that turbine over speed does not exceed 140%. While opening the inlet valve, a bye-pass valve may be provided if considered necessary by the manufacturer to equalize the pressure between the upstream and the downstream sides of this valve. The valve shall be opened automatically by a single acting hydraulic servomotor and closed by means of counterweight. Manual control of the valve shall also be provided.

2.13

GOVERNING SYSTEM Being a run-of-river scheme, the selection of the equipments and the control system shall aim at maximizing annual power generation with the available discharge and head conditions with maximum availability, reliability, efficiency based on the available quantity of water. The power generation of the units will be controlled by sensing the water level at intake with appropriate integration of this parameter with turbine governing system, which eventually will dictate the power to be generated. The governor will be electro-hydraulic which can be of manufacturers own standard, capable of integrating into the unit control system, which have SCADA System (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System) with built-in Programmable Logic Control (PLC) for starting and shutting down of individual turbines and generators. The PLC shall be programmable and intelligent to cut-in and cut-out and lower the turbine load depending upon the water level / water availability at the intake. The programming tool shall be in the Scope of the successful Bidder. The Contractor shall have to impart training on the trouble shooting of Governor and its programming to at least two personnel of the Employer. Operation & Maintenance Manual and Drawings of Control Cards with and other modules shall be made available to the Employer by the Contractor. Each Turbine would have its dedicated operator console and one master engineering console. The governor and the control system as a whole shall be operable in manual mode at the discretion of the operator. The manual control shall be robust and shall not need complex maintenance by an expert. The closing and opening times of guide vans shall be adjustable.

2.14

TURBINE INSTRUMENTATION, CONTROL AND SAFETY DEVICES Each turbine shall be provided with complete set of instruments, gauges, controls and safety devices at appropriate places for monitoring the conditions of the unit during normal running and emergencies. The instruments and gauges for the turbine include pressure gauges, level indicators, temperature and flow indicators, position indicators etc. These shall be placed on the respective equipment and / or

- 113 -

Turbine Gauge Panel. The safety devices shall comprise equipment and devices for sensing abnormal operating conditions and send signal to Unit Control board for indication, annunciation or control action. The Bidder shall include all the instruments required for the safe and satisfactory operation of the generating units and the auxiliary systems. A signal flow chart showing various important steps of control, operation and indications etc., during starting, normal stopping, emergency stopping, loading of unit etc., so as to explain the general operating features of turbine; shall be enclosed with the Bid. The safety devices shall include devices to stop the unit automatically in case unit trip command is initiated from any device. 2.15 SPARE PARTS Spare parts required for five (5) years of trouble free operation as provided in the Schedule of Spares. 2.16 TOOLS The Bidder shall include complete set of special tools for the assembly and dismantling of the turbines including special lifting tackles, set of case hardened wrenches and specified tools. The wrenches and tools to be mounted on a neat plate steel wrench board with markings for easy identification. 2.17 SHOP ASSEMBLY AND TESTS The Bidders shall submit the Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) indicating the tests to be performed and witnessed by Employer and their acceptance criteria. The Contractor shall get the quality plan approved from Employer as per Contract Conditions. 2.18 MATERIAL TESTS Material tests for important components such as runner levers, wicket gates, turbine shaft, guide & thrust bearing pads / bushes, piston rods and other important components shall be carried out as per agreed quality plan. Employer shall review the test certificates during inspection. 2.19 2.19.1 ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING Erection / Installation The Bidder shall quote equipment wise price for erection, testing and commissioning of turbines, governors, MIV (Butterfly Valve) and associated equipments. All services including storage at site, transportation of equipment from stores to Power House site, handling of equipment in Power House and various consumables required during erection & commissioning etc will be arranged by the Contractor at his expenses. The Contractor will be bound to work in close liaison with Contractors for civil & hydro-mechanical works for marking the locations of equipment and hand over the items of his supply for embedment at agreed schedule. Erection, testing and commissioning of bought out items / equipment shall be arranged by the Contractor at scheduled time at his cost. The Bidders shall submit field quality assurance plan indicating the field tests to be conducted by the Contractor and his sub-suppliers and witnessed by the Employer during pre-commissioning, commissioning and acceptance along with their acceptance criteria. The Contractor shall get the quality plan approved from the Employer. 2.20 2.20.1 2.20.2 PERFORMANCE TESTING AND MONITORING The units shall be tested for absolute efficiency as well as for efficiency curve. Following provisions shall be made as per relevant International standards (IEC and ISO) and Indian Standards (BIS) at the time of executing Civil works and manufacturing the Electro-mechanical works: (a) (b) 2.20.3 Provide permanent benchmarks for reference at the powerhouse building, tailrace channel and intake. Provide tapping in the penstock and at the exit of draft tube for pressure measurements.

Index Discharge Measurement Provision Provision shall be made for index discharge measurement for continuous as well as for performance testing as follows: Tappings shall be provided as per IEC 41 for differential pressure measurement as per IEC 41. The performance tests will be conducted preferably within 2 months of the commissioning of the unit (as per IEC) for the following: - 114 -

a) Efficiency of generating units b) Testing for rated discharge and head at the inlet of turbine 2.21 GUARANTEED AND TECHNICAL PARTICULARS The Bidder shall furnish Performance Guarantee Particulars and Guaranteed Technical Particulars of Turbine and Governing System given in Schedule A. 2.22 SCHEDULE OF INSTRUMENTS

TABLE `A

Schedule Minimum Requirement of Indicating / Recording instruments for Turbine, Governing and Auxiliaries Equipment S. No. A 01 Parameter indicated / recorded Temperature of : Turbine guide bearing pads Type of Instrument RTD Location Qty. Remarks

Turbine Guide Bearing - do - do Local

Indication / Alarm at UCB & SCADA Alarm / Shutdown Indication / Alarm at UCB & SCADA Indication / Alarm at UCB Local Indication

02 03 04 B 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C 17 18

Turbine guide bearing pads Turbine guide bearing oil Oil in OPU sump Pressure of : Oil in Pressure Accumulator Oil in Governor Actuator Oil in Servomotor Before guide vanes Draft Tube Water in Shaft Seal Air in Shaft Seal Air in HP air receiver Air in LP air receiver Cooling Water Low / Very Low / Emergency Low Pressure in OPU Low/Very Low air pressure in HP air receiver Levels of : Oil in Turbine Guide Bearing Oil in Turbine Guide Bearing Low / High

TSD RTD RTD

1 1 1

PG PG PG PG PVG PG PS PG PG PG DPS DPS

Local Local TG Panel TG Panel TG Panel TG Panel Local Local Local Local Local Local

1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2

If Applicable If Applicable

For control of OPU pumps / emergency shut down For control of compressors

SG ELC

Local Local

1 2 Alarm in UCB

- 115 -

S. No. 19 20

Parameter indicated / recorded Oil in OPU sump High / Low Oil in Pressure Accumulator low / very low / high Oil in oil leakage unit Oil in oil leakage unit Leakage water in turbine cover Water in dewatering sump Water in drainage sump Flow of : Cooling water in main line Cooling water at TGB outlet Cooling Water in shaft seal Other Instruments / Indicators Guide Vane Position (%) Guide Vane Limiter Position (%) Speed of Generating set (0 - 200 %) Control Current in Actuator Solenoid Speed Setting Indicator Gate setting Indicator Servomotor locked / unlocked Guide Vanes shear Pins fail

Type of Instrument FSW FSW

Location Local Local

Qty. 1 3

Remarks Alarm in UCB Alarm/shut down/ control of air qty. Control of pump / alarm Alarm in UCB Control of dewatering pumps / alarm Control of drainage pumps / alarm Control of Pumps / alarm Alarm / starting interlock alarm

21 22 23 24 25 D 26 27 28 E 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

FSW SG FSW ELC ELC

Local Local Local Local Local

2 1 2 3 3

MFR FR FR

Local Local Local

2 1 1

Mechanical Indicator Elec. / Mech. Indicator Elec. Indicator Elec. Indicator Elec. Indicator Elec. Indicator LS LS

Governor Actuator - do - do - do - do - do Local Local

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 24

Duplication at UCB Duplication at UCB Duplication at UCB Duplication at UCB Duplication at UCB Duplication at UCB Starting Interlock Alarm

RTD TSD PG FSW FR MFR ELC

Resistance Thermometer (these will be wired up to Temperature Indicator& Recorder Instrument mounted on control & Metering Panel) Thermo Signaling Device (With two set points for Alarm and Trip commands) Pressure Gauge Float Switch Flow Relay Magnetic Flow Relay Electronic Level Controller

- 116 -

TABLE B SAFETY DEVICES (FOR ALARM / SHUT DOWN) S. No. 01 02 03 04 05 06 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Parameter Turbine guide bearing pads Turbine guide bearing pads Turbine guide bearing oil Oil in OPU sump Very Low / Emergency Low Pressure in OPU Very Low air pressure in HP air receiver Oil in Turbine Guide Bearing Low / High Oil in OPU sump High / Low Oil in Pressure Accumulator Low/ Very Low Oil Level in oil leakage unit - High Level of Leakage water in turbine pit High Water Level in dewatering sump - High Water Level in drainage sump - High Flow of Cooling water in main line Low Flow of Cooling water at TGB outletLow Flow of Cooling Water in shaft seal Low Guide Vanes shear Pins fail Type of Instrument RTD TSD RTD RTD DPS DPS ELC FSW FSW FSW FSW ELC ELC MFR FR FR LS Location Turbine Guide Bearing - do - do Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 24 Qty. 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 Remarks Alarm Alarm/ Shutdown Alarm Alarm Alarm / Shut down Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm / Shut down. Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm / starting interlock Alarm Alarm

RTD TSD DPS FSW FR MFR ELC -

Resistance Thermometer (these will be wired up to Temperature Indicator & Recorder Instrument mounted on control & Metering Panel) Thermo Signaling Device (With two set points for Alarm and Trip commands) Differential Pressure Switch Float Switch Flow Relay Magnetic Flow Relay Electronic Level Controller

- 117 -

SECTION-VI: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUB-SECTION 3: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR AND ITS AUXILLARIES

3.0

SCOPE The equipment shall include Two (2) Nos. Horizontal Shaft Alternating Current, Synchronous Generators, each of capacity 2 x 3500 kW with 15% continuous overload capacity, 0.8 pf, 6.6 kV, 50Hz, 1000 rpm and One (1) No. Horizontal shaft Alternating Current, Synchronous Generator of capacity 1 x 2000 kW + 15% continuous overload capacity, 0.8 pf, 6.6 kV, 50 Hz, 1000 rpm at site condition of 37C ambient (maximum) and ( - ) 0.5C ambient (minimum) temperatures, with brushless excitation, automatic voltage regulators, neutral grounding cubicles, lightning and surge protection panels, cooling water system, and other accessories, spares and special tools that will be required for satisfactory and efficient operation of the power station. The Contractor shall be responsible for operation & maintenance of all electro-mechanical equipments for a period of Ninety (90) days after successful commissioning of the plant. Each generator shall be coupled to the turbine matched in respect of speed, runaway speed, moment of inertia, overload capacities, coupling and other relevant requirements. The generator first critical speed should be greater than 120% of the runaway speed. The efficiency of the generator shall not be less than 96% for 3.5 MW machines and 95.5% for 2 MW machine at rated output, rated speed and rated power-factor.

3.1

GENERAL The generator shall be of air-cooled type with shaft-mounted fans housed in an IP23 enclosure and driven by Hydro turbine directly. The Contractor shall furnish all technical particulars of the Generator in the data sheet for the generator. Unit shall be capable of continuous operation at all loads. The excitation system shall be suitable for maintaining the voltage for a grid voltage variation of ( - ) 25% to + 10 % and / or a frequency variation of 3%. Generation voltage of the unit shall be 6.6 kV, 3 phase, 50 Hz. The data like Synchronous speed, short circuit ratio, inertia constant etc., shall be specified by the Supplier. The generator shall be suitable for operation in all respects and shall deliver rated output under system conditions stated as above. The generator shall remain stable on the sudden application of maximum load or sudden loss of maximum load and during momentary short circuits or sustained ground faults. The generator shall be star connected and the main and the neutral leads shall be brought out of stator frame for insertion of current transformer for protection, metering and surge protection apparatus. The generator shall be suitable for grounding through distribution transformer. The short circuit ratio shall not be less than 0.8 and inertia constant not less than 1.0 and shall be specified in the tender. The generator shall be capable of withstanding without damage a 3 second 3 phase short-circuit at its terminals when operating at rated KVA and PF at five percent (5%) over-voltage with fixed excitation in accordance with IEC 34-3. The maximum line charging capacity at rated voltage that can be obtained without negative excitation and with stable operation of the generator may be indicated, which shall not be less than seventy percent (70%) of rated KVA. The saturated rated direct axis transient reactance of generator should be guaranteed without any tolerance and shall not exceed thirty percent (30%). The moment of inertia of the generator shall be so selected that it meets the requirement of turbine runaway speed conditions. The Bidder shall furnish detailed calculation (in hard and soft copies) for GD2 of the generator proposed to be supplied.

- 118 -

i.exe

In the design of generator, each part shall be so proportioned that the maximum unit stresses therein resulting from any continuous operating conditions specified shall not exceed one third of the yield point or one fifth of the ultimate strength of the material whichever is less. In case of specified runaway speeds, unit stresses not exceeding two thirds of the yield point will be permitted. The machine shall be capable of operating continuous on an unbalanced system such that, with none of the phase current exceeding the rated current, the ratio of the negative sequence component of current to the rated current does not exceed 0.1 and under fault conditions shall be capable of operation. The design of the generator structure and housing in which resonance might become objectionable shall be so proportioned as to avoid the possibility of resonance with higher rated frequency or multiple. The synchronous generator shall be designed and constructed so as to facilitate easy repair or replacement of generator stator bars and rotor poles. 3.2 RUNAWAY SPEED The generator shall be designed so as to be capable of running at the maximum possible runaway speed of the turbine for at least fifteen (15) minutes and all parts of the generator and other equipment shall fully and safely withstand stresses resulting from over speed operation. 3.3 INSULATION The Bidder shall give a full description of the windings offered both as to the conductor and insulation. Detailed drawings shall be submitted showing the arrangement of the conductors and the thickness and nature of all materials used both for insulation and mechanical protection in the slots of the stator. Insulation of only F class as specified in IEC, specification of the latest issue shall be used. The quality of the insulation must be such that it is non hygroscopic and no deterioration will take place when subjected to the maximum, specified operating temperatures nor must it be permanently injured when exposed to this feature as the machine is to operate in a most tropical climate. The end turns and the coil connections shall have not less than full insulation, equivalent to, and of the same construction as the coil insulation in the stator slots. The coil and end turns shall be impregnated with high grade insulating varnish. Provision shall be made for tightly wedging the coils in the slots with the wedges, which shall not shrink or buckle. Care shall be exercised that the blocking of air passages cannot occur. The insulation and taping of the coils shall be such as to prevent permanent injury from exposure to dampness to provide adequate corona shielding, to withstand high temperatures without injury, to prevent the entering of magnetic particles and to prevent formation of zones. The insulation should be so chosen to facilitate ungrounded operation without any damage. 3.4 TEMPERATURE RISE Each Generator shall be capable of delivering rated output continuously at any voltage and frequency in the operating range at rated power factor without exceeding the following values of temperature rise over cooled air temperature not exceeding 40oC and cooling water temperature not exceeding 30oC as per IS : 4722 a. b. Stator Winding Class B Temperature Rise Rotor Winding - Class B Temperature Rise

Even though insulation of Class-F must be used, when operating continuously at the maximum continuous rating at its rated PF at any working voltages and in any frequency in the range stipulated, the temperature rise shall not exceed the limits specified for Class-B. The machine shall further be capable of operating continuously at full load at 0.8 power factor at 6.6 kV at frequency five percent (5%) below normal satisfactorily and without undue heating. 3.5 3.5.1 EFFICIENCY AND OUTPUT GUARANTEES Within the limits of temperature rise specified in Clause 3.4 above, the rated continuous and maximum output of each generator shall be guaranteed under penalty with a rejection limit of minus two percent (- 2%) for the rated generator terminal conditions. The efficiency and output guarantees of the turbo generator unit shall be as per Clause 2.5.1 & 2.5.2 of Sub-section 2 of Section VI - Technical Specification. - 119 -

3.5.2

3.5.3

The efficiency of the generator shall also be guaranteed under penalty with a rejection limit of minus two percent (- 2%). The efficiencies shall be determined by the summation of losses method as specified in Indian Standard IS: 4889 for 100 / 80 / 60 and 115% load. For any shortfall in the test value of rated output and average efficiency, the penalty shall be applied at the rate of Rs. One (1.0) lakh for each Kilowatt (kW) below the guaranteed output and Rs. Five (5.0) lakh for every half (0.5%) drop in efficiency below the guaranteed efficiency. The manufacturer has to provide a calibration protocol giving the rated efficiency at a rated torque for the above given percentage of rated electrical output. The penalty on account of output and efficiency shall be computed separately and the total amount of penalty shall be the sum of the two. No upper ceiling on the total amount of penalty on account of shortfall in the weighted average efficiency and output will be agreed by the Employer. No tolerance shall be permitted over test figures of output. Tolerance in determination of efficiency shall be as per relevant International Standards. In addition to the above, the Contractor shall also Guarantee the maximum synchronization time with grid required for evacuation under stable grid conditions. BID EVALUATION In the evaluation of bids, equalization on account of differences in efficiencies of generator of the various Bids will be made at the rate of Rs. 90,000 (Rupees Ninety thousand) per generator for each one tenth of one percent (0.1%) by which the rated average efficiency given in (or computed for) any offer is lower than the highest weighted average efficiency among the various offers. For differences lower or higher than one tenth of one percent (0.1%), the equalization will be computed on pro-rata basis.

3.5.4 3.5.5

3.5.6 3.5.7 3.6

3.7 3.7.1

CONSTRUCTION Stator The stator frame shall be of fabricated steel construction. The frame shall be designed to withstand bending stress and deflections due to its self-weight of the complete core to be supported by it. The stator core shall be built up of segmental punching of low loss, non-oriented steel sheets and end plates, each punching shall be carefully deburred and insulation on both sides with high quality varnish to reduce losses in the core. The stator winding shall be of multi-Turn or single turn and shall be insulated with Class F insulation. The stator winding shall be star connected with both ends of conductor of each phase brought out of the stator Six (6) Nos. embedded temperature detectors of resistance type shall be provided for stator winding located symmetrically

3.7.2

Rotor The design and construction of the rotor shall be in accordance with the best modern practice and shall be fully described in the tender. The factor of safety on yield point of material shall not be less than 1.5. In case flywheel is required to meet the GD2 requirements, the same shall be provided by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Employer. The insulation between turns of field winding shall consist of special epoxy impregnated asbestos paper and the insulation to ground of glass laminates. The rotor spider shall be of steel constructions. To facilitate synchronization a shorted damper consisting of several round copper bars in each pole shall be provided. The field poles shall be provided with adequate damper windings to ensure stability under fault conditions and to meet a minimum of 20.

3.7.3

Earth Terminal Two (2) Nos. of Earth terminals shall be provided. The earth terminals shall be designed to terminate Galvanized Iron conductors. The size shall be as specified IEC 34-1

- 120 -

3.7.4

Speed Regulation The moment of inertia of the alternator together with that of the turbine shall be sufficient to ensure stability and the speed regulation specified in the Sub-Section - 2 (covering turbine) for full load rejection. The flywheel effect shall be incorporated in the alternator and turbines as integral part and not added in the shape of separate weights, rings or other means. Runaway speed test may be carried out at the site for two minutes. The Contractors shall intimate the foundation details accordingly.

3.7.5

Shaft The generator shaft shall be made of best quality forged alloy steel, properly treated. The shaft shall be of ample size to operate at all speed, including maximum over speed without vibration or distortion and shall be able to withstand short circuit and other stresses without damage. A complete set of test reports covering metallurgical strength, crystallographic and ultrasonic and baroscopic tests performed in each shaft during various stages of its manufacturing shall be furnished as also the complete specifications of the shaft material forging and its design parameters such as stresses and critical speed. Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent harmful flow of shaft current to earth. Any insulation needed shall preferably be arranged. The coupling between turbine and generator shafts will be flexible coupling with pins and rubber bushes of standard type to take care of any misalignment. Method to avoid damage due to axial forces of the horizontal machine shall be elaborated in the bid document.

3.7.6

Noise Level The noise level shall not exceed 90 dB when measured at a distance of 1 m from any component of the generator.

3.8

LUBRICATION SYSTEM The bearing offered shall be either grease lubricated or oil lubricated. Bidder shall indicate the requirement of oil. The oil recommended shall be compatible to the specifications of indigenous oil, makes turbine oil, which is indigenously available and the contractor shall examine and confirm that these are suitable for lubrication system. First filling oil shall be supplied by the Contractor with ten percent (10%) extra quantity.

3.9

BRUSHLESS EXCITATION SYSTEM The generator shall be provided with Brushless Excitation System with High Initial Response as described by IEE Std 421 (standard criteria and definitions for excitation system) with a response ratio of 1.5, capable of continuously carrying the required excitation current at 37 C ambient temperature when the generator is delivering hundred percent (100%) rated KVA at rated power factor, rated frequency and hundred percent (100%) rated voltage. It shall also be capable of carrying short circuit current for 30 seconds after reaching rated temperature when the generator is delivering hundred percent (100%) rated KVA at rated power factor and 100% rated voltage. AC exciter and generator shall be electrically connected to one another. The exciter shall be of rotating armature and stationary field type to be coupled with a salient pole, rotating field type stationary armature generator. A diode wheel consisting of six diodes and selenium surge suppressor shall be mounted on the shaft. The diodes shall be easily accessible for replacement without dismantling the rotor. An electronic analogue voltage regulator shall sense the armature voltage and control the DC supply to exciter field, under varying load conditions to maintain the voltage very near to preset value.

3.9.1

Automatic Voltage Regulator Each automatic voltage regulator (AVR) shall be provided with two channels for working i.e. one in operation and one as standby for automatically coming into operation in case of failure of the first channel in operation. The voltage regulator shall be sensitive to change of 0.25% of normal voltage of the generator when operating under steady load conditions for any load or excitation within operating range and shall initiate corrective action without hunting. After full rated load rejection the AVR should limit the maximum-rise of voltage not to exceed 20% of normal rated voltage and shall control the excitation at such a high speed so that the generator voltage settles down within 10 seconds to restore the terminal voltage to a value not more than 5% above or below the voltage being held - 121 -

before load rejection and shall maintain the voltage within these limits throughout the period of generator over-speed. The voltage regulator shall be provided with cross current compensating devices for parallel of generators. The range of the voltage control shall extend from ( ) 25% to ( + ) 10% of rated voltage of the generator. In addition to two auto channels, manual control shall also be available. The manual control shall be simple and shall not need expert personnel for maintenance and trouble shooting. Facility for transferring from manual to auto-control and vice-versa without the risk of sudden change of excitation level at the instant of change over shall be provided. Several Features, but not limited to the following, shall be provided on the AVR: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Under frequency limit (V/Hz) Parallel compensation Alarm indications for abnormal conditions Over voltage protection Soft start ability Over excitation limit Under excitation limit Voltage matching

The Contractor shall be responsible for imparting the necessary training to the designated personnel of the Employer in maintenance and trouble shooting of the excitation system and AVR. Operation and Maintenance Manual and Drawings of Control Cards and other modules of the AVR shall be made available to the Employer by the Contractor. 3.10 NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR /TRANSFORMER The neutral point of generator shall be earthed independently through a neutral grounding transformer with resistor. Adequately rated neutral grounding resistor shall be supplied and the resistor shall be of stainless steel edge wound type mounted in a shielded safe enclosure. The Ohmic value and kilowatt rating of the resistor shall be such that the transient over voltage on the stator winding during the phase to ground fault on the generator shall be reduced to the minimum value possible and any phenomenon such as Ferro-resonance is avoided. The Ohmic value of the resistor shall be so selected that it can withstand the earth fault current to a value approximately equal to the leakage capacitive current to ground and to minimize the transient over voltage. 3.11 LAVT PANELS Necessary surge capacitors and lightning arrestors shall be provided for generator protection. The surge capacitors shall conform to the latest IS: 2834 and shall be rated 0.25 Micro Farad. The capacitors shall be suitable for indoor mounting and shall be provided with built in discharge resistor. The lighting arrestors shall be heavy duty indoor station class gapless metal oxide type suitable for repeated operation to limit voltage surges on alternation current power circuits and to interrupt power follow current. The arrestors shall conform to IEC 99-4. The nominal discharge current of lightning arrestors shall not be less than 10KA. GI earth bus of adequate cross-section will be provided in the cubicle. 3.12 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS Following points shall be kept in to consideration while designing the instrument transformers: 1. Current transformers for protection shall be of Class PS 2. Current transformers for measurement shall have an accuracy of 0.2 3. Burden on the instrument transformers shall be so selected that the operating point may be at 25% to 70% of the designed burden. 4. Knee point voltage shall be so selected that the operating point may remain at less than 25% of the knee point voltage. 5. Accuracy of VTs for measurement purpose shall be 0.2, for AVR it may be 3.

- 122 -

3.13

WRENCHES, TOOLS AND SPECIAL DEVICES The supplier shall furnish, for use with the generator(s), a complete set of case hardened end-wrenches one-inch and larger, and all special wrenches, Pipe wrench tools, reamers, slings, spreader bars, lifting devices, crimpling and multi meter, Tong tester, magger and other equipment which may be necessary for assembling, dismantling, erection and maintenance of any part of the generator(s) and auxiliary equipment.

3.14

SPARE PARTS All spare parts furnished shall be interchangeable with and shall be of the same material and workmanship as the corresponding original parts. Each set of parts shall be furnished complete including the necessary materials required for installation. Spare parts shall be suitably packaged and protected for storage and clearly labeled externally for identification.

3.15

FIELD TESTS A. After the generator and auxiliary equipment has been installed in the power plant ready for operation each generator shall be tested by the erection supervisor in the presence of the Engineer in charge to determine, whether, the contractors guarantees and the requirements of these specifications have been fulfilled. The test shall be made in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of I.E.C. standards, British standards, A.S.A. standards, N.E.M.A. and the IEEE-115 test code for synchronous machines, dated June, 1995 and the A.S.M.E. Test code for hydraulic Prime Movers, dated May, 1999 or the latest revisions thereof, except as herein definitely stated. The waving of any test shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to meet fully the requirements of the specifications. All test instruments and instrument transformers etc, shall be furnished by the Contractor. At the time the hydraulic turbine is tested, the Contractor shall furnish necessary calibrated electrical test instrument and instrument transformer for measuring the output of the generator and exciters using indicting watt-meters, ammeters, and voltmeters as recommended for the three wattmeter method in the latest revision of the test code for hydraulic prime movers, published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer and with the other companies involved to establish a mutually satisfactory date for testing, so that the generator test may be started immediately after completion of the turbine tests. After the thrust bearing cooling pipeline has been completely assembled, it shall be subjected to a static water pressure of 5.25 kg/cm2 for a period of not less than one hour, without showing any leaks or any drop in pressure. After complete erection, the generator shall be subjected to the following tests: Alignment of turbine and generator shafts by mechanical rotation of the units Magger test for insulation resistance Dielectric tests of armature and field windings at not less than 800 C. The armature winding shall be given a dielectric test in accordance with the latest approved standards, one phase at a time with other windings grounded. The field windings shall be given a dielectric test for one minute Resistance test of armature and field winding. Operation test and adjustment of the entire excitation system to show compliance with all operating requirements of these specifications especially with regard to sensitivity and response. Test for the determination of the time for brakes to stop the machine safely from speed to zero speed with the turbine gates fully closed and with exciter field open. Phase sequence test In addition to the above field tests the following special tests shall be made on one generator: Conventional efficiency test. This test shall include the determination of : Exciting circuit losses Fixed losses

B.

C. 1. 2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7. D. 1. a. b.

- 123 -

c. d.

Direct load losses Stray load losses The exciting circuit losses shall be included as a part of the generator losses in determination of the generator overall efficiency by summation of losses method, as laid down in British Standard No. 269.

2.

Test to determine the maximum temperature rises of the various parts of the generator, when operating continuously at maximum rated output with the water supply to the surface air coolers regulated so that the temperature of the air leaving the cooler is approximately 40 C. Load will be provided by the Employer. Coolers capacity shall also be tested. Machine parameters tests e.g. Three-phase, short circuit test, to demonstrate that the generator is capable of withstanding short-circuit stresses without injury when the machine is operating under load. This test shall be made by abruptly short-circuiting the generator when operating at no load, rated frequency, and rated voltage, for a period of not more than 10 seconds. One of the current waves, when taken on oscillograph shall be particularly completely offset. If the first short-circuit does not produce this, additional short-circuits shall be applied until such is obtained. The contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage caused by the shortcircuit test to the equipment. In addition to the above listed tests, the erection supervisor of the Contractor shall perform other tests, required to establish conformance of the equipment with the guarantees and the specifications, and to obtain data needed in testing the turbine with the generator used as a dynamometer. The waiving of any test by the Engineer shall not constitute relinquishment of the contractors responsibility to fully meet the requirements, which were to have been demonstrated by that test. The contractor shall furnish a complete list of all testing equipment to perform above field tests and shall also quote unit bid and loan prices. The contractor shall also furnish a complete list of special testing instruments and quote unit prices. Load acceptance and rejection tests- The generator shall be tested at selected loads from no load to full load for load acceptance and rejections. All the parameters of the machine shall be recorded and should be within permissible limits. Subsequent over speed Test:- Within one year after operation has begun, and at such time as directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall operate each generator at the specified over speed, or at the highest speed obtainable with the available head, whichever is the lower, for a period of not more than 5 minutes after the full speed has been attained. This test is to demonstrate that all parts of the generator will successfully withstand stresses incident to specified runaway speed. Auxiliary equipment- All other auxiliary equipment shall be checked tested and commissioned before the main plant for their satisfactory performance. Synchronization- The generator shall be synchronized with the available system for best performance.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8. 9. 3.16

Tolerances Tolerance limits for efficiency, total losses and power factor shall be in accordance with the International Electro Technical Commission (IEC) Standards for Electrical Machinery latest edition.

3.17

DRAWING AND DATA TO BE FURNISHING BY THE CONTRACTOR The Bidder shall within 100 clear days after acceptance of tender submit for approval by engineering following drawings: 1. Outline drawings of all apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor for the generator with weights of the equipment and overall dimensions to enable the Engineer to check the final design of the generator foundation and powerhouse structure. These drawings shall cover the overall dimensions of the stator, rotor and shaft with lifting devices, details of shat coupling, size and location of sole plates, location of surface air coolers, generator leads and such other information and data as are needed to complete the civil engineering design. The Contractor

- 124 -

shall assist in the finalization of foundation drawings of the generator and other allied powerhouse structures. 2 Following generator drawings shall be subsequently submitted for approval by the Engineer : i. ii. iii. Vertical section through the unit. Horizontal plan of the top of the units and of bearing brackets. Assembly, sub-assembly and detailed drawings as are specifically required to show unit spacing and demonstration that all parts of the apparatus conform to the provision and intent of these specification and shall include generator leads and disconnects, wiring diagrams, location and size of all wires, pipes, terminal blocks etc. Applicable parts list, catalogues and operating instructions assembly and detailed drawing to cover all equipment which may be required or useful in erection, operation, maintenance, repair, dismantling or assembling and for the repair and identification of parts for ordering replacement shall be assembled under a suitable common cover and submitted.

iv.

3. 3.18

Built Drawings of all the equipments, control circuits, logical circuits and protection circuits.

APPLICABLE STANDARDS Latest edition of the following standards shall be applicable. IEC-34-1: 1983 IEC-34-2A-1972 Rotating Electrical Machines Rating and Performance Rotating Electrical Machines - Methods for determining losses and efficiency of electrical machinery from tests (excluding machines for traction vehicles Classification of degrees of protection provided by enclosures for rotating electrical machines (IP Code) IEC-85-1987 IS-4722 1992 Classification of materials for the insulation of electrical machines Rotating electrical machines - Equipment complying with other internationally accepted standards such IEC, BS, USA, VDE etc. will also be considered if they ensure performance and constructional features equivalent or superior to standards listed above. In such a case the Bidder shall clearly indicate the standards adopted, furnish a copy in English of the standards adopted, furnish a copy in English of the latest revision of standard along with copies of all official amendments and revisions in force as on date of opening of bid and shall clearly bring out the salient features for comparison.

IEC-34-5-1991

- 125 -

SECTION-VI: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUB SECTION-4: POWER TRANSFORMER & AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER

4.0

CODES The transformers shall comply with the following Indian Standards: IS 2026 (Part I, II and III) Power transformers IS 325 IS 1271 IS 3639 IS 2099 IS 6600 Insulating oil Classification of insulating materials Power transformer fittings and accessories High voltage porcelain bushing screen Guide for loading of oil immersed transformers

4.1

SCOPE Two (2) Nos. outdoor type step-up transformers of 3 phase, each 7500 kVA, 6.6 kV / 33 kV, 3 phase, 50 Hz, oil immersed / oil filled, vector symbol Ynd11, natural air cooled (OLTC Type), core type, double wound with copper winding continuously rated and arranged with Vector group of Ynd11 (Delta on LT side and star on HT side with the neutral brought out) shall be supplied. Each transformer shall be contained in a mild steel plate of radiator-cooled tank and shall in general conform to IS 2026. The temperature rise as measured in oil and the temperature of the winding by resistance measurement shall not exceed 50 C over an ambient temperature of 37 C. The flux density at rated conditions shall be 1.6 tesla. The transformer bushings shall be high pollution type. Separate neutral CT shall be provided for REF protection. Tapings shall be provided on HV windings to obtain a variation of (+) 5% to () 25% in steps of 1.875%. These tappings shall be controlled by an externally operated ON LOAD Tap Changer. The transformer shall be finished with standard enamel / epoxy paint of a shade approved by the Employer. The LV side shall be suitable for cable box, whereas HV size shall be suitable for the chosen conductor size. The conductor size shall be chosen as per the directions of HPSEB to suit the proposed sub-station at Naggar. The temperature rise on any part of the transformer shall not exceed 40C by oil thermometer and 60C in winding by resistance (RTDs) under full load conditions. The covers of the tank of the transformers shall be bolted to the tank for easy maintenance. Scope of supply also includes one number (1 No.) step down station Auxiliary transformer of 3 phase, 100 kVA capacity, 6.6 kV / 415 V Star / Delta, 50 Hz, dry type or oil immersed, naturally self-cooled, core type, double wound with copper winding continuously rated and arranged with Vector group of Dyn11 with the neutral brought out. This auxiliary transformer shall feed 415 V supply to all auxiliaries, control panel etc. kept within the Powerhouse area. All accessories, fitting and protections needed for the auxiliary transformer shall be indicated by the Bidder in his offer. The transformers shall be provided with Buchholtz relay (gas operated relay) with two sets of contacts, one for alarm and the other for trip. Two dial type temperature indicators, indicating oil temperature and winding temperature for H.V. & L.V. windings shall be provided with 2 sets of contacts, one set for trip and the other set for annunciation. The Buchholtz protection and oil, winding temperature rise protection shall be connected with suitable controls / relays for protecting the transformers. An oil level gauge / switch with two sets of contacts shall be provided in the marshalling box mounted on the transformers. Transformers shall be supplied with the first fill of transformer oil after flushing the tank with transformer oil and 10% excess quantity of oil in non-returnable drums as per IS 335. Provision shall be made to connect the HV side of power transformer to 33 kV line with suitable conductors and all the jumpering work within the switchyard shall be in the scope of the Bidder.

- 126 -

4.2

SPECIFICATIONS The transformer shall be in accordance with the following specifications.

4.2.1

POWER TRANSFORMER Two (2) outdoor type step up transformers each of 3 phase, 50 Hz, 7500 kVA, 6.6 kV / 33 kV oil immersed, naturally self cooled core type, double wound with copper winding continuously rated and arranged with vector group of Ynd II with the neutral brought out on the star side shall be given. Each transformer shall be contained in a mild steel plate of radiator cooled tank and shall in general conform to IS: 2026 / 1977. The temperature rise as measured in oil and the winding by resistance measurement shall not exceed 50 degrees C over an ambient temperature of 37 degrees C. The flex density at rated conditions shall be 1.6 Tesla. The transformer bushings shall be of high pollution type. Tappings shall be provided on HV windings to obtain a variation of (+) 5% to () 25% in steps of 1.875% each. These tappings shall be controlled by an externally operated ON LOAD TAP CHANGER (OLTC). The transformer shall be finished with standard enamel / epoxy paint of a shade corresponding to IS: 632. The transformer shall be provided with Buchholtz relay (gas operated relay) with two sets of contacts, one for alarm and the other for trip. Two dial type temperature indicators, indicating oil temperature and winding temperature shall be provided with two sets of contacts, one set for trip and the other set for annunciation. The Buchholtz protection and oil and winding temperature rise protection shall be connected with suitable controls / relays for protecting the equipment. An oil gauge switch with two sets of contacts shall be provided in the marshaling box mounted on the transformer. Transformer shall be supplied with the first fill of transformer oil and 10% excess quantity of oil in non-returnable drums as per IS : 335 / 1972. Provision shall be made to connect the HV side of transformer to HG fuse set by conductors. All the jumpering work on 2 pole structure and PTs shall be in the scope of the Bidder.

4.3

ACCESSORIES / FITTINGS The following fittings shall be fitted / provided with the transformer: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 RATING & DIAGRAM PLATE LIFTING LUGS EARTHING TERMINALS - 2 NOS. THERMOMETER POCKET AND THERMOMETERS AIR RELEASE HOLE WITH PLUG OIL FILLING HOLE WITH PLUG ON CONSERVATOR DEHYDRATING BREATHER OIL LEVEL INDICATOR (PLAIN) ON LOAD TAP CHANGEOVER EXTERNALLY OPERATED ON CIRCUIT TAP SWITCH WITH PAD LOCK AND KEYS DRAIN CUM BOTTOM WATER FILTER VALVE WITH PLUG OIL CONSERVATOR WITH DRAIN PLUG FILTER VALVE WITH PLUG - 1 NO. (TOP) UNDERBASE SKIDS WITH FLAT THREAD ROLLERS (UNI-DIRECTIONAL) H.V. TERMINALS OUTDOOR HIGH POLLUTION TYPE FOR TERMINATION WITH 33 kV CONDUCTOR NEUTRAL TERMINAL ON H.V. SIDE WITHOUT DOOR, HIGH POLLUTION TYPE BUSHING FOR TERMINATING NEUTRAL TO EARTH L.V. TERMINALS SUITABLE FOR TERMINATING 6.6 kV BUS DUCT OR CABLE AS DECIDED DURING DETAILED DESIGN EXPLOSION VENT WITH SINGLE / DOUBLE DIAPHRAGM BUCHHOLTZ RELAY WITH TWO (2) SETS OF CONTACTS OIL TEMPERATURE DETECTOR FOR H.V. & L.V. WINDING WITH DIAL TYPE GAUGE THERMOMETERS WITH TWO (2) SETS OF CONTACTS WINDING TEMPERATURE DETECTOR DIAL TYPE GAUGE WITH TWO (2) SETS OF CONTACTS ONE (1) LOW OIL LEVEL GAUGE / SWITCH WITH TWO (2) SETS OF CONTACTS MARSHALING BOX

- 127 -

NOTE: i) ii)

Penalty will be levied if the test values of load losses and no load losses are more than the guaranteed values stated in the bid at the following rates. Load losses : Rs. 50,000 / kW Rs. 1,00,000 / kW No Load Losses :

4.4

BI-DIRECTIONAL ON LOAD TAP CHANGER (OLTC) WITH AVR The Power Transformer shall be provided with an On Load Tap Changer (OLTC) on 33 kV side for varying the transformation ratio without producing phase displacement while transformer is in service. The OLTC will be in the steps of 1.25% with a variation of (+) 5% to (-) 25% from rated transformation ratio in 24 equal steps. The OLTC shall be complete with equipment for local / remote electrical and local manual operation. The local remote switch may be housed in a remote control panel. The equipment for local / remote electrical and local manual operation shall be provided and shall comply with the following conditions: (i) (ii) (iii) It shall not be possible to operate the electric drive when the manual operating gear is in use It shall not be possible for any two electric controls to be in operation at the same time The equipment shall be suitable for a supervisory control and indication on a multi way switch, make before break, having one fixed contact for each tap operation from the local or remote Control switch shall cause one tap movement only until the control switch is returned to the off position between successive operation The local control switches shall be mounted in the marshaling box driving gear housing The system shall be designed to protect transformer in contingencies when the tap changer would get struck The indication for number of tap in use shall be provided at local / remote All electrical control switches and local operating gear shall be clearly labeled in a suitable manner to indicate the direction of tap changing. The equipment shall be so arranged as to ensure that when a tap change has been commenced it shall be completed independently of the operation of the control relays or switches. If a failure of the auxiliary supply allowing a tap change or any other contingency would result in that movement not being completed, adequate means shall be provided to safe guard the transformer and its auxiliary equipment. The system shall be complete with limit switches, motor, relays, connectors, indicators, switches etc. If required a separate Buchholtz relay and oil temperature protection may be provided for OLTC with two (2) sets of contacts for trip and annunciation.

(iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix)

(x) (xi)

OLTC not performing as per the standards, the specifications and the load conditions shall be rejected by the Employer. 4.5 33 kV TRANSFORMER AND FEEDER PROTECTION 33 kV POWER TRANSFORMER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FOLLOWING PROTECTIONS: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) TRANSFORMER DIFFERENTIAL RELAY (87 T) OVER CURRENT ON 33 kV (51 T) EARTH FAULT ON 33 kV (64) OVER CURRENT ON 415 V / 6.6 kV (51 T) RESTRICTED E / F (64 REF) UNDER VOLTAGE (27) OVER VOLTAGE (59) TRANSFORMER OVER FLUXING RELAY (99) BUCHHOLTZ (GAS OPERATED RELAYS) TRANSFORMER & OLTC SEPARATELY

PROTECTION

FOR

MAIN

- 128 -

(x) (xi) (xii) (xiii) (xiv)

WINDING TEMPERATURE MAIN TRANSFORMER / OLTC (H.V. & L.V.) LOW OIL LEVEL (ALARM ONLY) TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION RELAY (94) TWO (2) SETS UNDER FREQUENCY (81 U) OVER FREQUENCY (81 O)

NOTE: The above protective devices are only indicative - any other protective device recommended by the manufacturer / supplier may be given. The manufacturer / Contractor / Supplier shall be responsible and suggest suitable scheme required for the transformer protection keeping modern trends in view. The final scheme will be decided by the Employer in consultation with the Manufacturer / Contractor / Supplier during detailed / final design 4.6 STATION / AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER The loads of station and unit auxiliaries will be fed from a L.T. power and control cubicle and distribution board. The normal incomer feeder for this cubicle will be derived from 100 kVA 6.6 kV / 415 V auxiliary transformer through 800 A, air circuit breaker on 415 V side. The emergency incomer feeder to this cubicle will be derived from a D.G. set of 100 kVA, 415 V, 50 Hz rating through an 800 A ACB to meet emergency loads in the event of station supply failure. These two ACBs will be electrically interlocked to prevent paralleling of normal and emergency power supplies. The station auxiliary transformer will be of following specification. CAPACITY VOLTAGE RATIO VECTOR GROUP TAP CHANGER OFF LOAD TYPE HV / LV MOUNTINGS COOLING INSULATION PROTECTION WINDING FLUX DENSITY AT CONDITIONS BUSHING 4.7 TESTS AND PENALTIES Power transformer shall be tested for load losses and no-load losses as per the requirements of Indian Standards listed under Para 4.0 above. Contractor shall state the guaranteed values in his Bid. Note: Penalty will be levied if the test values of load losses and no load losses are less than guaranteed values stated in the bid at the following rates. i. ii. Load losses No load losses : : Rs. 80,000 per kW Rs. 2,00,000 per kW 100 kVA 6.6 kV / 415 V Dyn 11 15% IN THE STEPS OF 2.5% OUTDOOR TYPE CABLE BOX FOR XLPE ALUMINIUM CABLE OIL LEVEL INDICATION SILICA GEL BREATHER ONAN TYPE CLASS B TEMPERATURE RISE OVERLOAD / EARTH ON 415 V SIDES COPPER 1.6 TESLA HIGH POLLUTION TYPE

RATED

- 129 -

SECTION-VI: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUB SECTION-5: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SWITCHYARD EQUIPMENT

5.0

SCOPE This specification covers the design, manufacture and shop testing before dispatch and delivery at site of the following Switchyard Equipment of Fozal H.E. Project, Himachal Pradesh, India. The scope shall cover erection, testing at site, trial run and commissioning of the Switchyard Equipment complete with their fittings and accessories in all respects. The scope shall also cover supply of spare parts including erection and commissioning spares and one set of special tools and tackles as per Contractors requirements and recommendation. The Contractor shall adhere to the guidelines / stipulations / rules as per the requirement of HPSEB or any other Regulatory Authority for interfacing with the main grid for evacuation.

5.1 5.1.1

OUTDOOR SWITCHYARD Switchyard An outdoor switchyard of 33 kV at powerhouse end and another at 33 kV Naggar receiving end shall be provided for the evacuation of power generated. These will be provided with the following equipment, which shall be included in the scope of supply. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5a 5b 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 33 kV, 630 A, 25 kA, 3 Pole, Outdoor Porcelain Clad Vacuum Circuit Breaker with standard fittings and accessories. 33 kV, 630 A Isolator without Earth switch. 33 kV, 630 A Isolator with Earth switch. Lightning Arresters - 30 kV,10 kA, 33 kV CTs with CT ratio 175-350 / 1 / 1 Amps 33 kV CTs with ration 175/1 Smpd 33 kV, 3 Core, Ratio : 300 / 1-1 Trivector Meter CTs PT Ratio : 33 / 3 / 0.11/ 3 0.11/ 3 kV PT Ratio : 33 / 3 / 0.11/ 3 / 0.11 Insulators - Disc, Post Insulators with necessary accessories & fittings ACSR Conductor, WOLF Power Connectors Structure and Hardware 4 2 12 6 6 3 6 3 1 lot 1 lot 1 lot 1 lot 4

Note :

The above requirement is as per Employer's design. The Bidder shall submit the requirement as per his design along with the proposed Single Line Diagram. The HT side of transformer shall be of bushing type. The inter-connection between transformer HT side and the switchyard shall be given by ACSR conductors. Incase the H.T. connections are cables, XLPE cables shall be used. The interconnection between the switchyard and the 33 kV grid line of HPSEB is also included in Contractor's scope.

- 130 -

5.1.2

Vaccum Circuit Breaker (VCB) VCB shall be 33 kV, 800 A, 350 MVA, Porcelain clad vacuum circuit breaker type PB-5-25/8, suitable for outdoor installation incorporating the following accessories: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 DC shunt trip coil DC closing coil Spring charging motor suitable for 230 V AC Single phase Mechanical position indicator showing spring charged and spring free Mechanical ON/OFF indicator Set of mechanical trip/close levers Local/remote and CB control switch 40 watts, heater with control switch Operation counter Floor mounting pedestals with provision for mounting CTs Set of compression glands for control cables Anti pumping relay ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO. ONE (1) NO.

Note : 5.1.3

The above requirement is as per Employer's design. The Bidder shall submit the requirement as per his design along with the proposed Single Line Diagram. Potential Transformers (PTs) Potential transformers shall be single phase, epoxy cast, dry type units. Potential transformers shall be protected on primary and secondary sides, by current limiting fuses. The PT shall conform to IS: 3156. The 33 kV and 6.6 kV PTs shall be of outdoor type conforming to IS as per standard practice. PTs shall be 33 kV //3,110 V//3, outdoor type, oil cooled PT of single phase with 100 VA burden.

5.1.4

Current Transformers (CTs) The current transformers shall be epoxy-cast, dry type units conforming to IS: 2705. The current transformers shall be designed to withstand the thermal and magnetic stresses resulting from the maximum short circuit current. The technical requirement of CTs shall be as per the latest Powerhouse practice. The CTs shall be suitable for metering and protection. CTs shall be 33 kV, oil cooled outdoor type PT with ratio 100 / 1-1. Class of accuracy shall be 0.5 and 5 P10 and 30 VA burden for metering and protection.

5.1.5

Lightning Arrestors (LAs) (i) The lightning arrestors shall be heavy-duty indoor station class non-linear resistor type suitable for repeated operation to limit voltage surges on alternating current power circuit and to interrupt power flow current. The arrestors shall conform to IS: 3070 (Latest edition) Part - 1. The nominal discharge current of lightning arrestors shall not be less than 10 kA. 33 kV LAs shall be of outdoor type suitable for mounting on the two-pole structure. LA shall be 9kV, 10kA, Station Class, Gapless Type Class I, Lightning Arrestor suitable for 33 kV System.

(ii) (iii) 5.1.6 5.1.7 5.1.8

Gang Operated Switch without Earth Switch It shall be of 33 kV, 400 A rating D.O. Fuse Set It shall be of 33 kV, 200 A rating. Isolators Isolators shall be 33 kV Pin isolators with fittings and 33 kV Disc isolators with fittings as per requirement.

5.1.9

Conductor ACSR conductor heavy-duty dog types suitable for 33 kV installation shall be provided in requisite quantity as per requirement. Note: The above requirements of switchyard are tentative. The same shall be finalized in due consultation with the manufacturers at detailed design stage.

- 131 -

SECTION-VI: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUB-SECTION 6: INDOOR & OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT

6.0

SCOPE This section covers design, manufacture, assembly, shop testing, supply, supervision of erection test commissioning of the following switch gear, control panels and associated equipment for the safe and efficient supervisions, protections, control, metering, annunciation and operation of 2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW + 15% continuous overload Turbo Generator units and auxiliary equipment specified in this Bid document. The details of panels / boards described here are only indicative and any other panels required for the turbo generator unit to make it complete shall be included in the scope, even though they are not specifically mentioned here. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 6.6 kV GENERATOR BREAKER WITH PANELS 6.6 kV GENERATOR CONTROL, INSTRUMENTATION AND ANNUNCIATION PANELS GENERATOR NEUTRAL GROUNDING CUBICLES LAVT & SURGE PROTECTION AND CT & PT PANELS GENERATOR EXCITATION / AVR PANELS SYNCHRONIZING PANEL TURBINE CONTROL AND GOVERNOR PANEL COMMON BUS 6.6 kV BREAKER STATION AND UNIT AUXILIARY BOARD DC DISTRIBUTION BOARD 110 V 250 AH BATTERY CHARGER 6.6 kV / 415 V STATION AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER, 415 V BREAKER WITH PANEL 7500KVA, 6.6KV/ 33 KV, 3 PH, 50 HZ, OUTDOOR POWER TRANSFORMER WITH OLTC TYPE, STANDARD FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES OLTC FOR 6.6 kV / 33 kV POWER TRANSFORMERS 33 kV TRANSFORMER OLTC REMOTE CONTROL PANEL 33 kV BREAKER LOCAL CONTROL PANEL (OUTDOOR TYPE) ALONG WITH 33 kV BREAKER 33 kV FEEDER CONTROL, INSTRUMENTATION & ANNUNCIATION PANELS (INDOOR TYPE) 100 KVA, 6.6KV/415V AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER WITH STANDARD FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES (OUTDOOR) 33 kV OUTDOOR SWITCHYARD STRUCTURES, AB SWITCHES, POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER, CURRENT TRANSFORMER, LIGHTNING ARRESTORS, INSULATORS, HG FUSE SET ETC. POWER & CONTROL CABLING EARTHING FOR ALL EQUIPMENT OF POWERHOUSE AND SWITCHYARD 100 kVA DIESEL GENERATOR SET WITH AUTO MAINS FAILURE PANEL LIGHTING FOR POWERHOUSE, SWITCHYARD AND GATES AREA 30 / 5 TONNE ELECTRICALLY OPERATED OVERHEAD TRAVELLING CRANE FOR POWERHOUSE FIRE EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT VENTILATION EQUIPMENT FOR POWERHOUSE MICROPROCESSOR BASED AUTO CONTROL SYSTEM (OPTIONAL ITEM) ANY OTHER INESCAPABLE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HERE. SPARES AS PER SCHEDULE 14 3 NOS. 3 NOS. 3 NOS. 3 NOS. 3 NOS. 1 NO. 3 NOS. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 2 NOS. 3 NOS. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 NO. 1 SET 1 NO. 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET

- 132 -

6.1

GENERAL LAYOUT OF THE PANELS The layout of switchgear and control panels shall be such that the operator will have optimum facility and convenience for operation and maintenance of Turbo generator units including auxiliary and associated equipment. The panels will be grouped optimally and layout will be finalized in consultation with the Employer by making suitable modifications as required during detailed design stage.

6.2

MACHINE CONTROL The machine control shall be as either (a) Manual control system OR (b) Auto control system (Optional item) also along with Manual control system.

6.2.1

Manual Control System The control scheme shall be such that the machine control is through manual sequential operation. The bidder shall include all the equipment required for an independent manual control system for manual start / stop and auto shutdown of the Turbo generator units and auxiliary equipment in normal conditions besides all emergencies. The manual control system shall be so destined and provisions made to adopt auto control system with change over from Manual to auto and vice versa in case Microprocessor based auto control system (Optional item) is chosen by the Employer.

6.2.2

Auto Control System (Optional Item) The Supplier may also offer as optional item the machine auto control system such that the units can be made auto start / shutdown by means of microprocessors. The Supplier shall quote separate price for such auto control system and working features shall be detailed. The Employer will have the option to Auto Control System also.

6.2.3

Option to Employer on Control System The Employer will have option to select either manual control system or auto control system also along with Manual control system. In case the Employer decides not to go in for auto control system, the manual control offered shall be complete for operation of units without any need to add on additional equipment to it.

6.3

GENERAL SPECIFICATION OF THE PANELS AND CONTROL SCHEME The general specification of panels shall be as follows:

6.3.1

Standards The equipment covered shall conform to latest edition of IS B4237 or any International Standards. All the panels shall be of uniform height and colour to provide test esthetics and shall give a look of a model station.

6.3.2

Capacity of the Equipment All the equipment shall be adequately rated to cover the design capacity specified and shall be capable of operating under severest operating conditions without deterioration or damages and capable of withstanding the stresses likely to develop under the severest fault conditions. All the breakers, busbars, cable connections, CT connection etc. shall be suitable for the prescribed symmetrical 3 phase short circuit level and all mechanical stresses resulting from short circuits.

6.3.3

Clearances All clearances of live parts between phases and earthed metal parts of switchgear, circuit breakers and other equipment shall be adequately rated for 10% over and above the maximum service voltage.

6.3.4

Insulation The insulation of all high tension and low tension switch gear and other indoor accessories shall be capable of operating continuously at a voltage of 10% over and above maximum rated voltage with frequency variation of +/-3% and under the temperature condition of 50 degrees C and humidity condition of 0 to 100% prevalent at the site.

- 133 -

6.3.5

Operation All circuit breakers, motors and emergency safety devices shall be suitable for operation from panel and local (near equipment) control system similarly the indication showing the status ON / OFF / TRIP shall be provided on panel and local control station, incase of micro processor based auto control system to be offered under optional items, all the additional facilities required for such auto control system shall be provided.

6.3.6

Main Switch Gear The 6.6 kV and 33 kV Breakers and switch gear shall be of modern design, robust construction and designed to prevent any accidental contact with any life part or spreading of fire or damage due to short circuit etc.

(i)

THE 6.6 kV SWITCHGEAR SHALL CONFORM TO FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS: A) Rated voltage 6.6 kV B) Maximum voltage 7.2 kV C) Interrupting and short circuit withstand capacity 25 kA THE 33 kVA SWITCHGEAR SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: A) Rated voltage 33 kV B) Maximum Voltage 33 kV C) Interrupting and short circuit withstand capacity 25 kA THE AUXILIARY DISTRIBUTION BOARD SHALL CONFORM TO: A) Rated voltage 415 V B) Interrupting and short circuit withstand current 25 kA C) Rated current of Busbars 400 A MOTORS 415 V, 3 PHASE CONTROL CIRCUITS PROTECTION SUPPLY WILL BE 110 V UNDERGROUND DC SUPPLY FOR CONTROL, INDICATION AND ANNUNCIATION 110 V, 1 (ONE / SINGLE) PHASE GROUNDED AC CIRCUITS OF STARTER PANEL AT THE OPTION OF EMPLOYER. LIGHTNING & SPACE HEATERS 220 V 1 (ONE / SINGLE) PHASE AC DC SUPLY 110 V UNGROUNDED, 250 A.H. RATING Control Power One control transformer of adequate capacity for 6.6 kV / 415 V to derive 240 V shall be provided for control supply for AC circuits of starter panel. This control transformer shall be erected in the station auxiliary Board and provided with MCBs on primary and secondary. Separate control supply feeders shall be provided for each equipment / motor control center. Each of these feeders is to be provided with MCB.

(ii)

(i)

(ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) 6.3.7

6.3.8

General Design of Controls All the protective and control devices, solenoid valves, closing coils, tripping coils and ON/OFF indications of breakers, annunciation phase and indications of main generating equipment shall be operable on 110 V DC supply. The important devices like speed relays and tachometers shall be on DC system. The motors of the circuit breakers shall be operable on 110 V AC. The indications of the auxiliaries may be on 110 V AC control supply or 110 V DC as approved by the Employer during detailed design.

6.3.9 6.3.10 6.3.11

The Spare Parts for the Indoor and Outdoor Switchgear and associated equipment shall be supplied along with main equipment as per Schedule 13. The Bidder has to supply One (1) Set of Tools and Plants as per Schedule 14 along with main equipment for maintenance of equipment. Although Panels with Quantities are shown separately in Clause 6.20, different panels may be combined in one as convenient.

- 134 -

SECTION-VI: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUB-SECTION 7: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONTROL PANELS

7.0

SCOPE This specification covers the design, manufacture, and shop testing before dispatch and delivery at site of the Control Panels of Fozal H.E. Project, Himachal Pradesh, India. The scope shall also cover erection, testing at site, trial run and commissioning of the Control Panels complete with their fittings and accessories in all respects. The scope shall also cover supply of spare parts including erection and commissioning spares and one set of special tools and tackles as per Contractors requirement and recommendation.

7.1 (i)

GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CONTROL PANELS CONSTRUCTION The control panels of 1100 V grade covered under this specification shall be of folded construction type of adequate size made out of CRC sheet of minimum 2 mm thickness. The height and colour of control panels shall be matched. The panels shall be suitably compartmentalized and provided with double doors at the rear to open the panels for rear access and shall be fitted with lockable handle. The panels shall be free standing floor mounted type, factory assembled and provided with base mounting arrangement for erection at site on foundation plinth laid with channels of size 75 mm height with foundation bolts. The Bidder shall supply necessary foundation channels, bolts and drawing for erection of panels. The panels shall be provided with dust and vermin proof fittings, cable sealing, ventilating louvers and undrilled cable gland plate for cable entry at the bottom from rear side of the panel. Each panel shall be provided with a lamp operated by door switch for internal illumination.

(ii)

SMALL WIRING The panels shall be complete with small wiring, labels, fuses, links, MCBs, terminal boxes etc. The terminal block of control wiring shall be of stud type of ELMEX make or equivalent with convenience to disconnect without removing terminals. The control wiring shall be of 2.5 square mm multi strand flexible copper conductor with PVC insulation of 1100 V grade terminating on solder less crimping lugs. The wiring shall be provided with ferrules, crimping type copper lugs and sleeves. The panels shall be provided with aluminium bus bars of adequate cross section for current rating specified in the Bid document.

(iii)

BUS BARS The bus bars shall be designed with current density of not less than one ampere per sq. mm of cross section for aluminium bus bars. The material of aluminium bus bars shall be of EC Grade E 91 as per IS: 5082. The bus bars may be mounted on suitable insulating supports of adequate voltage rating maintaining adequate clearances between phase to phase and phase to earth as per relevant IS. The bus bar insulting supports shall be moulded from reinforced thermos setting plastics and shall have greater mechanical strength and higher tracking resistance. The horizontal bus bars shall run in a separate enclosure for total length of the switchgear and control panel and small have provision for inspection of bus bars by removing the front cover or top cover plate. Bus bar shall be suitably sleeved with insulation of adequate voltage rating and provided with adequate heat shrinking devices and expansion joints and shall be suitable to carry full load currents and withstand fault currents. A continuous GI earth strip shall be driven through the panel with two studs brought out side for effective earthing of each panel at two places.

(iv)

PAINTING Each panel shall be painted with standard light grey to shade 631 of IS-5 or equivalent with semi-matt finish on the exterior and white enamel of fully glossy finish in the interior. The fabricated panel shall be degreased, photocoated and two coats of lead primer applied before final painting. The panels shall be provided with a space heater and shall be complete with required accessories like CTs, PTs, LAs, etc. All the panels circuit breakers, transformers etc. shall have one uniform colour. - 135 -

7.2

LINEUP OF CONTROL PANELS The project shall be provided with following lineup of control for supervision, protection, control, instrumentation and annunciation of the turbo generator unit equipment and connected auxiliaries of the project. The following control panels shall be provided: (a) Generator Panel for Synchronous Generator (b) Transformer LT Feeder Panel (c) 33 kV Relay Metering Control Panel for Transformer (d) 6.6 kV Generator Breaker Cubicles THREE (3) NOS. & 6.6 kV Common Breaker for all three Generators ONE (1) NO. (e) 6.6 kV Generator Control, Instrumentation & Annunciation Panels THREE (3) NOS. (f) Generator Neutral Grounding and LAVT Surge Protector and CT & PT Panel (g) Synchronizing Panel ONE (1) NO. (h) Turbine Control and Governor Panel THREE (3) NOS. (i) Station and Unit Auxiliary (LT Power) and Control Cubicle and Distribution Board ONE (1) NO. (j) 110 V DC Distribution Board ONE (1) NO. (k) 33 kV Breaker Local Control Panel Mounted on top of it with a 33 kV Breaker ONE (1) SET. (l) 33 kV Feeder Control, Instrumentation & Annunciation Panel ONE (1) NO. (m) 33 kV Transformer OLTC Panel ONE (1) NO. (n) 415 V, 650 A, 25 kA, Air Circuit Breaker For Station Auxiliary Transformer ON/OFF - ONE (1) NO. (o) Microprocessor Based Auto Control System (Optional)

7.2.1

Generator Control Panel THREE (3) NOS. GENERATOR CONTROL PANELS EACH COMPRISING OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. 300 AMP. TPN ALUMINIUM BUS BARS 1 SET 2. 160 AMP. DRAW OUT MOTORIZED ACB 1 NO. 3. OPEN/CLOSE PUSH BUTTON FOR ACB 3 NOS. 4. INDICATING LAMPS FOR ON/ OFF/ TRIP FOR ACB 1 SET 5. AMMETER (0 150 A) 1 NO. 6. VOLTMETER (0 6.6 kV) 1 NO. 7. VOLTMETER SELECTOR SWITCH 1 NO. 8. AMMETER SELECTOR SWITCH 1 NO. 9. METERING CTS 150 / 5A, 25 VA, CL1 3 NOS. 10. CONTROL FUSES 1 SET 11. kW METER 1 NO. 12. PF METER 1 NO. 13. FREQUENCY METER 1 NO. 14. ENERGY METER 1 NO. 15. REVERSE POWER RELAY 1 NO. 16. OVER CURRENT /E/F RELAY 1 NO. 17. UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY 1 NO. 18. OVER VOLTAGE RELAY 1 NO. 19. RESTRICTED E/F RELAY FOR GENERATOR 1 NO. 20. HIGH SPEED TRIP RELAY 1 NO. 21. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 150 / 5A, 15 VA, 5P10 3 NOS. 22. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 150 / 5A, 15 VA, Class PS 4 NOS. 23. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER 6.6 kV / 110 V, 50 VA, CLASS 1 1 NO. 24. PANEL SPACE HEATER WITH THERMOSTAT 1 SET 25. PANEL MAP WITH DOOR SWITCH 1 SET 26. NEUTRAL ISOLATOR 1 NO. - 136 -

7.2.2

Transformer LT Feeder Panel 1 NO. TRANSFORMER PANEL COMPRISING OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. 300A COPPER BUS BARS 2. 400A DRAW OUT TYPE MOTORIZED ACB 3. ON/OFF/TRIP INDICATING LAMP FOR ACB 4. OPEN/CLOSE PUSH BUTTON FOR ACB 5. AMMETER (0-300 A) CTR 300/5A 6. VOLTMETER (0-4 kV or 0-7 kV) VTR 6.6 kV / 110V 7. AMMETER SELECTOR SWITCH 8. VOLTMETER SELECTOR SWITCH 9. METERING CURRENT TRANSFORMER 300/5A 10. CONTROL FUSES 11. FREQUENCY METER 12. OVER CURRENT / E/ F RELAY 13. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 300/5A, 15VA, CL5P10 14. HIGH SPEED TRIP RELAY 15. PANEL SPACE HEATER WITH THERMOSTAT 16. LAMP WITH DOOR SWITCH 1 SET 1 NO. 1 SET 1 SET 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 3 NOS. 1 SET 1 NO. 1 NO. 3 NOS. 1 NO. 1 SET T

7.2.3

Relay Metering Control Panel for Transformer RELAY / METERING PANEL FOR TRANSFORMER COMPRISING OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. SEMA PHORE INDICATOR FOR ISOLATOR 1 NO. 2. AMMETER 1 NO. 3. VOLTMETER 1 NO. 4. kW METER 1 NO. 5. kWh METER 1 NO. 6. POWER FACTOR METER 1 NO. 7. FREQUENCY METER 1 NO. 8. AMMETER SELECTOR SWITCH 1 NO. 9. VOLTMETER SELECTOR SWITCH 1 NO. 10. INDICATING LAMPS FOR BREAKER ON/OFF/SPRING CHARGED/TRIP 1 SET 11. BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH 1 NO. 12. OVER CURRENT /F/F RELAY WITH HIGH SET UNIT 1 NO. 13. AUX. RELAY TYPE VAA 23 FOR TRANSFORMER FAULTS 3 NOS. 14. HIGH SPEED TRIP RELAY TYPE VAJH 13 1 NO. 12 POINTS ALARM ANNUNCIATOR WITH ACCEPT, RESET, TEST PUSH 1 NO. 15. BUTTON & ELECTRONIC HOOTER 16. PANEL LAMP WITH DOOR SWITCH 1 SET 17. PANEL HEATER WITH THERMOSTAT T

7.2.4

6.6 kV Generator Breaker Cubicles Three (3) Nos. 6.6 kV and One (1) No. Common Breaker for all Three Generators Each generator shall be provided with a factory assembled standard metal clad and indoor switch gear type panel for free standing erection designed for adequate MVA of short circuit capacity and basic insulation level as specified elsewhere under this specification provided and shall be with partitions and shutters against live parts when breaker is withdrawn. The panel shall be of tropic design, bottom sealed, rear bottom cable entry, provided with through earth bar, heater element and provision for cable connection. The panel shall be provided with the following equipment:

- 137 -

1) 2) 3) 4) (a) (b) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 7.2.5

6.6 kV, 630 A, 25 kA SYMMETRICAL BREAKING CURRENT WITH DRAWABLE, MOTOR/HAND CHARGED VACCUM CIRCUIT BREAKER AIR INSULATED ALUMINIUM BUS BARS FOR 1000 A WITH DROPPERS GAS PRESSURE GAUGES WITH LED INDICATION WITHDRAWABLE PT 6.6 kV / 110 V ADEQUATE QUANTITY CORE 1 BURDEN 100 VA CLASS - 0.5 CORE 2 BURDEN 100 VA CLASS - 1.0 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS WITH THREE (3) CORES OF ADEQUATE BURDEN WITH CLASS 0.5 AND CLASS SP 10 ACCURACY ADEQUATE QUANTITY REMOTE RELAYS LOCAL / REMOTE SELECTOR SWITCH BREAKER ON / OFF SWITCH MACB FOR PT SECONDARY CIRCUITS, SPRING CHARGING MOTOR, DC CONTROL VOLTAGE SELECTOR SWITCH FOR HEATER OFF-AUTO-ON CABLE FOR PHASES & NEUTRAL Control, Instrumentation and Annunciation

1 SET 1 SET

1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET

6.6 kV Generator (Three (3) Nos.)

Panels

Each generator shall be provided with separate control and supervision panel, mounting the controls, relays, meters, temperature scanner and annunciation equipment as detailed below: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) ALL CONTROLS, RELAYS INDICATED UNDER GENERATOR PROTECTION METERS FOR MEASURING kW, kVAR & kWh METERS FOR POWER FACTOR, FREQUENCY, CURRENT, VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE MONITORING AND INDICATION SYSTEM SPEED MONITORING AND INDICATION SYSTEM ANNUNCIATION PHASE WITH HOOTER CONTROL SWITCHES FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER, ISOLATORS PUSH BUTTONS & INDICATION LAMPS MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR AC/DC CONTROL SUPPLY, HEATER ETC. HEATER ELEMENT ANY OTHERS REQUIRED / SPECIFIED BY EMPLOYER DURING DETAILED DESIGN 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 NO.

7.2.6

Generator Neutral Grounding and LAVT Surge Protector and CT & PT Panel - Three (3) Nos. Each generator shall be provided with separate indoor type panels for neutral grounding and surge protection, LAVT and CTs & PTs. The panels shall be given as decided by the Employer during detailed design. PTs shall be of withdrawal type.

7.2.6.1 NG CUBICLES THREE (3) NOS. Each generator shall be provided with a penal of indoor type with following mountings. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. GENERATOR NEUTRAL GROUNDING TRANSFORMER AND RESISTOR SINGLE POLE MANUALLY OPERATED ISOLATOR CTs, RESIN CAST ALUMINIUM BUS BARS WITH STAR POINT SPARE CLASS PS CT 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET (3 NOS.) OR ADEQUATE QUANTITY 1 SET

- 138 -

7.2.6.2 SURGE PROTECTION & LAVT CT AND PT CUBICLES THREE (3) NOS. Each Generator shall be provided with the following mounting: 1. 2. 3. 4. LIGHTNING ARRESTERS 10 kA STATION CLASS SURGE CAPACITORS 0.25 MF CTs FOR METERING & PROTECTION AND AVR / APFC PTs FOR METERING & PROTECTION AND AVR / APFC 3 NOS. 3 NOS. ADEQUATE NOS. AS PER DETAILED DESIGN. ADEQUATE NOS. AS PER DETAILED DESIGN.

7.2.6.3 GENERATOR EXCITATION AND AVR AND SPFC THREE (3) NOS. Each brushless generator shall be provided with a separate panel mounting excitation cum AVR panel with: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. EXCITATION CONTROLS AVR (TWO AUTO CHANNELS) APFC (AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR CONTROLLER) EXCITATION MONITOR QUADRATURE DROP ADJUST FACILITY MANUAL VOLTAGE CONTROL UNIT MOTORIZED POTENTIOMETERS ROTOR CURRENT LIMITER EXCITOR DIODE MONITOR UNDER EXCITATION LIMITER SHORT CIRCUIT SUPPORT SYSTEM FIELD SUPPRESSION UNIT FIELD FLASHING UNIT PTs, CTs, METERS, MCBs, RELAYS NON-TRIP FAULTS SHALL BE INDICATED AND TRIP FAULTS SHALL BE ANNUNCIATED

7.2.7

Synchronizing Panel One (1) No. One (1) common synchronizing panel shall be given for synchronizing all three generators with HPSEB grid mounting: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. DOUBLE VOLTMETER SYNCHRONOSCOPE CHECK SYNCHRONIZING RELAY (25) BUS SELECTOR SWITCH DOUBLE FREQUENCY METER SYNCHRONIZING LAMPS GUARD RELAY (25 G) PT

7.2.8

Turbine Control and Governor Panel Three (3) Nos. Each turbines shall be provided with a separate indoor type panel for supervision and control of turbine, governor etc. mounting following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. CONTROL RELAYS SPEED RELAY PUSH BUTTONS AUXILIARY CONTRACTORS ANNUNCIATION PHASE MASTER TRIP RELAYS SWITCHES CONTRACTORS INDICATING LAMPS

- 139 -

7.2.9

Station and Unit Auxiliary (LT Power) & Control Cubicle & Distribution Board One (1) No. ONE (1) 415 V power and control cubicle indoor type, with motor control centers and distribution boards for feeding auxiliaries of two (2) units and common station auxiliaries mounting the following: (a) Manual operated draw out type 415 V, 800 amps, 25 kA ACB 2 nos., one each for station auxiliary transformer, incoming feeder provided with interlock arrangement between them to prevent paralleling of station auxiliary transformer supply (normal supply) and DG set supply (emergency supply) so that any one source would only be able to extend 415 V supply to the panel at a time. (b) Protection relays overload (2) and earth fault (1) TWO (2) SETS, One (1) set for station auxiliary transformer protection and other set for DG set feeder protection. (c) Meters for voltage, current, power, energy (d) Motor control centers (MCC) for all Motors of auxiliaries like OPU, drainage & de-watering, cooling water, lube oil etc. Each MCC provided with switch fuse unit, power Contractor, overload relay, control power MCB, push button, indicating lamps, auxiliary Contractors. (e) MCB / MCCB for lighting, ventilation, welding, air conditioning and other station services. (f) 400 A 25 kA bus bars aluminium (g) Illumination lamps (h) Earth bus (i) 415 volts bus bar meter

Note:

The set of relays (20 / L & E/L) for auxiliary power feeder on 415 V side shall be erected in the station auxiliary board. The set of relays (20 / L & 1 E/L) for the D.G. set feeder shall be erected in the D.G. set AMF panel. The kW, kWh, Amps and voltmeter of D.G. set feeder also to be mounted in the A.M.F. panel. 110 V DC Distribution Board One (1) No. ONE (1) 110 V 250 A DC distribution board (DCDB) with incomers from battery & battery charger with adequate number of outgoing feeders will be provided for distribution of DC supply. The DCB shall be provided with following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. MCBs FOR INCOMING AND OUTGOING FEEDERS INDICATIONS FOR FEEDERS ON / OFF HOOTER EARTH LEAKAGE PROTECTION INDOOR LIGHT HEATER ELEMENT

7.2.10

7.2.11

33 kV Breaker Local Control Panel Mounted on Top of it with a 33 kV Breaker One (1) Set ONE (1) outdoor type local panel for 33 kV breaker control and operation for the 33 kV switchyard. The panel shall be mounted beneath the breaker with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. SPRING CHARGE MECHANISM TRIPPING SWITCHES CONTROL SWITCHES BREAKER ON / OFF SWITCH BREAKER LOCAL / REMOTE SWITCH INDICATING LAMPS

- 140 -

7.2.12

33 kV Feeder Control, Instrumentation & Annunciation Panel One (1) No. 33 kV feeder shall be provided with separate control and supervision panel mounting the controls, relay, protection, meters, annunciation, equipment as detailed below: 1. 2. ALL RELAYS INDICATED UNDER 33 kV TRANSFORMER PROTECTION TWO (2) SETS OF TRIVECTOR METERS FOR EXPORT AND IMPORT WITH HIGH CLASS OR ACCURACY (MINIMUM 0.5 CLASS) AS APPROVED BY HPSEB ONE TRIVECTOR METER TO BE ERECTED IN CONTROL ROOM IN THE FEEDER CONTROL PANEL AND THE OTHER TRIVECTOR METER TO BE ERECTED IN THE KIOSK IN THE SWITCHYARD METERS FOR CURRENT, VOLTAGE AND kW PUSH BUTTONS AND INDICATION LAMPS ANNUNCIATION PHASE CONTROLS SWITCHES MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS HEATER ELEMENT INDOOR LIGHT CONTROLLED BY DOOR OPERATED SWITCH 1 SET 2 SETS

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 7.2.13

1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 NO. 1 NO.

33 kV Transformer OLTC Panel ONE (1) NO. The power transformer shall be provided with panel for control / operation of On Load Tap Changer (OLTC) with a local / remote switch, push buttons indications, tap position indicator, annunciation MCBs etc. and shall be in complete shape. The annunciation for Motor overload; tap change (a) under process; (b) struck up; (c) over; (d) in (-15%) position and (d) in (+ 15%) position shall be provided.

7.2.14

415 V, 650 A, 25 kA, Air Circuit Breaker for Station Auxiliary Transformer ON/OFF - One (1) NO. 415 V, 25 kA, 650 A, Air Circuit breaker station transformer On/Off: - with O/L & E/L relays & meters shall be provided separately. These relays are to be mounted in the Breaker Panel.

7.2.15

Microprocessor Based Auto Control System (OPTIONAL) 1. PLC : The power station shall be provided with one programmable logic controller along with operator station with CRT and printer for executing the: SEQUENTIAL START / STOP FUNCTIONS MONITORING AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS EVENT RECORDING GENERATION OF INFORMATION : The PLC shall ensure the basic function of action and information for each unit. : PLC shall ensure the sequential start / stop of: TURBINE - GENERATOR SETS UNITS AUXILIARIES COMMON AUXILIARIES MAIN PENSTOCK INTAKE GATE AT SURGE SHAFT MIV PROVIDED SEPARATELY FOR EACH MACHINE : PLC shall scan the digital inputs from contacts and analog inputs from transducers. It shall perform the function of data acquisition, preprocessing and time lagging for status, alarms, and measurements. It shall generate periodic information report as desired at the adjustable time intervals.

2. 3.

Basic function Action

4.

Information

- 141 -

5. i

CRT displays Display of alarms: Alarms shall be displayed in chronological order with time of occurrence and description in plain text with colour related to level of urgency. Operators shall have the facility to consult and acknowledge the last alarm events or the list of adjustable alarms. Alarm shall be scanned and printed with 10 millisecond revolution. History of events: The events, which are logged on the printer, shall also be stored on hour, day, week and month basis for later consultation on CRT. History of measurements: The measurements shall also be stored in same ways as events for later consultation on CRT in the form of a table. Mimic diagrams: The plant mimic diagrams shall be provided in the form of displays. The number of mimics shall be a minimum of 5 numbers. Queryfunction: Facility shall be provided for the operator to call up a number of displays to consult the list of classified status and measurements. Control / dialogue through CRT key board: The operator shall be able to start and stop the plant from CRT key boards by means of commands and set points, generation, selection, validation for proper execution by standard interactive dialogue procedure. Printer logs and other information: Following shall be printed on the printer:CHRONOLOGICAL LOG OF EVENTS WITH TIME OF OCCURRENCE AND DESCRIPTION HALF-HOURLY, HOURLY, SHIFT, DAILY, MONTHLY LOG / DEMAND LOG. MEASUREMENT TRENDING OF AN UNLOG VALUE AT REGULAR INTERVALS ON DEMAND Necessary storage devices such as wopchester disks of suitable capacity shall be provided. Bidder shall furnish the proposal for PLS system for input required for their unit and details shall be furnished for: DIGITAL INPUTS (ii) DIGITAL OUTPUTS ANALOG INPUTS RTD INPUTS DIGITAL INPUTS : ALL DIGITAL INPUTS TO PLS SHALL BE WITH POTENTIAL FREE CONTACTS FROM FIELD EQUIPMENT AS WELL AS MOTOR CONTROL DEVICES. ALL DIGITAL OUTPUTS FROM PLS SHALL BE RELAY OUTPUTS SUITABLE FOR 110 V AC / 110 V DC RATING AS THE CASE MAY BE. NECESSARY TRANSDUCERS REQUIRED FOR THE ANALOG INPUTS 4-20 MA SIGNAL AND SHALL BE INCLUDED IN SCOPE. SINCE RTD INPUTS MAY HAVE UNIFORM CHARACTERISTICS SUCH AS RESISTANCE AT SET TEMPERATURES, IT SHOULD BE POSSIBLE TO ADJUST TO CALIBRATE EACH RTD SEPARATELY. PLS EQUIPMENT WITH NECESSARY PUSH BUTTONS SHALL BE MOUNTED IN THE CONTROL DESK (iv) TRANSDUCER INPUTS

ii iii iv v vi

vii

viii 6. (i) (iii) (v) 7. i

ii

DIGITAL OUTPUTS

iii

TRANSDUCERS

iv

RTD INPUTS

8. i CONTROL DESK :

- 142 -

ii

UNINTERRUPTED POWER CABLES

STAND-ALONE UPS OF ADEQUATE CAPACITY WITH NECESSARY IN BUILT BATTERY SUPPLY (UPS) BACKUP SHALL BE PROVIDED ALONG WITH THE PLC. CABLES REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM SHALL BE INCLUDED. THE CABLES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NOISE IMMUNITY WITH ADEQUATE SURGE SUPPRESSION. ALL THE PROGRAMMABLE TOOLS REQUIRED FOR PROGRAMMING THE PLC SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE SCOPE OF SUPPLY. ALL RELAVENT LITERATURE OF THE EQUIPMENT OFFERED SHALL BE SUPPLIED ALONG WITH OFFER. RECOMMENDED SPARES FOR 5 YEARS OF OPERATION SHALL BE INCLUDED.

iii

iv

PROGRAMMABLE TOOLS LITERATURE SPARES

v vi vii

: :

THE TECHNICAL PARTICULARS IN THE FORM OF DETAILED WRITE UP SHALL BE GIVEN IN THE TENDER

- 143 -

SECTION-VI: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUB SECTION-8: MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS-LIGHTING, AIRCONDITIONING, VENTILATION SYSTEM AND FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

8.0

SCOPE This section covers the design, manufacture, shop testing, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of station lighting, air-conditioning, ventilation system and fire extinguishing equipment for Fozal H. E. Project, Himachal Pradesh. The brief details of these equipment are as given below:

8.1

LIGHTING SYSTEM Lighting system shall be provided for the entire plant, covering all the buildings, switchyard, outdoor areas, roads, yards etc.

8.2 (i)

STATION LIGHTING REQUIRED LIGHTING THAT WORKS ON STATION NORMAL / DG SET EMERGENCY 230 V AC SUPPLY SHALL BE PROVIDED IN AND OUTSIDE THE POWERHOUSE BUILDING, SWITCHYARD AND GATES AREAS TO ILLUMINATE ALL THE AREAS ADEQUATELY. THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE THE MINIMUM LIGHTING. MACHINE HALL & CONTROL ROOM LIGHTING ON AC (a) 250 Watt Sodium vapour Lamps for machine hall - 10 Nos. (b) Decorative type 2 x 40 watt fluorescence tube twin light - 13 Sets

A)

B) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) 8.3

OUTDOOR YARD & PENSTOCK GATES LIGHTING 150 watt Sodium vapour Lamps around powerhouse, switchyard, penstock and intake gates - 15 Nos. LIGHTNING ON AC SUPPLY EMERGENCY LIGHTING ON DC: TO COME INTO SERVICE IN AUTO WHEN AC SUPPLY FAILS. 20 WATT 110 V DC LIGHTS - 10 Nos. CATEGORIES OF LIGHTING The plant lighting system shall comprise the following (2) categories: a) Normal 240AC lighting System b) Emergency 110V DC Lighting System

8.3.1

Normal 240V AC Lighting System In this system, the lighting circuits shall be fed by the 3 phase, 4 wire normal AC supply available from the normal lighting distribution boards. All the lighting fixtures connected to this system shall be available as long as supply is available from normal source.

8.3.2

Emergency DC Lighting System a) During station emergency involving total AC failure, incandescent lamp DC lighting fixtures shall be provided for movement of personnel in powerhouse building at strategic locations viz. near entrance, staircase, landings etc. and for lighting the control room and switch yard.

b) These fixtures shall be connected to lighting panels supplied from 110V DC battery in the powerhouse building. These lighting fixtures shall be normally off and shall automatically get switched on the moment AC power supply fails. When power supply is restored, they shall be switched off manually. In fuel oil store, the fixtures shall be "INSTALITE" type, which is permanently connected to normal supply charging a battery and switches on automatically once AC power supply goes off. INSTALITE type fixtures in fuel oil store area shall be of flameproof type.

- 144 -

8.4 8.4.1

LIGHTING SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Normal AC Systems a) For these systems the distribution shall be by 415V, 3 phase, 4wire, 50Hz supply with effectively earthed neutral via AC lighting distribution board (LDB). The LDB will be provided with number of outgoing circuits controlled by MCBs to feed the lighting panels distributed in and around the plant as well as to directly feed three phase street lighting and yard lighting supplies. b) AC lighting panels shall have 1 phase, 2 wire incomer and number of 1 phase outgoing circuits controlled by MCBs. Lighting panels feeding the lighting fixtures in indoor areas shall be controlled from the respective lighting panels located in various buildings in the plant. 110V DC Lighting System Emergency DC lighting supply distribution shall be on 110V DC, 2 wire, un-earthed system. This power supply shall be obtained from 110V DC batteries. DC lighting panel shall be provided for distribution of lighting supply. This panel shall have an incoming switch, under voltage relay and number of outgoing circuits controlled by switch fuses. On failure of AC supply connected to this panel, under voltage relay shall drop out and shall switch on the incomer DC contactor and thus provide the DC supply to lighting circuits.

8.4.2

8.5

ILLUMINATION LEVELS AND CHOICE OF LIGHTING FIXTURES The area wise distribution of average illumination levels and type of luminaries shall be as given below: S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Area Average lllumination level in lux 250 250 500 20 50 20 150 100 150 350 Owners Choice Owners Choice 150 200 250 washroom Type of luminaire

Turbine-Generator Hall Battery room Control room Switchyard, Intake and Main canal Gates On equipment Road Stairs, walkways Toilets, pantry Office areas Around the building Entrance Cable vault Service bay Emergency DG room

250W SV high bay 2x40 W corrosion proof fitting 2x40 W mirror optic decorative recessed type with adjustable reflector 1x250W SV lamp flood light, medium beam type 1x70W SV substation lantern with prismatic glass reflector 1x70W or 1x150W SV street lighting 1x40W or 2x40W rail mounted fitting 1x40W or 2x40W rail mounted fitting 4x20W decorative with acrylic cover 2x40 W decorative with louvers 1x70 W SV well glass fitting at about 15 to 20m intervals 1x70W SV bulk head fitting 2x40W industrial type reflector with vitreous enamel

Passage to control room

250W SV, industrial high bay 2x40 W industrial type with vitreous enamel reflector

The illumination levels for areas, which are not specifically covered above, shall be decided based on illumination levels indicated for similar areas or in relevant standards.

- 145 -

8.6

LIGHTING SYSTEM DESIGN The lighting system design shall comply with the acceptable norms and the best engineering practices. The system design shall consider principles of lighting specified in following paragraphs. The lighting layout shall be designed to provide uniform illumination with minimum glare. The layout design shall meet the entire statutory requirement, local rules etc.

8.6.1

Indoor Lighting The illumination levels for various areas in the plant are indicated in the Table above. Following factors shall be considered while arriving at the utilization factor to determine the number of fixtures for each area/building in the plant. a) Maintenance Factor i) ii) iii) i) ii) c) Control room and system cabinet room All other indoor areas Outdoor areas Control room Other areas 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.7 ceiling 0.1 wall 0.5 ceiling 0.3 wall The value of the ratio of spacing (S) to mounting height (H) shall be commensurate with the type of fittings selected and uniformity of illumination. The suspension height for suspended fixtures shall not exceed 1m

b) Reflection factor for wall and ceiling

d) Working plane shall be considered as 0.85 m from floor level 8.6.2 Outdoor Lighting a) Mounting height, spacing of floodlights shall be based on lamp wattage, uniformity of illumination and vertical angles. Ratio of minimum to average illumination shall not be less than 0.3 and for minimum to maximum shall not be less than 0.05. For switchyard lighting, suitable number of lighting masts shall be provided and switchyard towers shall not be used for lighting purposes. All masts shall be of galvanized steel construction. Lighting design for roadways shall consider a maintenance factor of 0.6 for average conditions.

b) Maintenance factor of 0.6 shall be considered for average conditions. c) 8.6.3

Roadway Lighting a) b) Ratio of minimum to average illumination shall not be less than 0.3. The road lighting layout shall consider the width of the road to decide whether the lighting poles shall be located on one side, on either side or in the central reserve. c) The mounting height of the luminaries shall be generally 4 m.

8.6.4

Selection of Lighting Fixtures and Accessories The type of luminaries and accessories like switches, receptacles etc, shall be selected based on the plant area in which they are intended to be used. Outdoor type of fixtures and accessories shall be weatherproof type. Flameproof fixtures shall be used in hazardous areas like fuel oil pump house, fuel oil treatment areas.

8.6.5

Switches and Receptacles a) In the plant areas, the lighting circuits shall be controlled directly from the MCBs in the lighting panels. Wherever the lighting panel is not in the same area separate switches shall be provided. For cabins, rooms etc. separate switches shall be provided for each point. Similarly, for entrances, building periphery lighting, separate switches shall be provided.

- 146 -

b) 240V, 50Hz, 3 pin power receptacles (5A and 15A) shall be provided in all building/areas of the plant. Also, inside a building, receptacles shall be provided at regular intervals so that any point of the building is not more than 10 m with a minimum of 2 nos. in an enclosed area. Inside each cabin, at least two receptacles shall be provided. The same shall be indoor/outdoor/flame proof as per the location. 8.6.6 Lighting Distribution Board (LDB) and Lighting Panels (LP) LDB shall be provided with voltmeter and ammeter along with selection switches and "Supply ON" indicating lamps etc. The LDB and LPs shall be sheet steel enclosed and shall be fully dust and vermin proof with a degree of protection of IP 52. Outdoor panels shall be weatherproof types with IP 54 degree of protection. The switch boxes, receptacle boxes etc. shall be made up of 18 SWG sheet steel. 8.6.7 8.6.8 8.6.9 The distribution of lighting fixtures/receptacles shall be such that the loading on each phase of the LDB is approximately equal. 10% spare feeders, with minimum 1 no. feeder, of each type shall be provided in each of the LDB and LPs. Wiring a) 650V grade stranded Copper conductor PVC insulated wires to IS: 694 laid in GI conduits shall be used for lighting in non-hazardous area. In the hazardous area, cable wiring with 1100V grade stranded Copper conductor, PVC insulated, PVC inner sheathed, GI wire armoured and overall PVC sheathed cables to IS: 1554 shall be adopted. For outdoor areas like transformer yard, switchyard, intake, canal gates and road lighting, cable wiring as above shall be adopted. Minimum size of wires in case of conduit wiring shall be 4 sq.mm. in case of lighting and 6 sq.mm. in case receptacle wiring. Minimum cable size in case of cable wiring shall be 6 sq.mm. Wires of different phases shall be run in separate conduits. However, wires of same phase but having different circuit nos. can be run in same conduit. Wires of lighting and power receptacles will be carried in separate conduits and on separate circuits. Wires of AC and DC lighting systems shall be carried in separate conduits. For outdoor lighting, the cable shall be burried at a minimum depth of 750 mm from ground level. The buried cables shall have suitable bedding, protective covers and markers. In an area, the lighting fixtures shall be arranged in different phases/LPs such that even in case one lighting panel goes faulty, complete lighting is not affected. In case of room, the lighting shall be arranged from two phases. The circuit loading on each circuit shall be restricted to 80% of the MCB rating. The voltage drop from LDB to any fixture shall not exceed 3% Lighting fixtures, receptacles, switches, conduits and junction boxes shall be properly earthed using 16 SWG Copper wire run along the entire length of the conduit between the fixture and the corresponding lighting panel where it will be connected to the station earth. For fixtures in hazardous areas, the third core of each single-phase armoured cable circuit shall be used as earthing conductor. For outdoor earthing of lighting poles, junction boxes on the poles, 8 SWG GI wire, shall be run buried in ground at a depth of 600 mm and tapped to each lighting pole. The earth conductor shall be connected to the nearby main earthing grid at the first and last poles of each feeder circuit and at some intermediate poles.

b) c)

d) 8.6.10

Lighting Circuit Designing a)

b) c) 8.6.11 a)

Earthing

b) c)

8.6.12

Tests Routine tests and acceptance tests for the lighting fixtures and accessories covered in this specification shall be carried out as per the relevant Indian Standards. Type test reports for similar fixtures shall be furnished.

- 147 -

8.7

AIRCONDITIONING EQUIPMENT The control room shall be suitably air-conditioned with 2 Nos. window type air conditioners. The air conditioners shall be of approved make and provided with separate voltage stabilizers.

8.8 (i)

VENTILATION SYSTEM The powerhouse machine hall and control room shall be provided with exhaust fans for providing ventilation. The machine hall shall be provided with six (6) exhaust fans, the control room shall be provided with two (2) exhaust fans and battery rooms shall be provided with two (2) exhaust fans. The rating of each of the exhaust fan shall be 250 watts minimum. It shall be of industrial and wall mounted type. Total ten (10) Nos. exhaust fans shall be supplied and installed. The powerhouse shall be provided with four (4) Nos. pedestal type fans of 250W capacity each for circulation of free air in the powerhouse building and control room area. FIRE EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT Suitable fire extinguishing equipment for thermal and electrical fires shall be provided to safeguard the various electrical equipment, in and outside the powerhouse to prevent fires. 6 (six) sets portable fire extinguishers foam type (pressurized water air type) nine (9) litres capacity, complete with wall hanging bracket and liable for the general purpose protection in the Powerhouse and 6 (six) Nos. mobile dry type multipurpose fire extinguishers of minimum 9.2 kgs. Capacity for the purpose of electrical fire protection in the powerhouse shall be provided, complete with wall hanging bracket and liable for the general purpose protection in the power house. BATTERY, BATTERY CHARGER AND D.C. DISTRIBUTION BOARD D.C. Battery One (1) set of 110 V, 250 Ah (Ampere-Hour), D.C. battery shall be included in the scope to meet 110V DC ungrounded control supply requirements of the power station. The battery shall be capable of catering to DC supply required for on control, indications, annunciation and switch gear, control valves, control relays, emergency lighting and communication system etc. The battery shall be of maintenance free type with sealed cells housed in a rack either mounted beneath the battery charger or separately. In case the 250 Ah Battery is not sufficient the equipment supplier shall increase the Battery / Charger capacity to suit the project requirements. D.C. Battery Charger A battery charger suitable to maintain boost and float charging for the above battery shall be supplied. The charger shall be provided with separate boost charger and float charger. The circuit shall be designed with I.C. based solid state electronic cards. The battery charger shall be provided with lamp indications and a hooter for alerting the operator for faults like (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) A.C. mains supply failure Rectifier fuse failure Capacitor fuse failure Charger failure, and Grounding of battery

(ii) 8.9 (i) (ii)

(iii)

8.10 8.10.1

8.10.2

The charger shall be equipped with earth fault, over and under voltage supervision. The battery shall be provided with an earth leakage relay to avoid grounding of battery. The construction of the battery charger shall be as per the applicable standards. 8.10.3 110V D.C. Distribution Board - 1 No. One 110V DC distribution board (DCDB) with incomers from battery and battery chargers provided with adequate number of outgoing feeders will be provided for distribution of DC supply. The DCDB shall be provided with following: MCBs for incoming and outgoing feeders Indications for feeders ON/OFF Hooter - 148 -

8.11

Earth leakage protection Indoor light Heater element

AC DISTRIBUTION BOARD Three phase AC distribution board of floor mounted type / wall mounted type shall be provided for meeting the load requirements of the switchyard viz. OLTC motors, auxiliary supply of relay, metering and control panels etc. The control gears shall be of MCCB, compartmentalized type, with IP 52 enclosure or better. The board shall be mounted in the control room.

8.12 (i)

DIESEL GENERATOR (DG) SET One (1) DG set of 100 kVA capacity to develop 3 phase 4 wire 415 volts AC supply shall be supplied with AMF panel for extending emergency AC supply to the required motors of the auxiliaries off the units and station lighting. The DG set shall be mounted on anti vibration pads of adequate rating and supplied in one unit for free mounting on the floor. The length of the manifold of the engine exhaust shall be sufficient to leave the engine outside the engine room. Battery of 250 AH 24 V DC for starting the DG set and a charger for charging the battery shall be included. One (1) AMF panel shall be supplied to start the DG set in auto soon after mains supply fails. The DG set shall build the voltage in auto and be able to take direct on line starting of the induction motors provided for the emergency loads and station lighting. The DG set shall also be capable of direct line starting the maximum rated induction motor of the auxiliaries provided for the Powerhouse. The set shall keep on running even if AC supply resumes till it is tripped manually. The alternator of the DG set shall be provided with one power Contractor and one MCCB in series in the AMF panel. The output cable of the alternator after MCCB shall be connected to the ACB of the station auxiliary panel. The power Contractor of the DG alternator shall be able to be closed only when the mains supply ACB on the station board is kept open to ensure non-paralleling of DG set AC supply and mains AC supply from station auxiliary transformer. The DG set shall be switches off in auto after 3 starts on preset intervals in auto. The alternator shall be switched off in auto after 3 starts on present intervals in auto. The alternator shall be provided with (1) under voltage, overload (2) and earth fault protections. The AMF panel shall be of standard make. The AMF panel shall be free standing floor mounting type fabricated in one shipping section with 12 SWG CRCA sheet with MS angle reinforcement. The panel shall be wired with 2.5 sq. mm. copper wire of PVC insulation of 660 / 1100 V grade. All the control wiring shall be brought to a terminal board of ELMEX make stud type or equivalent. All wiring shall be provided with ferrules and copper lugs and sleeves. The bus bar provided for the alternator output shall be of Aluminium and shall be suitably sleeved. Window type bulb indication system with a hooter shall be provided for all major faults of the engine, alternator and control system including Battery Voltage Low. The panel shall be painted outside with grey shade as done in the case of generator unit panels and shall be pained inside with the white glossy paint. The AMF panel shall be provided with all relays, timers and meters etc., for full auto start and manual trip of the DG set as per standard practice. The DG set with AMF panel shall be in full and complete shape as approved by the Employer during detailed design. ELECTRICALLY OPERATED OVER HEAD TRAVELLING CRANE One (1) electrically operated overhead travelling (EOT) Crane of 30 / 5 tonne capacity minimum or adequate capacity to handle the equipment like generator which has maximum weight shall be supplied and installed for material handling, service inside Powerhouse. The crane shall be complete with drives for cross travel and long travel motion, runaway rails, bridge girder of adequate size and carriages, gantry rail & hand operated chain pulley hoist conforming to Class II medium duty as per IS: 807 / IS: 3177. The bridge structure shall be double girder construction of steel, adequately braced, reinforced with lateral ties with liberal factor of safety. The deflection of the bridge girder shall be limited to maximum of 1/900 of its span. The bridge girder shall be provided with a 50 sq. mm. gantry rail with fish plates, bolts, nuts and end stops. The end carriages shall be provided with a minimum of two wheels. The wheels shall be in perfect alignment and parallel to each other to ensure no skewing effect. The long travel shall be affected by means of an endless chain operation through chain and chain wheel located at one end. The gears shall be spur / helical type and shall be accurately machined out from steel billets. The capacity of the crane shall be accurately machined out from steel billets. The capacity of the crane shall be designed to lift the heaviest assembly to be lifted in the Powerhouse. The crane shall be complete in shape conforming to the standards of the Powerhouse service. The make of hoist will be as approved by the Employer. - 149 -

(ii)

8.13

8.14 (i)

POWER AND CONTROL CABLES CONTROL CABLES The control cables shall be multicore, copper, armoured, PVC insulated to 660 / 1100 voltage grade. Each core shall be of multi strand copper conductor of minimum 2.5 square mm. The control cables shall be laid neatly with adequate loop in separate Aluminium trays in cable trench on one side. The cable trays shall be neatly covered with Aluminium tray covers. Each cable should be neatly tagged and binded properly while laying. The cable ends shall be provided with a cable gland of adequate size. The cable shall be neatly dressed and terminated and provided with crimping type copper lugs. Cable cores shall be ferruled and lugs shall be sleeved properly. Control cables shall have adequate spare cores. Wherever necessary, required marshalling or junction boxes shall be provided with terminal blocks. Each terminal block shall be neatly numbered and named.

(ii)

POWER CABLE FOR 1100 V GRADE The power cables shall be of PVC insulated to 1100 volts grade for service voltage of 415 volts with 3 cores of adequate size. The power cable shall be of multicore Aluminium except for the generator cable.

(iii)

POWER CABLE FOR 6.6 kV The generator power cable shall be of 6.6 kV grade armoured XLPE single core Aluminium of adequate size in adequate runs. The same cable will be used from 6.6 kV bus to the power transformer and station auxiliary transformer. While terminating the 6.6 kV cables, heat shrinkable cable terminating kits shall be employed as approved by the Employer.

(iv)

LAYING OF CABLES Each power cable should be laid neatly with adequate looping in separate Aluminium trays fitted in the cable trench and neatly tagged and binded. The cable trays shall be neatly covered with Aluminium covers. The cables ends shall be neatly dressed and terminated and provided with crimping type copper lugs. The cable ends shall be healthy, ferruled and sleeved at the ends of lugs. Cable shall be provided with name / number tags.

(v)

DESIGN OF CABLES The design of the cross-sectional area of the power and control cable shall consider the rating factors liberally as per manufacturers standard and Powerhouse practice. The combined rating factor shall be around 0.5 to 0.60 for arriving at cross-sectional area of the conductor. The cables shall be of reputed marks and the cabling shall be generally conforming to latest edition of I.S. and shall be laid as per Powerhouse practice.

(vi)

CIVIL WORKS All civil works like providing of cable trenches, embodiments in cable trenches shall also be arranged by the Contractor. The angle supports for erection of the cable trenches, channels for erection of panels shall be supplied by the equipment supplier.

8.15 (i)

EARTHING SYSTEM Necessary earthing system shall be provided for equipment of Powerhouse and switchyard. An earthmat shall be laid beneath the powerhouse raft and raisers shall be brought to machine hall and control room floor level. The earth mat shall be designed considering the earth resistivity, fault level and permissible value of step potential and touch potential following the guide lines of CBIP Manual on layout of substation or equivalent practices the earth resistivity shall be measured by the Bidder in the Powerhouse area and switchyard area. The earth mat conductor shall be of steel flat of minimum size of 65 x 10 mm and the minimum conductor size of raisers shall be 50 x 65 mm size. A minimum number of about 15 nos. raisers should be brought up at the appropriate places in the powerhouse area. The earth strip where exposed to weather shall be galvanized. All the joints of earth mat conductor shall be welded fully as per I.S. or equivalent standard. The equipment inside the powerhouse shall e effectively earthed using the raisers as per standard practice in vogue. A drawing and design calculations for the earth mat shall be furnished by the supplier and got approved by the Employer before laying earthmat.

- 150 -

(ii)

The earthing of Switchyard equipment shall be done as per powerhouse practice providing adequate number of earth pits designed as per relevant I.S. and provided with cast iron plate and GI strip of adequate size and if necessary earthmat also. Separate earth pits shall be provided for transformer neutral earthing and body earthing. Transformer neutral shall be earthed by GI / Copper strip as approved by the Employer. Separate earth pits shall be made for earthing of structures of switchyard. A master earthing has to be laid connecting all the earth pits and nearest earthmat raisers and shall be left in the deepest point of the tailrace pool. The earthing should be completely done for all the equipment providing two body earth and other earthing points as per powerhouse practice.

8.16 i) A) B) C) ii)

DRAWINGS THE FOLLOWING DRAWINGS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH THE OFFER: SINGLE LINE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF POWER AND ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND PROTECTION SYSTEM LAYOUT PLAN OF CONTROL PANELS SCHEDULE OF TESTS THE FOLLOWING DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONTRACT: SUBMITTED AFTER AWARD OF

A) B) C) D) E) F)

DETAILED SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR POWER, CONTROL AND PROTECTION SYSTEM, INSTRUMENTAITON, INDICATION AND ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM DETAILED DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS OF CONTROL PANELS, BREAKERS, SWITCH GEAR DETAILED EQUIPMENT DRAWING FOR POWER AND AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER SWITCHYARD LAYOUT CABLE SCHEDULES AND ROUTE MAPS DESIGN CALCULATION FOR IMPORTANT PARAMETERS OF TRANSFORMER, CABLE SIZES ETC. DETAILS OF REQUIREMENT The Project shall be provided with following equipment with tools and plants. S.NO. ITEM QTY. PER UNIT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 415 V 1 1 TOTAL QTY. FOR PROJECT 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 1

8.17

1. A) B) C) D) E) F) G) H) I) J) K) GENERATOR BREAKER AND RELAY PANEL GENERATOR CONTROL INSTRUMENTATION & ANNUNCIATION PANEL GENERATOR NEUTRAL GROUNDING LAVT SURGE CAPACITOR, CT & PT PANEL GENERATOR EXCITATION / AVR / APFC GENERATOR SYNCHRONOUS PANEL COMMON BREAKER AND RELAY PANEL TURBINE CONTROL AND GOVERNOR PANEL UNIT AND STATION AUXILIARY BOARD STATION AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER FEEDER CONTROL BREAKS WITH PANEL DC DISTRIBUTION BOARD

- 151 -

S.NO.

ITEM

QTY. PER UNIT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FUSE, AB 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1

TOTAL QTY. FOR PROJECT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1

L) 2. A) B) C) D) E) F) G) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12)

DC BATTERY WITH CHARGER 33 kV TRANSFORMER LOCAL CONTROL 33 kV FEEDER CONTROL INSTRUCTION AND ANNUNCIATION PANEL 33 kV TRANSFORMER OLTC PANEL POWER TRANSFORMER STATION AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER CONTROL SUPPLY TRANSFORMER SWITCHYARD STRUCTURE HG SWITCHES, LAs, CTs, PTs, JUMPERS DG SET AND AMF PANEL EOT CRANE 30 / 5 TONNE POWER & CONTROL CABLES EARTHING SYSTEM LIGHTNING SYSTEM VENTILATION SYSTEM FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM SPARES FOR 5 YEARS MAINTENANCE TOOLS & PLANTS OPTIONAL ITEMS : (A) MICRO PROCESSOR BASED AUTO CONTROL SYSTEM

- 152 -

SECTION-VI: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUB-SECTION 9: SUPERVISION FOR ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF EQUIPMENT 9.1 PREAMBLE This section deals with services required for performing On-site assembly, complete erection, field testing at site, commissioning, Load Testing (trial operation) of 72 hrs, test run of eight (8) weeks as well as Ninety (90) days commercial operation and maintenance and training of Employers assigned personnel for the equipment supplied. SCOPE OF SERVICES The Bidder has to send experts and carryout on site supervision of assembly, erection, testing and commissioning of all the equipment of the Project in a complete shape and hand over to the Employer after carrying out commercial operation and maintenance including Load Testing (trial operation) of 72 hrs, test run of 8 weeks as well as Ninety (90) days commercial operation and maintenance and training of Employers assigned personnel. ERECTION The erection of the equipment shall be carried out by the Employer under the supervision of a qualified expert from the Bidder. Separate Engineers of the Employer shall carry out the Electrical and Mechanical (E & M) Works of the Project. During operation of units the same expert of Supplier shall carry out the Ninety (90) days, Operation and Maintenance of the units. The above expert shall be kept posted at the site till the project is completed to make complete coordination between Electrical and Mechanical (E & M) Works of the Project as per the progress of the Civil / Erection works achieved by the Employer. In order to complete the supervision of Erection, Testing & Commissioning of the Project, the Bidder has to arrange and carry out the following activities, make all the arrangements and bear the costs: Journey, boarding, lodging, transport, amenities, medical, sanitary facilities and any other arrangements of the Bidder's personnel. Health care, safety and insurance for the Bidder's personnel, and their dependents during erection, testing and commissioning of the project and the stated period of commercial operation and maintenance of the units. All compensations to Bidder / manufacturer's expert at site during supervision of erection, testing, commissioning and load test of 72 hours, 8 weeks of test run Ninety (90) days operation and maintenance of units shall be borne by the Bidder. COMMISSIONING AND LOAD TESTS After commissioning is completed, each unit of the project shall be continuously run at rated output for 72 hours and also run at maximum output for further 72 hours continuously and each unit shall be handed over to the Employer after the stated period of O&M. Bidder shall note that the project will be deemed to have been commissioned successfully upon conducting the requisite Field Acceptance Tests as per IEC 41 and the Commissioning Tests as per IEC 545. As specified on Page 79 of Publication No. 175 dated February 1985 of the Central Board of Irrigation and Power titled Small Hydro Stations Standardization wherein under Para No. 24.00 Commissioning Tests; it has been clearly mentioned that the turbine, after continuous operation for 72 hours, shall be free from problems of leakages, over-heating, failures, damage etc. The machine will be handed over to the Employer thereafter. COMMERCIAL OPERATION After handing over, each unit shall be supervised for operation and maintenance of expert Bidder for Ninety (90) days by keeping engineers / operators of the Employer in three shift in parallel. The Employer's operators shall be well trained to handle the operation of units independently during this Ninety (90) days period by expert(s) of the Bidder. 9.6 COMMITMENTS Any commitment made by expert of Bidder at site relating to their scope of work on the project is binding on the part of the Bidder. The Bidder is fully responsible and liable for fulfilling such commitments made during course of contract fulfillment. - 153 -

9.2

9.3 (i)

(ii) (iii)

(iv) a. b.

(v)

9.4

9.5

SCHEDULE-1 TABLE A SCHEDULE OF INDICATING / RECORDING INSTRUMENTS FOR FRANCIS TURBINE, SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR & THEIR AUXILIARIES (To be Filled-in by the Bidder) S.No. Description of Item to be indicated / measured Position of Main Inlet Valve By Pass Valve Open Governor Oil Pump Operating Standby governor oil pump operation Pressure of shaft seal cooling water Pressure of regulating oil pressure system Level of oil in oil pressure tank / vessel Level of oil in sump tank, if any Unit speed indication (Speed indicator) Over speed Indicator Speed Level setting indicator Speed Droop setting indicator Water Level Indicator Unit Output Meter for Power & Energy Unit Voltmeter Unit Ammeter Pressure of standby governor oil pump Pressure in governor oil pressure system Speed Level Setting Indicator of Turbine Unit Speed Indication (Speed Position Indicator) Turbine Bearing Temperature (Thrust & Guide Bearing) Speed Limit Position Indicator Turbine Water Flow Measurement Governor Speed Droop Setting Speed of Turbine Pressure in Main Pipeline (Before Valve) Pressure in Main Pipeline (After Inlet Valve) Pressure Gauge for Compressed Air Pressure Gate limit and gate position indicator Pressure on inlet side Pressure of turbine casing Pressure of draft tube Runner blade position indicator Governor Stroke Indicator Device type Total quantity per unit Location

TURBINE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

- 154 -

GENERATOR S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 NOTES: 1. The list is indicative and not limiting. Quantities and items may be increased / decreased by the Contractor to meet the minimum requirement for satisfactory monitoring and control of generating unit etc. Description Dial thermometers for generator, bearings for alarm / trip 6 points indicator for stator winding temperature and bearing temperature Generator heater ON/OFF indicating lamps Brakes On / Off indication Flow meter (water) / Pressure (oil) for bearing cooling (if applicable) Unit output meter (KW) Unit KVAR meter with center zero Unit voltmeter Unit ammeter Unit power factor meter (with center zero) Unit frequency meter Unit energy meter (kWh) Main Circuit Breaker Open / Closing Indicating Lamp Tachometer Field Voltmeter Field Ammeter Balance Indicator of AVR Indicating lamps for field breakers on / off. AVR Auto / Manual Indicating Lamps Device type Total quantity per unit Location

- 155 -

SCHEDULE-1 TABLE B CONTROLS (To be Filled-in by the Bidder) S.No. Description of the item to be indicated / measured Device Type Total Quantity per unit Locations

TURBINE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Governor Speed Droop Setting Governor Speed Level Setting Speed Limit Setting Speed Position Change Speed Control Main Inlet Valve Control Water Level Control Overspeed Control Control for Governor Oil Pump Motor Control for Standby Governor Oil Pump Control for Compressor Turbine Shut Down Control (Emergency Stop, Turbine Start & Stop) 13 14 15 16 Gate Limit Control Manual Turbine Gate Control Control for compressor Speed No Load Device

GENERATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 NOTE: The list is indicative only. Quantities and items may be increased / decreased by the Contractor as to meet the minimum requirements for satisfactory monitoring control of generating unit. On / Off control for anti condensation heaters Excitation On / Off Pus Buttons Auto / Manual Selector for AVR Voltage Rise / Lower Auto Potentio-Meter Voltage Rise / Lower Manual Protection Field Breaker On / Off.

- 156 -

SCHEDULE-1 TABLE C SAFETY DEVICES (FOR ALARM / SHUT DOWN) (To be Filled-in by the Bidder) S.No. Description Device Type Qty. per unit Annunciation at

TURBINE Turbine Guide & Thrust Bearing 1 Cooling Water Flow or Lube Oil Flow Governor Oil Pressure 2 Oil Level in Governor Oil Pressure 3 Receiver Oil Level in Governor Sump Tank 4 Governor Standby Running 5 Unit over speed shut down 6 Manual emergency shut down 7 Turbine / Thrust Bearing Temperature 8 Low Air Pressure 9 GENERATOR Generator Winding temperature 1 DC control scheme supply failure 2 3 Generator bearing temperature high Machine shutdown under various faults Oil level low / high Flow / No flow of water / oil to bearing of generator AVR Over Current AVR Control Supply Failure Emergency Shut down Machine over speed Low or no pressure of water / oil to bearing of generator

RTD Under relay

voltage

Alarm & Trip Alarm & Trip Alarm & Trip Alarm & Trip Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm & Trip Alarm & Trip Alarm & Trip Alarm

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

ETD / RTD and dial type thermometer High speed tripping relay Level relay Flow relay

Meter step relay Speed relay Pressure switch

NOTES: i. ii. iii. iv. The list is only indicative. Quantities and items may be increased / decreased by the Contractor to meet the minimum requirements for satisfactory monitoring and control of generating units. Indicative clearly alarm and alarm with shut down in each case. Any other safety devices considered essential by the Employer shall be supplied as decided at the time of detailed design. All instruments, controls and safety devices indicated elsewhere under this specification

- 157 -

SCHEDULE-2 GUARANTEED AND TECHNICAL PARTICULARS (To be Filled-in by the Bidder) FRANCIS TURBINE 1 NAME AND ADDRESS OF MANUFACTURER 2A SALIENT DETAILS OF MACHINE NO. 1 (a) Type of turbine of Turbine (b) Rated Net Head on Turbine (c) Rated Discharge of Turbine at Rated Head of 149 m (d) Maximum Discharge of Turbine at Rated Head of 149 m (e) Minimum Allowable Safe Discharge at Rated Head 149 m (f) Center Line of Runner (g) Recommended Turbine Setting with respect to Minimum Tail Water Level of EL 1467.0 m (h) Minimum Head under which Turbine can be Operated (i) Maximum Head under which Turbine can be Operated (j) Shaft Orientation 3 POWER OUTPUT DETAILS (a) Guaranteed rated output at rated head of 149 m and Rated Discharge of 1.59 m3/sec (b) Guaranteed maximum output at rated net head of 149 m and Maximum Discharge of 1.83 m3/sec (c) Guaranteed minimum output at rated net head of 152 m and Maximum Safe Discharge of 1.83 m3/sec where Turbine can safely operate continuously (d) Guaranteed maximum output at maximum net head of 152 m and Corresponding Discharge of 1.83 m3/sec 4 EFFICIENCY Guaranteed efficiency at rated head of 149 m, for the following percentages of outputs (a) 115% (b) 100% (c) 80% (d) 60% (e) 40% or Minimum allowable discharge whichever is lower 5 DISCHARGES Turbine discharge at rated head of 149 m, for the following percentages of rated outputs: (a) 115% (b) 100% (c) 80% (d) 60% (e) 40% or Minimum allowable discharge whichever is lower Indicate max. & min. discharge in m/s 6 SPEED (a) Specific speed in M.K.S. units per Turbine (b) Rated speed in r.p.m. (rated speed chosen by Employer 1000 rpm) (c) Designed Maximum Runaway speed in r.p.m. at (i) Rated Head (ii) Maximum Head (d) Duration of Designed Maximum Runaway Speed (e) Direction of rotation when viewed from driving end (f) Discharge during runaway condition (g) Calculated Lowest Critical Speed of Shaft System (h) Maximum Hydraulic Load at Maximum Head of 152 m

Horizontal Francis ... m ..m . m cumecs EL.. m EL .m . m ..m

... MW ... MW ... MW ... MW

cumecs cumecs cumecs cumecs cumecs cumecs

. sec cumecs

- 158 -

(i) (j) (k) (l) 7

8 9

10 11 (a) (b) (c) (d) 12 (a) (b) 13 14 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) 15 (a) (b) (c)

(d) (e) (f) (g) 16 (a) (b) (c) (d) 17 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)

Maximum Leakage Water through Guide Vane at Maximum Head of 152 m Estimated Closing Time Total Weight of rotating parts of Turbine Maximum Pressure Rise at Maximum Rated Load & 50% Load SPEED RISE Momentary Rise in Speed on suddenly reducing load to zero from full rated load / maximum load as percentage of rated speed CLOSING TIME Time of Gate closing for regulation is 15 seconds MOMENTARY DROP IN SPEED Momentary Drop in speed in increasing load from zero to full rated load / Maximum load as percentage of rated speed OPENING TIME Time of gate opening for regulation in 8 seconds FLYWHEEL EFFECT OF The generating unit for regulation stated above Generator Turbine runner and shaft Flywheel, if any FACTOR OF SAFETY Guaranteed minimum factor of safety under worst conditions based on yield point stress of the material Name and location of the part having the factor of safety in 12 (a) above EFFECT OF WATER HAMMER Max. water hammer pressure as percentage of rated head RUNNER Material and composition of Runner Applicable Standards for Material No. of Runner Blades Runner Diameter Weight of runner Source of runner casting SHAFT Material and composition Construction (Forged or Tubular) Applicable Standards for (i) Material (ii) Forging Diameter Inner / Outer Length Weight No. of Pieces GUIDE APPARATUS Material of guide vane No. of guide vanes (i) Leakage through fully closed gate (ii) Torque on runner due to leakage Description of the method of lubrication SPIRAL CASING AND SPEED RING Inlet Diameter of casing Dimensions of casing Maximum/design/working pressure Test pressure Material of casing No. of sections of casing Material and construction of speed/straying No. of vanes in speed/stay ring Material - 159 -

. Litres/sec .. sec MT

sec

sec . kg m2 ..kg m2 ..kg m2 ...kg m2

18 (a) 19 (a) (b) 20 21 (a) (b) (c) (d)

22 (a) (b) (c) (d) 23 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) 24 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) 25 (a) (b) (c) 26 (a) (b) (c) 27 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 28 (a) (b) (c)

DISTRIBUTOR Elevation of centre line of distributor CAVITATION FACTORS Critical sigma valve Cavitation guarantee in kg / 1000 hrs of operation RECOMMENDED PLANT SIGMA DRAFT TUBE Type Elevation of lowest point in draft tube (i) Total strength of draft tube (ii) Length of steel liner Velocity under full load at: (i) Draft tube exit (ii) Draft tube liner end location GUIDE VANE SERVOMOTOR No. of servomotor Material of servomotor body and piston Rating in kg. m. Range of oil pressure of satisfactory operation Type INLET VALVE Type Operating Method Diameter Materials Seals Operating Pressure GOVERNING SYSTEM Make of Governor Type of Governor Rating Guaranteed Sensitivity (Minimum Speed Change to which governor will respond) Range of adjustment of permanent speed drop Range of adjustment in speed setting Governor Opening & Closing Time Description & Method of Operation Adjustment Range in Governor Opening & Closing Time VELOCITIES & SUCTION HEAD Velocities of water at entry to inlet casing Velocities of water to turbine runner Velocities of water at exit of nozzle FLYWHEEL, IF ANY Location Weight Diameter OIL PRESSURE VESSELS No. of vessels per unit Dimensions of pressure vessels Normal volume of oil in each vessel Normal working pressure Grade of oil recommended OIL PUMP AND OPU TANK AND ACCUMULATOR PRE-CHARGED WITH NITROGEN No. of vessels per unit No. of oil pumps (i) Type - 160 -

. m

m . m .m ..m/sec

.m/sec .m/sec .m/sec

(d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k)

(l) (m) (n) 29 (a) (b) (c) 30 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) 31 (a) (b) (c) 32 (a) (b) (c) (d) 33 (a) (b) (c) 34 (a) (b) (c) 35 (a) (b) (c) 36

(ii) Impeller Material (iii) Body Material Capacity of each pump Pump to be run continuously or intermittently Motor rating Dimensions of Pressure vessels Elevation of sump tank at bottom Grade of Oil Effective volume of sump tank Total volume of oil required for initial filling (i) Type of Nitrogen bladder (ii) No. of Nitrogen bladder Filling pressure of Nitrogen Pressure of Oil in Accumulator Effective volume of oil in the generating system COMPRESSED AIR EQUIPMENT No. & capacity of compressors Working pressure Capacity of air receivers COOLING WATER SYSTEM Source of Cooling water (Penstock tapping or tail race pumping) Number of pumps for each unit Rating of each pump (discharge and head) Material of Pump Impeller Material of Pump Body Rating of each motor Material and size of strainer element DRAFT TUBE DEWATERING SYSTEM No. of pumps Capacity of each pump Total dynamic head DEWATERING & DRAINAGE SYSTEM No. of pumps Dewatering/Drainage Type Capacity of each pump Total dynamic head HEAVIEST PACKAGE FOR SHIPMENT Name Weight Dimensions (L x W x H) LARGEST PACKAGE FOR SHIPMENT Name Weight Dimensions (L x W x H) HEAVIEST ASSEMBLY TO BE LIFTED BY POWERHOUSE CRANE Name Weight Dimensions (L x B x H) TOTAL WEIGHT OF ROTATING PARTS OF TURBINE NO. 1

.m/sec

cum

MT m x .. m x m

MT m x .. m x m

MT m x .. m x m MT

- 161 -

2B (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) 3 (a) (b) (c) (d) 4

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 5 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 6 (a) (b) (c)

(d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l)

SALIENT DETAILS OF MACHINE NOS. 2 & 3 Type of turbine of Turbine Rated Net Head on Turbine Rated Discharge of Turbine at Rated Head of 149 m Maximum Discharge of Turbine at Rated Head of 149 m Minimum Allowable Safe Discharge at Rated Head 149 m Center Line of Runner Recommended Turbine Setting with respect to Minimum Tail Water Level of EL 1467.0 m Minimum Head under which Turbine can be Operated Maximum Head under which Turbine can be Operated Shaft Orientation POWER OUTPUT DETAILS Guaranteed rated output at rated head of 149 m and Rated Discharge of 2.74 m3/sec Guaranteed maximum output at rated net head of 149 m and Maximum Discharge of 3.152 m3/sec Guaranteed minimum output at rated net head of 149 m and Maximum Safe Discharge of 3.152 m3/sec where Turbine can safely operate continuously Guaranteed maximum output at maximum net head of 149 m and Corresponding Discharge of 3.152 m3/sec EFFICIENCY Guaranteed efficiency at rated head of 149 m, for the following percentages of outputs 115% 100% 80% 60% 40% or Minimum allowable discharge whichever is lower DISCHARGES Turbine discharge at rated head of 149 m, for the following percentages of rated outputs: 115% 100% 80% 60% 40% or Minimum allowable discharge whichever is lower Indicate max. & min. discharge in m/s SPEED Specific speed in M.K.S. units per Turbine Rated speed in r.p.m. (rated speed chosen by Employer 1000 rpm) Designed Maximum Runaway speed in r.p.m. at (ii) Rated Head (ii) Maximum Head Duration of Designed Maximum Runaway Speed Direction of rotation when viewed from driving end Discharge during runaway condition Calculated Lowest Critical Speed of Shaft System Maximum Hydraulic Load at Maximum Head of 149 m Maximum Leakage Water through Guide Vane at Maximum Head of 149 m Estimated Closing Time Total Weight of rotating parts of Turbine Maximum Pressure Rise at Maximum Rated Load & 50% Load

Horizontal Francis ... m ..m . m cumecs EL.. m EL .m . m ..m

... MW ... MW ... MW ... MW

cumecs cumecs cumecs cumecs cumecs cumecs

. sec cumecs

. Litres/sec .. sec MT

- 162 -

8 9

10 11 (a) (b) (c) (d) 12 (a) (b) 13 14 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) 15 (a) (b) (c)

(d) (e) (f) (g) 16 (a) (b) (c) (d) 17 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) 18 (a) 19 (a) (b)

SPEED RISE Momentary Rise in Speed on suddenly reducing load to zero from full rated load / maximum load as percentage of rated speed CLOSING TIME Time of Gate closing for regulation is 15 seconds MOMENTARY DROP IN SPEED Momentary Drop in speed in increasing load from zero to full rated load / Maximum load as percentage of rated speed OPENING TIME Time of gate opening for regulation in 8 seconds FLYWHEEL EFFECT OF The generating unit for regulation stated above Generator Turbine runner and shaft Flywheel, if any FACTOR OF SAFETY Guaranteed minimum factor of safety under worst conditions based on yield point stress of the material Name and location of the part having the factor of safety in 12 (a) above EFFECT OF WATER HAMMER Max. water hammer pressure as percentage of rated head RUNNER Material and composition of Runner Applicable Standards for Material No. of Runner Blades Runner Diameter Weight of runner Source of runner casting SHAFT Material and composition Construction (Forged or Tubular) Applicable Standards for (ii) Material (ii) Forging Diameter Inner / Outer Length Weight No. of Pieces GUIDE APPARATUS Material of guide vane No. of guide vanes (i) Leakage through fully closed gate (ii) Torque on runner due to leakage Description of the method of lubrication SPIRAL CASING AND SPEED RING Inlet Diameter of casing Dimensions of casing Maximum/design/working pressure Test pressure Material of casing No. of sections of casing Material and construction of speed/straying No. of vanes in speed/stay ring Material DISTRIBUTOR Elevation of centre line of distributor CAVITATION FACTORS Critical sigma valve Cavitation guarantee in kg / 1000 hrs of operation - 163 -

sec

sec . kg m2 ..kg m2 ..kg m2 ...kg m2

. m

20 21 (a) (b) (c) (d)

22 (a) (b) (c) (d) 23 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) 24 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) 25 (a) (b) (c) 26 (a) (b) (c) 27 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 28 (a) (b) (c)

(d) (e) (f)

RECOMMENDED PLANT SIGMA DRAFT TUBE Type Elevation of lowest point in draft tube (i) Total strength of draft tube (ii) Length of steel liner Velocity under full load at: (i) Draft tube exit (ii) Draft tube liner end location GUIDE VANE SERVOMOTOR No. of servomotor Material of servomotor body and piston Rating in kg. m. Range of oil pressure of satisfactory operation Type INLET VALVE Type Operating Method Diameter Materials Seals Operating Pressure GOVERNING SYSTEM Make of Governor Type of Governor Rating Guaranteed Sensitivity (Minimum Speed Change to which governor will respond) Range of adjustment of permanent speed drop Range of adjustment in speed setting Governor Opening & Closing Time Description & Method of Operation Adjustment Range in Governor Opening & Closing Time VELOCITIES & SUCTION HEAD Velocities of water at entry to inlet casing Velocities of water to turbine runner Velocities of water at exit of nozzle FLYWHEEL, IF ANY Location Weight Diameter OIL PRESSURE VESSELS No. of vessels per unit Dimensions of pressure vessels Normal volume of oil in each vessel Normal working pressure Grade of oil recommended OIL PUMP AND OPU TANK AND ACCUMULATOR PRE-CHARGED WITH NITROGEN No. of vessels per unit No. of oil pumps (iii) Type (iv) Impeller Material (iii) Body Material Capacity of each pump Pump to be run continuously or intermittently Motor rating

m . m .m ..m/sec

.m/sec .m/sec .m/sec

- 164 -

Dimensions of Pressure vessels Elevation of sump tank at bottom Grade of Oil Effective volume of sump tank Total volume of oil required for initial filling (ii) Type of Nitrogen bladder (ii) No. of Nitrogen bladder (l) Filling pressure of Nitrogen (m) Pressure of Oil in Accumulator (n) Effective volume of oil in the generating system 29 COMPRESSED AIR EQUIPMENT (a) No. & capacity of compressors (b) Working pressure (c) Capacity of air receivers 30 COOLING WATER SYSTEM (a) Source of Cooling water (Penstock tapping or tail race pumping) (b) Number of pumps for each unit (c) Rating of each pump (discharge and head) (d) Material of Pump Impeller (e) Material of Pump Body (f) Rating of each motor (g) Material and size of strainer element 31 DRAFT TUBE DEWATERING SYSTEM (a) No. of pumps (b) Capacity of each pump (c) Total dynamic head 32 DEWATERING & DRAINAGE SYSTEM (a) No. of pumps Dewatering/Drainage (b) Type (c) Capacity of each pump (d) Total dynamic head 33 HEAVIEST PACKAGE FOR SHIPMENT (a) Name (b) Weight (c) Dimensions (L x W x H) 34 LARGEST PACKAGE FOR SHIPMENT (a) Name (b) Weight (c) Dimensions (L x W x H) 35 HEAVIEST ASSEMBLY TO BE LIFTED BY POWERHOUSE CRANE (a) Name (b) Weight (c) Dimensions (L x B x H) 36 TOTAL WEIGHT OF ROTATING PARTS OF TURBINE NUMBERS 2 AND 3 GENERATOR FOR NO. 1 1 Name and address of manufacturer 2 Type and reference 3 Shaft orientation 4 Rated speed and direction of rotation 5 (a) Normal voltage between phases (b) Voltage variation 6 (a) Frequency (b) Frequency variation

(g) (h) (i) (j) (k)

.m/sec

cum

MT m x .. m x m

MT m x .. m x m

MT m x .. m x m MT

- 165 -

7 (a) (b) (c) 8 9 (a) (b) (c) (d) 10

11 (a) (b) (c) (d) 12

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 13 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 14 (a)

(b)

(c)

15 16 17 18 19

Guaranteed rated output at specified conditions with generator temperature rise limited to Class B insulation temperature rise limit Guaranteed maximum output at specified conditions with generator temperature rise limited to Class B insulation temperature rise limit Rated Voltage, zero leading power factor during line charging with 10% & 20% of Full load Rated power factor Guaranteed maximum temp rise for rated and rated maximum outputs guaranteed in item 7 above over cooled air temperature not exceeding 37 deg. C. Stator winding by ETD Rotor winding by RTDs / Resistance Bearing by ETD Other parts by thermometer Guaranteed maximum output at rated PF and any frequency voltage in the operating range with generator temperature rise limited to Class F insulation temperature rise limit. Guaranteed maximum temperature rise for the output guaranteed in item 10 above over cooled air temperature not exceeding 370C. Stator winding by ETD Rotor winding by RTDs / Resistance Bearing by ETD Other parts by thermometer Guaranteed overall efficiency of generator at rated voltage, power factor (p.f. = 0.8 (lag) 1.0 (unity) 0.8 (lead) (adjustable with excitation)), frequency and 750 C winding temperature computed by the summation of losses method in accordance with IS: 4889 1968 subject to tolerance in IS: 4722 1968. 115% rated output 100% rated output (Full Load) 80% rated output 60% rated output 40% rated output Inherent Regulation, i.e., increase in voltage at constant speed and excitation on taking off 115% full load 100 % rated output (Full Load) 80% full load 60% full load 40% full load Generator Reactance Synchronous reactance (saturated) (i) Direct axis (ii) Quadrature axis Direct axis transient reactance (i) Saturated (ii) Quadrature axis Sub transient reactance (i) Direct axis (ii) Quadrature axis Momentary speed rise the generator can take Negative phase sequence reactance Zero phase sequence reactance Resistance of armature winding per phase Resistance of field winding

.kW .kVA

Rated Output

Max. Output

kW

kVA

- 166 -

20 (a) (b) 21 (a) (b) (c) 22 23 24 (a) (b) 25 26

27 28 A 28 B 29 30 (a) (b) 31 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) 32 33 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 34 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)

Generator time constants Direct Axis Transient Open circuit Direct Axis Transient Short Circuit Generator Characteristic Curves Open circuit Saturation Curve Short Circuit Saturation Curve Full Load Saturation Curve at Rated Power Factor Short Circuit Ratio Synchronizing Power at full load, 50 Hz, power factor (p.f. = 0.8 (lag) 1.0 (unity) 0.8 (lead) (adjustable with excitation)) Flywheel effect of the Rotating parts of the generator Flywheel (if any) Duration for which all parts are guaranteed to withstand safely maximum runaway speed Guaranteed minimum factor of safety based on yield point stress of material under runaway / short circuit conditions and name and location of part having the minimum factor of safety. Maximum 1 / T value Inertia constant GD2 of the Generator Maximum runaway speed of all parts guaranteed to withstand for 15 (fifteen) minutes of duration Embedded temperature detectors Number Type Excitation Equipment Name of the manufacturer Type Accuracy of voltage regulation Range of voltage level setting Range of compounding / reactance drop compensation Range of control in auto mode Range of control in manual mode Frequency range of operation Excitation power speed Response ratio Max. continuous rating Nominal / ceiling voltage Field current for full load on rated P.F. and terminal voltage Stator Material of stator core Insulation of laminations Insulation of winding Max. temperature rise No. of sections in which stator is divided Rotor Rotor material Rotor construction Air gap Diameter of assembled rotor Factor of safety at maximum runaway speed based on yield point stress of material Construction of field poles Method of attaching field poles - 167 -

(h) (i) (j) 35 (a) (b) (c) (d) 36 (a) (b) (c) 37 (a) (b) 38 (i) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) h) (ii) (iii) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) 39 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) 40 (a) (b) (c) (d)

Field winding construction Insulation of field winding Construction of Damper winding Bearings Type Number of bearings Bearing oil/grease specification Quantity required for first filling Generator Brakes Speed at which brakes are applied Air pressure for satisfactory operation Brake shoe material Main Shaft Material Details of coupling flange Neutral grounding equipment Distribution Transformer and Secondary Load resistor Type Name and address of manufacturer Voltage ratio Continuous rating One minute rating Resistor / secondary load resistor Current rating of resistor Duty cycle of resistor and cooling medium Overall dimensions and weight Duty cycle of resistor & cooling medium Overall dimensions and weight Neutral Isolating Switch Type Name and address of manufacturer Voltage rating, frequency Normal current Short time rating Impulse level (1.2/50 micro second wave) Power frequency dry withstand voltage (one minute) Dimensions Weight Generator Terminal Equipment Lightning Arrestors Type Name and address of manufacturer Standards to which it conforms Number of units Rated voltage Nominal discharge current Power frequency withstand voltage (one minute) Max. residual voltage at 10 KA Overall weight Mounting details Protective Capacitors Type Name and address of manufacturer Standard applicable Voltage Rating

- 168 -

Capacitance Micro farad Weight Mounting details Potential Transformer Type Name and address of the manufacturer Standard applicable Rated primary voltage Rated secondary voltage Rated burden Accuracy class Temperature rise 1.1 times rated voltage with rated burden & frequency Power frequency withstand voltage (one minute) Weight of generator rotating parts Weight of complete generator Heaviest package for shipment Name Weight Dimensions (L x B x H) Largest package for shipment Name Weight Dimensions (L x B x H) Heaviest assembly to be lifted by power house crane Name Weight Dimensions (L x B x H) The Bidder has to offer powerhouse crane capacity based on the maximum weight to be handled inside the powerhouse. Employer has selected EOT Crane of 30 / 5 Tonne GENERATOR FOR NOS. 2 & 3 1 Name and address of manufacturer 2 Type and reference 3 Shaft orientation 4 Rated speed and direction of rotation 5 (a) Normal voltage between phases (b) Voltage variation 6 (a) Frequency (b) Frequency variation 7 (a) Guaranteed rated output at specified conditions with generator temperature rise limited to Class B insulation temperature rise limit (b) Guaranteed maximum output at specified conditions with generator temperature rise limited to Class B insulation temperature rise limit (c) Rated Voltage, zero leading power factor during line charging with 10% & 20% of Full load 8 Rated power factor 9 Guaranteed maximum temp rise for rated and rated maximum outputs guaranteed in item 7 above over cooled air temperature not exceeding 37 deg. C. (a) Stator winding by ETD (b) Rotor winding by RTDs / Resistance (c) Bearing by ETD (d) Other parts by thermometer

(e) (f) (g) 41 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) 42 43 44 (a) (b) (c) 45 (a) (b) (c) 46 (a) (b) (c) Note

. MT . MT

. MT .. m x m x m

. MT .. m x m x m

. MT .. m x m x m

.kW .kVA

Rated Output

Max. Output

- 169 -

10

11 (a) (b) (c) (d) 12

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 13 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 14 (a)

(b)

(c)

15 16 17 18 19 20 (a) (b) 21 (a) (b) (c) 22 23 24 (a) (b)

Guaranteed maximum output at rated PF and any frequency voltage in the operating range with generator temperature rise limited to Class F insulation temperature rise limit. Guaranteed maximum temperature rise for the output guaranteed in item 10 above over cooled air temperature not exceeding 37 deg. C. Stator winding by ETD Rotor winding by RTDs / Resistance Bearing by ETD Other parts by thermometer Guaranteed overall efficiency of generator at rated voltage, power factor (p.f. = 0.8 (lag) 1.0 (unity) 0.8 (lead) (adjustable with excitation)), frequency and 750 C winding temperature computed by the summation of losses method in accordance with IS: 4889 1968 subject to tolerance in IS: 4722 1968. 115% rated output 100% rated output (Full Load) 80% rated output 60% rated output 40% rated output Inherent Regulation, i.e., increase in voltage at constant speed and excitation on taking off 115% full load 100 % rated output (Full Load) 80% full load 60% full load 40% full load Generator Reactance Synchronous reactance (saturated) (i) Direct axis (ii) Quadrature axis Direct axis transient reactance (i) Saturated (ii) Quadrature axis Sub transient reactance (i) Direct axis (ii) Quadrature axis Momentary speed rise the generator can take Negative phase sequence reactance Zero phase sequence reactance Resistance of armature winding per phase Resistance of field winding Generator time constants Direct Axis Transient Open circuit Direct Axis Transient Short Circuit Generator Characteristic Curves Open circuit Saturation Curve Short Circuit Saturation Curve Full Load Saturation Curve at Rated Power Factor Short Circuit Ratio Synchronizing Power at full load, 50 Hz, power factor (p.f. = 0.8 (lag) 1.0 (unity) 0.8 (lead) (adjustable with excitation)) Flywheel effect of the Rotating parts of the generator Flywheel (if any)

kW

kVA

- 170 -

25 26

27 28 A 28 B 29 30 (a) (b) 31 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) 32 33 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 34 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) 35 (a) (b) (c) (d) 36 (a) (b) (c)

Duration for which all parts are guaranteed to withstand safely maximum runaway speed Guaranteed minimum factor of safety based on yield point stress of material under runaway / short circuit conditions and name and location of part having the minimum factor of safety. Maximum 1 / T value Inertia constant GD2 of the Generator Maximum runaway speed of all parts guaranteed to withstand for 15 (fifteen) minutes of duration Embedded temperature detectors Number Type Excitation Equipment Name of the manufacturer Type Accuracy of voltage regulation Range of voltage level setting Range of compounding / reactance drop compensation Range of control in auto mode Range of control in manual mode Frequency range of operation Excitation power speed Response ratio Max. continuous rating Nominal / ceiling voltage Field current for full load on rated P.F. and terminal voltage Stator Material of stator core Insulation of laminations Insulation of winding Max. temperature rise No. of sections in which stator is divided Rotor Rotor material Rotor construction Air gap Diameter of assembled rotor Factor of safety at maximum runaway speed based on yield point stress of material Construction of field poles Method of attaching field poles Field winding construction Insulation of field winding Construction of Damper winding Bearings Type Number of bearings Bearing oil/grease specification Quantity required for first filling Generator Brakes Speed at which brakes are applied Air pressure for satisfactory operation Brake shoe material

- 171 -

37 (a) (b) 38 (i) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) h) (ii) (iii) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) 39 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) 40 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) 41 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)

Main Shaft Material Details of coupling flange Neutral grounding equipment Distribution Transformer and Secondary Load resistor Type Name and address of manufacturer Voltage ratio Continuous rating One minute rating Resistor / secondary load resistor Current rating of resistor Duty cycle of resistor and cooling medium Overall dimensions and weight Duty cycle of resistor & cooling medium Overall dimensions and weight Neutral Isolating Switch Type Name and address of manufacturer Voltage rating, frequency Normal current Short time rating Impulse level (1.2/50 micro second wave) Power frequency dry withstand voltage (one minute) Dimensions Weight Generator Terminal Equipment Lightning Arrestors Type Name and address of manufacturer Standards to which it conforms Number of units Rated voltage Nominal discharge current Power frequency withstand voltage (one minute) Max. residual voltage at 10 KA Overall weight Mounting details Protective Capacitors Type Name and address of manufacturer Standard applicable Voltage Rating Capacitance Micro farad Weight Mounting details Potential Transformer Type Name and address of the manufacturer Standard applicable Rated primary voltage Rated secondary voltage Rated burden Accuracy class Temperature rise 1.1 times rated voltage with rated burden & frequency

- 172 -

Power frequency withstand voltage (one minute) Weight of generator rotating parts Weight of complete generator Heaviest package for shipment Name Weight Dimensions (L x B x H) Largest package for shipment Name Weight Dimensions (L x B x H) Heaviest assembly to be lifted by power house crane Name Weight Dimensions (L x B x H) The Bidder has to offer powerhouse crane capacity based on the maximum weight to be handled inside the powerhouse. Employer has selected EOT Crane of 30 / 5 Tonne CONTROL PANELS A GENERAL 1 Make 2 Type of sheet steel 3 Thickness of sheet steel (a) Front (b) Back (c) Sides 4 Details of Painting 5 Weight of each panel section 6 Overall dimensions of each panel section in mm. (W x D x H) 7 Total weight of all Panels 8 Space required for installation of all Panels 9 Largest package for transport (a) Gross weight (b) Overall dimensions B SEMAPHORE INDICATORS 1 Make 2 Type 3 Diameter of the disc 4 Operating voltage 5 Burden C CONTROL SWITCHES 1 Make 2 Type 3 Type of handle 4 No. of possible positions of the handle with diagrams (a) No. of contacts available in each position (b) Max. No. of contacts which can be accomodated for each position 5 Rating of contacts (a) Voltage (b) Make & Carry current continuously (c) Make & Carry current for 0.5 second (d) Break resistive load 1 Whether locking arrangement provided 2 Mounting details

(i) 42 43 44 (a) (b) (c) 45 (a) (b) (c) 46 (a) (b) (c) Note

. MT . MT

. MT .. m x m x m

. MT .. m x m x m

. MT .. m x m x m

. MT .. m x m x m ..MT .. m x m x m ..MT .. m x m x m

- 173 -

3 4 D 1 2 3 (a) (b) (c) 4 5 6 (a) (b) 7 8 E 1 2 3 F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 G 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (a) (b) 8 9 10 11 12 (a) (b) 13 (a) (b) (c)

Dimensions Other Information, if any INDICATING LAMPS Make Type Rating Current Voltage Wattage Colour of lamp Permissible voltage variation Whether series resistance is provided, if so Ohmic value Power loss Life of lamp in burning hours Other information, if any PUSH BUTTONS Make Whether integral engraved Inscription plates provided No.of NO / NC Contacts ANNUNCIATORS Make & Type No. of windows Dimension of each window No. of lamps per window Auxiliary supply voltage Power consumption Details of auxiliary equipment such as relays etc. Required instantaneous making capacity of initiating contacts Type of reset manual / self Overall dimensions of anunciators Technical literature Brief write up of the scheme furnished INDICATING METERS (TO BE FURNISHED) Make & Type Type of movement Type of mounting Range C.T.Ratio P.T.Ratio Details of Shunt, if any Rated current Rated voltage drop Accuracy class Total deflection angle Total scale length Overall dimensions Burden Current coil Voltage coil Short time rating Current coil Voltage coil Time

- 174 -

14 15 H 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 (a) (b) (c) 13 (a) (b) (c) 14 (a) (b) 15 (a) (b) 16 17 18 19 20 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Other details Details of literature furnished ENERGY METERS (TO BE FURNISHED SEPARATELY FOR EACH TYPE OF METER) Make Type of measurement Measuring range C.T.Ratio P.T.Ratio Current coil rating Voltage coil rating Accuracy Speed of rotor (revolutions / kWh) VA burden of current coil VA burden of potential coil Limits of error at UPF and Rated current 25% & 125% of rated current 10% rated current Limits of error at power factor (p.f. = 0.8 (lag) 1.0 (unity) 0.8 (lead) (adjustable with excitation)) Rated current 25% & 125% of rated current 10% rated current Continuous overload rating of current coil For thermal limit For accuracy limit Short time overload rating of current coil Current Time Continuous over-voltage rating of potential coil Reverse running stop provided Standard to which it conforms Mounting details Testing facilities & other details, if any DIGITAL FREQUENCY METER Class of Accuracy Type of display No. of digits Display size (height in mm) Range of frequency meter Rated input voltage Standard to which it conforms Mounting details Testing facilities and other details, if any RECORDING INSTRUMENTS (INFORMATION TO BE GIVEN FOR EACH TYPE OF RECORDER SEPARATELY) Make & Type Type of mounting Range of parameters that can be recorded Range of basic movement (In case of transducer operated system) Accuracy Chart speed Paper width Length of chart - 175 -

9 (a) (b) (c) 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 K 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (a) (b) 9 10 M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (a) (a) (b) 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Auxiliary supply Voltage Current Watts Permissible variation in auxiliary supply VA Burden Type of case (Draw-out / Non Draw-out) Detailed technical literature published Particulars of drive Form of reserve drive Standard to which the recorder conforms DIFFERENTIAL RELAYS Make Type Nominal Voltage Permissible variation in voltage Nominal current (In case of current operated relay) Permissible variation in current Contacts Hand reset / Self reset No. of pair of contact Make contacts Break contacts Speed of operation of relay Pick up / Drop off ratio RESRICTED EARTH FAULT RELAY Make Type Reference standards Rated D.C. voltage Rated A.C. voltage Operating principle Solid state or electro-mechanical Thermol rating No. of contacts Normally open Make & carry for 0.5 second Break Case dimensions (Overall in mm.) Cut-out dimensions in mm. (H x W) Contacts Self Reset / Hand Reset Burden Operating Indicator provided Operating time at 2 x setting current Tuned to system frequency Setting range SYNCHRONIZING EQUIPMENT Make Type Reference standards Double voltmeter provided ? Double frequency meter provided ? Synchro scope provided ? Lamps provided ?

- 176 -

O CTs & PTs 1 Make 2 Type 3 Ratio 4 Rated Output VA 5 Class of frequency 6 Short time rating (a) Current (b) Voltage 7 Knee Point voltage for Class PS 8 Excitation Current for Class PS (a) KVP (b) 50% KVP 9 Internal Impedance of (a) Primary (b) Secondary 10 Temparature rise 11 Mounting details 12 Overall dimensions 13 Any other details POWER TRANSFORMER 1 Name and address of manufacturer 2 Type 3 Full load rating (HV) 4 Rated no load voltage (HV) 5 Rated current 6 Type of cooling 7 Rated % impedance 8 Rated frequency 9 Winding connections (i) HV (ii) LV 10 Vector group 11 Tapping on windings 12 Winding insulation and category as per IS:2020 13 Impulse withstand voltage 14 Power frequency withstand voltage 15 Guaranteed maximum temperature rise a) Winding b) Oil 16 Losses a) No load at rated voltage and frequency b) Load loss at rated current at 75 deg. C 17 Maximum flux density at rated voltage 18 Current density a) HV b) LV 19 Dial size of meters 20 Weights a) Core and winding (kg) b) Oil (kg) c) Tank and fittings (kg) d) Total 21 Overall dimensions

- 177 -

22 23 (a) (b) 24

25 (a) (b) (c) 26

27

28 29 30 (a) (b) (c) (d) 31 (a) (b) (c) 32 OLTC 1 2 3 (a) (b) (c) (d) 4 5 6 7 8 9

Winding material Type of winding: HT LT (i) Buchholtz relay (ii) Oil temperature (iii) Winding temperature (iv) Minimum oil gauge provided Tappings for HV / LV variation Range No. of steps Value of the step Efficiency at 75 deg. C (Power factor (p.f. = 0.8 (lag) 1.0 (unity) 0.8 (lead) (adjustable with excitation)) i) At full load ii) at 3/4 full load iii) at 1/2 full load iv) at 1/4 full load a) Regulation at full load at 75 deg. C and unity (1.0) P.F. b) Regulation at full load at 75 deg. C and 0.8 PF (lagging) c) Regulation at full load at 75 deg. C and 0.8 PF (leading) No. of radiator / coolers Rating of each radiator / cooler (percentage of load) Insulation level Separate source power frequency withstand voltage LV / HV Induced over voltage withstand voltage LV / HV Full wave lightning impulse withstand voltage LA / HV Switching impulse withstand voltage LA / HV Terminal arrangements HV LV Neutral Reference standards Make Type Rating Rated voltage Rated current Step voltage No. of steps Control Auxiliary Supply Details Voltage for Control Local switch Indications provided Protections employed (a) Buchholtz relay (b) Oil temperature Details of electric drive (a) kW (b) Voltage Annunciations provided Approximate overall weight

ALARM TRIP

% % % %

10

11 12

- 178 -

13 Approximate overall dimensions 14 Approximate quantity of oil STATION AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER 1 Name and address of manufacturer 2 Full load rating 3 Rated no load voltage (HV) 4 Rated current (HV) 5 Type of cooling 6 Rated % impedance 7 Rated frequency 8 Winding connections (i) HV (ii) LV 9 Vector group 10 Tappings on windings 11 Winding insulation and category as per IS: 2026 12 Impulse withstand voltage 13 Power frequency withstand voltage 14 Guaranteed maximum temperature rise a) Winding b) Oil 15 Losses a) No load b) Load loss at 75 deg. C 16 Maximum flux density at rated voltage 17 Current density a) HV b) LV 18 Dial size of meters 19 Weight a) Core and winding b) Oil c) Tank and fittings Total 20 Overall dimensions 21 Winding material 22 Minimum oil gauge provided 23 Off load tap details a) Number of taps b) Steps in each tap 24 Noise Level dB(A) BATTERY & BATTERY CHARGER (A) BATTERY 1 Name and address of manufacturer 2 Applicable Standard 3 Type, designation as per IS (maintenance free) 4 Manufacturers type designation 5 Capacity in Amperes of the battery 6 Rated voltage & current of battery (i) Normal (ii) Maximum (iii) Minimum 7 Nominal Cell voltage (volts) 8 No. of cells in each bank

.kg .kg ..kg m x ... m x .. m

Voltage

Current

- 179 -

No. of spare cells in each bank Material of containers Thickness & type of material separators Construction details & dimensions a) Positive Plate b) Negative Plate (ii) Method of supporting elements 13 Provision to provide earth leakage relay (B) BATTERY CHARGER 1 Type of rectifier 2 No. of units 3 Manufacturers type & designation & standards applicable 4 AC Supply unit kVA & Voltage 5 Percentage taps provided on transformer 6 Rated DC output for (i) Boost Charger (Amp.) (ii) Float Charger (Amp.) 7 Rated DC output voltage for (i) Boost Charger (Amp.) (ii) Float Charger (Amp.) 8 Rated DC voltage controls for (i) Boost Charger (Amp.) (ii) Float Charger (Amp.) 9 DC output voltage regulation from no load to full load 10 Maximum ripple current 11 Overall efficiency 12 Unit dimensions 13 List of major accessories or spares 14 Constructional details 15 Protective features specified are given under specification DIESEL GENERATOR (DG) SET (i) ENGINE 1 Name and address of manufacturer 2 Type & Model 3 Method of starting 4 Rated Horse Power 5 Guaranteed Fuel Consumption (a) At Full Load (b) At 1/2 Load 6 Lubricating Oil Consumption 7 Safety Protection Provided 8 Method of Cooling 9 Tachometer (ii) ALTERNATOR 1 Name and address of manufacturer 2 Manufacturers Type 3 Rated kW capacity 4 Rated kVA capacity 5 Rated terminal voltage 6 Rated power factor 7 Rated stator current 8 Rated speed 9 Inherent voltage regulation 10 Efficiency at rated power factor at

9 10 11 12 (i)

- 180 -

(a) Full Load (b) 3/4 Load (c) 1/2 Load 11 Excitation current at rated power factor output & power factor 12 Peripheral speed of the rotor 13 Critical speed of the rotor 14 Class of Insulation of (a) Stator (b) Rotor 15 Method of cooling 16 Max. temperature rise of the stator (iii) DIESEL GENERATOR SET 1 Starting time 2 Interval between starting impulses 3 No. of starting impulses (Maximum) 4 Time for picking up full load (iv) DIESEL GENERATOR CONTROL PANELS 1 Name and address of manufacturer 2 Outline dimension (L x W x H) 3 Type of mounting (v) BATTERY 1 Type 2 Name and address of manufacturer 3 Capacity in 10 hours rating 4 Voltage (vi) CHARGER 1 Type 2 Voltage 3 Current (vii) WEIGHT SCHEDULE 1 Weight of engine less flywheel 2 Weight of flywheel 3 Weight of generator 4 Total Equipment Weight (viii) FOUNDATION FRAME 1 Size 2 Anti vibration pad capacity 3 Name and address of manufacturer 4 Quantity of pads (ix) FUEL TANK CAP E.O.T. CRANE 1 2 3 4 (a) (b) 5 6 7 8 (a) (b) 9 (a) (b) Rated Capacity Make Class of duty Bridge Girder Type Span Gantry Rail Size Hoist Type Make of Hoist Size of chain Type Type of Hook Material - 181 -

10 (a) (b) 11 (a) (b) 12 13 (a) (b) 14 15 16 17 18

Gears / Pinions Type Material Bearing Type Make Gantry Rail Material Maximum hook approach Pendent end Other end Wheel load Length of travel Clearance from bottom of roof Maximum lift Total weight of crane

In addition to the above, it is further guaranteed that the generator shall be capable of evacuating power under adverse voltage conditions (+10% & -25%) in the grid without any loss in efficiency and damage to the equipment.

- 182 -

SCHEDULE - 3 SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR TURBINE, GENERATOR & ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT (To be Filled-in by the Bidder) S.NO. ITEM QUANTITY (PRICE IN RUPEES) F.O.R. WORK UNIT PRICE TURBINE Turbine Complete Governor with Oil pressure system Main Inlet Valve 3 Common Auxiliaries 4 Cooling water system (a) Compressed air system (b) For nitrogen filling of (c) pressure vessels Dewatering system (d) Drainage system (e) Spares as per Schedule 5 No. 3 and in addition recommended spares Supervision charges 6 (Indicate number & daily rates) GENERATOR Generator complete with 1 accessories as per schedule of requirements Fire Protection 2 Equipment Testing Devices and 3 instruments required during assembly / erection and commissioning and for field tests Charges for Supervisor / 4 Engineers for Assembly, Erection, Commissioning and Field Acceptance Tests (Indicating Terms & Conditions) 1 2 3 NOS. 3 NOS. 3 NOS. 3 SETS 3 SETS 3 SETS 1 SET 1 SET ITEMWISE PRICES TOTAL PRICE F.O.R. SITE UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE

3 NOS. 1 SET RENTAL OR PRICE AS THE CASE MAY BE

- 183 -

SCHEDULE-4 SCHEDULE OF PRICE FOR MATERIALS, DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS OF MAJOR COMPONENTS OF EQUIPMENTS (To be Filled-in by the Bidder) COMPONENT TURBINE NO. 1 Runner Runner Body Shaft Anchor Frame Transient piece Inlet pipe Stay ring Outer casing Bearings G.V. Servomotor TURBINE NOS. 2 & 3 Runner Runner Body Shaft Anchor Frame Transient piece Inlet pipe Stay ring Outer casing Bearings G.V. Servomotor GENERATOR NO. 1 Stampings Rotor Stampings Insulation GENERATOR NOS. 2 & 3 Stampings Rotor Stampings Insulation MATERIAL THICKNESS STANDARD

- 184 -

SCHEDULE-5 SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF MICROPROCESSOR BASED AUTO CONTROL SYSTEM (To be Filled-in by the Bidder)

S.NO. 1

NAME OF EQUIPMENT MICROPROCESSOR

TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

CRT

PRINTER

UPS

- 185 -

SCHEDULE-6 SCHEDULE OF MANDATORY SPARES (To be Filled-in by the Bidder) S.NO. ITEM OF SPARE QTY. REM ARKS

SPARES FOR FRANCIS TURBINE I (a) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. I (b) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. II (a) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. II (b) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. FOR TURBINE NO. 1 Wearing rings (stationery) if any Shaft seal packings Guide vane stem packings Shear pins/friction clutch components Guide vanes Piston rings for servomotor cylinders Packing and sealings, all types and sizes Guide vane bearing bushes Bushes/bearings for regulating mechanism FOR TURBINE NOS. 2 & 3 Wearing rings (stationery) if any Shaft seal packings Guide vane stem packings Shear pins/friction clutch components Guide vanes Piston rings for servomotor cylinders Packing and sealings, all types and sizes Guide vane bearing bushes Bushes/bearings for regulating mechanism OIL PRESSURE VESSEL & OIL PUMPING UNIT FOR TURBINE NO. 1 Oil Pump bearings of OPU Seals / Packings (All types) Filter elements for oil Solenoids / coils Spring (all types) Level relay Pressure switches Ball bearings (all types) Pump unloader valve Safety relief valve Flexible hose pipes Non return valves for OPU Pressure gauges Level gauge OIL PRESSURE VESSEL & OIL PUMPING UNIT FOR TURBINE NOS. 2 & 3 Oil Pump bearings of OPU Seals / Packings (All types) Filter elements for oil Solenoids / coils Spring (all types) Level relay Pressure switches Ball bearings (all types) Pump unloader valve - 186 1 SET 2 SETS 1 SET 1/2 SETS 4 NOS. 2 SETS 2 SETS 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 2 SETS 1 SET 1/2 SETS 4 NOS. 2 SETS 2 SETS 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. III (a) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. III (b) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. IV (a) 1. 2. 3. 4. IV (b) 1. 2. 3. 4. V (a) 1. 2. V (b)

Safety relief valve Flexible hose pipes Non return valves for OPU Pressure gauges Level gauge INSTRUMENTS AND SAFETY DEVICES FOR TURBINE NO. 1 Filter element for cooling water system Pressure gauge for cooling water Hose pipe of cooling water inlet to turbine guide bearing Bearings of C.W. Pump & Motor Resistance type temperature detectors (RTDs) Level switches Dial type thermometers Coils / Contacts / Springs for auxiliary relays, Solenoids and Switches etc. INSTRUMENTS AND SAFETY DEVICES FOR TURBINE NOS. 2 & 3 Filter element for cooling water system Pressure gauge for cooling water Hose pipe of cooling water inlet to turbine guide bearing Bearings of C.W. Pump & Motor Resistance type temperature detectors (RTDs) Level switches Dial type thermometers Coils / Contacts / Springs for auxiliary relays, Solenoids and Switches etc. GOVERNOR SPARES FOR TURBINE NO. 1 I / O Cards Speed pick up transducers Runner feedback transducers Guide vane servomotor feedback transducers GOVERNOR SPARES FOR TURBINE NOS. 2 & 3 I / O Cards Speed pick up transducers Runner feedback transducers Guide vane servomotor feedback transducers GREASE LUBRICATING SYSTEM FOR TURBINE NO. 1 Grease Feeders Primer equipment

1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 2 SETS 2 NOS. 2 NOS. 1 SET (4 NOS.) 2 NOS. 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET

2 SETS 2 NOS. 2 NOS. 1 SET (4 NOS.) 2 NOS. 1 SET 1 SET 1 SET 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 SET 2 SETS

GREASE LUBRICATING SYSTEM FOR TURBINE NOS. 2 &3 1. Grease Feeders 2. Primer equipment GENERATOR SPARES FOR GENERATOR NO. 1 1. Bearing bushes NDE, DE 2. RTDs 3. Dial thermometers 4. Excitation Spares AVR module 5. Speed Sensing Probe GENERATOR SPARES FOR GENERATOR NOS. 2 & 3 1. Bearing bushes NDE, DE 2. RTDs 3. Dial thermometers 4. Excitation Spares AVR module 5. Speed Sensing Probe - 187 -

1 SET 2 SETS 1 Set 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 Set 1 No. 1 Set 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 Set 1 No.

INDOOR SWITCHGEAR & OUTDOOR YARD SPARES 1. 6.6 kV Generator breaker closing coil & trip coil 2. 6.6 kV Generator breaker spring charge motor 3. 6.6 kV breaker contacts (fixed / movable) 4. 33 kV Transformer breaker closing coil & trip 5. 33 kV Transformer breaker spring charge motor 6. 33 kV Transformer breaker (fixed / movable) 7. 8. Fuses Bulbs & Holder

As per recommendations of the Supplier 1 SET (FOR 1 BREAKER) 10% OF EACH TYPE 10% OF EACH TYPE 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.

TRANSFORMER SPARES 1. 2. 3. 4. H.T. bushes for 6.6 / 33 kV, 7500 kVA Transformer L.T. bushes for 6.6 / 33 kV, 7500 kVA Transformer H.T. bushes for 6.6 kV / 415 V, Transformer L.T. bushes for 6.6 kV / 415 V, Transformer

NOTES: 1. 2. 3. The above is minimum mandatory requirement. The Bidder may quote for any additional spares that he considers are necessary. Where the UNIT is shown as a SET, the Bidder should clearly state what constitutes a set. All spares as recommended by manufacturers for trouble-free maintenance for at least 5 (five) years should be incorporated in the list of spares given above.

- 188 -

SCHEDULE-7 SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL: All deviations from the specifications shall be filled in by the Bidder clause by clause in this Schedule as per table given below. Unless specifically mentioned in this schedule, the Bid shall be deemed to conform to the Employer's specifications. SL. NO. SECTION SUB-SECTION CLAUSE NO. DEVIATION COST OF WITHDRAWAL

Signature Name of Bidder Designation Company Seal of Company Date

: : : : :

NOTE: Where there is no deviation, the above table should be returned duly signed with an endorsement indicating 'NO DEVIATIONS'.

- 189 -

Deviations may be offered in respect of each equipment as deemed necessary by the Bidder. However, the Bidder should use separate table as per format shown above for each such equipment where deviations are offered. Each table shall be submitted under the following headings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Schedule of Deviations of Turbine & Auxiliaries Schedule of Deviations of Generators Schedule of Deviations of Power Transformers Schedule of Deviations of OLTC Schedule of Deviations of Station Auxiliary Transformer Schedule of Deviations of Battery & Battery Charger Schedule of Deviations of H.T. and L.T. switch gear control and protection panels Schedule of Deviations of lighting, ventilation, air conditioning and fire extinguishing equipment.

- 190 -

SCHEDULE-8 SCHEDULE OF TESTS PROPOSED TO BE PERFORMED ON THE EQUIPMENT

SL. NO.

NAME OF EQUIPMENT

NAME OF TESTS PROPOSED AT MANUFACTURER'S WORKS BEFORE DISPATCH

NAME OF TEST PROPOSED AT SITE DURING ERECTION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING

NAME OF SPECIAL TOOLS TACKLES, INSTRUMENTS METERS, GAUGES NEEDED TO BE PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER TO BIDDER'S SUPERVISORS

1A. TURBINE NO.1 1B. TURBINE NOS. 2 & 3 2A. GENERATOR NO.1 2B. GENERATOR NOS.2 & 3 3. OPU 4. AUXILIARIES

Signature: Name: Company: Seal of Company Date:

- 191 -

SCHEDULE - 9A SCHEDULE OF MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TOOLS & PLANTS FOR THE FACILITIES SL. NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 DESCRIPTION (NAME OF THE SPARE PART) 500 V, 500 Mega Ohms range hand driven generator type megger with leather case 1000 V, 1000 Mega Ohm range hand driven generator type megger with leather case Tong tester 0-600V, 0-1000A clip on voltmeter and ammeter with leather case 160 lph stream line oil filtration plant Oil testing kit Analog meter Hand held phase type sequence meter 50 to 500V Earth megger Blower Soldering iron Handle held speedometer Generator air gap gauge Pole screw tightening wrench for generator Torque wrench for rectifier assembly of generator Vernier calipers 300m Dial gauge with magnetic base 0.01 mm accuracy Screw gauge Inside & outside calipers Master level 0.02 mm/m accuracy Ring spanners & double end open jaw spanners 5m to 36m set; 36 x 41; 46 x 51 and 50 x 55 mm Size Single end open jaw spanner & Single end ring spanners -46, 50, 51 & 55 mm Size Box spanner 10 to 32 mm with accessories Circlip opener (Inside & Outside) 6 Hammers Ball pen 1kg. & straight 5 kg & 10 kg Hydraulic jack 5 & 10 tonne Flexible shaft grinder Pistol drilling machine Shim cutter 12 size Die set with wrench for no. 25, 40 & 50 mm Pipe wrench 18, 24 Screw wrench 18, 24 Allen keys 5mm to 24mm Cutting pliers 6 & 8 size Nose pliers 6 & 8 size Hacksaw frame 12 Rough & Smooth Flat, round, half round & triangular file 12 size Center punch & Letter punch Chisels 12 mm 7 20 mm width Bench vice 12 size - 192 QTY. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 SET 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 SET 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 SET 1 NO. 3 SETS 1 NO. 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. 1 SET EACH 2 NOS. EACH 1 SET 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. EACH 1 SET 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. EACH 1 NO. EACH

40 41 42 43 44 45

Screw drivers 6, 9, 12, 16 Grease gun 12 Wire slings 10 tonne & 5 tonne capacity D shackles 10 tonne & 5 tonne capacity Tap set with wrench m 10, 12, 16, 18, 20, 24 Feeler gauge 0.05 mm to 1 mm size 6, 18

1 NO. EACH 1 NO. 4 NOS. EACH 4 NOS. EACH 1 SET 1 SET EACH

NOTE:

These lists of tools & plants are to be quoted & delivered by the Contractor. These items remain the property of the Employer for the purpose of Maintenance of Units / Facilities.

- 193 -

SCHEDULE 9B SCHEDULE OF DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS SL. NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 (a) (b) (c) (d) 13 (a) (b) (c) (d) 14 15 16 DESCRIPTION NO. OF PACKAGES SHIPPING DIMENSION OF EACH PACKAGE (meters) DIA. x LONG SHIPPING WEIGHTS OF EACH PACKAGE (kgs.)

Inlet pipe Transient piece Inlet casing Runner assembly Turbine main shaft assembly Stub shaft assembly Oil header assembly Guide bearing Shelf seals assembly GV servomotor Embedded pipes Drainage & Dewatering Pumps Valves Strainers Piping Cooling water Pumps Valves Strainers Piping OPU Valves & fittings Generator

- 194 -

SCHEDULE 10 LIST OF APPROVED VENDORS S. NO. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. EQUIPMENT OPU / Power packing Generator Power Transformer HV Outdoor circuit breaker HV Outdoor CT HV Outdoor PT HV Outdoor Lightning Arrestors HV Outdoor isolator Cables Battery Charger Battery Switchgear Panels with Control, Metering & Protection Switchgear Components Control & Protection Panels Auxiliary distribution board Metering Valves VENDORS REXROTH / YUKEN / PARKER / HYDAC BHEL / CGL / KEC / TDPS / WEG / JYOTI CGL / KEC / SIEMENS / BHARAT BIJLI / ALSTOM / VOLTAMP / EMCO / ECE / SOUTHERN / AREVA ABB / CGL / ALSTOM / AREVA/ SIEMENS / S & S MEHRU / INSTRANS / SILKANS / EI MEHRU / INSTRANS / SILKANS / EI WS / IGE / OBLUM / CGL / ELPRO / LAMCO ELPRO / DANKE / ELECTROLYTE / RAMA ENGG. / PACTIL FORT GLOSTER / UNIVERSAL / ASIAN (RPG) / KEI / POLYCAB / LAPP CHHABI / MASSTECH / SABNIFE / UNIVERSAL EXIDE / AMCO CONTRONICS / AREVA L & T / GE CONTROLS / SIEMENS CONTRONICS CONTRONICS / AREVA CONTRONICS / AE. CO. / IMP / MECO / RISHABH AUDCO VALVES / LEADER / KRILOSKAR / FOURESS

- 195 -

SECTION-VI A QUALIFICATION CRITERIA

- 196 -

SECTION - VI A QUALIFICATION CRITERIA I. The Bidder or firm on whose behalf the bid is submitted must be a manufacturer, who has designed, manufactured, supplied, erected and commissioned at least two (2) Small Hydro Generating Units of Horizontal Francis type turbine with unit capacity range of 500 kW to 4000 kW, which are in successful operation for two (2) years on the date of Bid opening. Bidders who meet the above requirements except for successful operation for two (2) years, can also participate in the bidding if they have valid ongoing collaboration agreement with a manufacturer who in turn fully meets the criteria specified at I above, provided the Bidder furnishes a legally enforceable undertaking jointly executed by himself and the collaborator for satisfactory design, manufacture, erection, testing, commissioning and performance of the equipment offered including all warranty obligation as per General and Special Conditions of Contract [GCC (Section IV) & SCC (Section V)]. The Bidder shall have a track record of timely execution of projects and would correspondingly furnish details of all projects for past five (5) years in the following format: REMARKS EXPLAINING REASONS FOR DELAY AND WORK COMPLETED

II.

III.

STIPULATED PERIOD OF COMPLETION

DATE OF ISSUE OF WORK ORDER

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

IV.

Bidder shall also furnish the past performance of the projects mentioned in I above in terms of generation in previous years, spares required, details of downtime of the equipment, details of repairs carried out in warranty and guarantee period. Current Projects: The Bidder shall state the status of project which have been contracted / under implementation and their stage of implementation. The Bidder should furnish a brief write-up, backed with adequate data, explaining his available capacity (both technical & financial), for manufacture and supply of the required equipment, within the specified time of completion, after meeting all their current commitments. The Bidder should confirm that all the facilities exist in manufacturers factory for inspection and testing of equipment and these would be made available to the Employer or to this authorized representative for inspection. Notwithstanding anything stated above, the Employer reserves the right to assess the Bidders capabilities and capacity to execute the contract satisfactorily before deciding on award. That, in the case of a Bidder not doing business within India, the Bidder is or will be (if successful) represented by an agent in that country equipped and able to carry out the Contractors maintenance, repair and spare-parts stocking obligations prescribed by the Conditions of the Contract and/or Technical Specifications.

V. VI.

VII.

VIII. IX.

- 197 -

ACTUAL DATE OF COMPLETION

PROJECT NAME

CONTRACT NO.

VALUE OF CONTRACT

NAME OF EMPLOYER

SECTION-VI B SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS

- 198 -

SECTION-VI B SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS

A.

General The Bidder shall quote for Facilities including design, material selection, manufacture, assembly, intermediate storage, tests at Bidders works, packing & forwarding for shipment, delivery at site (final destination), receipt & storage at site, insurance including transit insurance and Services for complete erection, testing at site, commissioning, trial operation of 72 hrs, test run of 8 weeks as well as Ninety (90) days commercial operation and maintenance and training of Employers assigned personnel for 2 units of Facilities comprising of Electro-Mechanical Equipment for Fozal H. E. Project (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15 % continuous overload Hydroelectric Project on the Left Bank of Fozal Nala, Distt. Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, India.

B.

Facilities The Bidder has to include in the scope all the Facilities required for the project in full and complete shape even though some of the equipment may not be specifically mentioned as detailed out below. S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Description TURBINE: Type of Turbine No. of units and Rating Rated turbine output Rated head Runner diameter Rated speed Specific speed kW - rpm Efficiency at 100% load a) Discharge at 100% load b) Discharge at 115% Run away speed GENERATOR: Type of generator Rated output Rated speed Rated voltage Power Factor Generator Efficiency 6.6 kV 0.8 96.0 % for 3.5 MW, 95.5 % for 2 MW Horizontal Synchronous Matching to unit size -do149 m To be calculated & intimated by the Bidder 1000 rpm as computed by Consultant of the Employer To be calculated & intimated by the Bidder To be intimated by the Bidder 2.74 m/s for each 3500 kW & 1.59 m3/s for 2000 kW 3.15 m3/s for each 3500 kW & 1.83 m3/s for 2000 kW To be intimated by the Bidder Horizontal Francis 2 x 3500 kW and 1 x 2000 kW

- 199 -

Annexure I I SCOPE OF SUPPLY Scope of supply covers design, material selection, manufacture, handling/storage at site assembly, testing at manufacturers works before despatch, supply, delivery to site, erection, commissioning & testing at site, load testing for at full / overload for successful and satisfactory operation of all Three numbers Horizontal Francis Turbines coupled to Synchronous generators of matching rated output and operating for 3 months & handing over with all equipments performing to warranties as per the detailed scope specified below and description enclosed in this section: 1.1 Horizontal Francis Turbine 3 Nos: a) 2 x 3500 kW with 15% continuous over loading & b) 1 x 2000 kW with 15% continuous over loading 3 Nos. One set each for two (2) nos. turbines of 3500 kW & One (1) no. turbine for 2000 KW

1.2

Turbine auxiliaries Oil Pumping System

1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7

Cooling Water System 1 Set Station Drainage & De-watering 1 Set System Main Inlet Valve (Butterfly type) Electrical Equipment comprising of Horizontal Synchronous Generator, Indoor Switchgear and Outdoor Yard Equipment EOT Crane (30/5 T) Schedule of spares List of Mandatory Maintenance Tools & Plants

3 Nos., matching to system 1 Set 1 No. 1 Set 1 Set

1.1

Description of Horizontal Francis Turbine

Scope of supply covers two number 3500Kw with 15% continuous overloaded and one number 2000KW with 15% continuous overload of Horizontal Shaft Francis turbine to generate rated output as specified in the technical particulars. Each Set of turbine comprises of the following. ONE : Runner integrally cast in stainless steel (13% Chromium, 4% Nickel CA6NM). It has a suitable bore to mount on the generator shaft. Adequate numbers of relief holes are provided for the water leaking past runner crown seal. Sealing Box comprising of labyrinth type axial seal. Suitable arrangement for drainage of leakage water is provided. Spiral Casing is made of fabricated steel with the material specified in the tender document. It is of volute type complete with stay-ring and sufficient number of stay vanes. The stay-ring besides guiding the flow into guide vanes, gives structural rigidity to the spiral casing against the hydraulic forces. Front Cover of welded plate/mild steel flanged to the spiral casing. Required number of bushes for support of the guide vane pivots will be provided. Rear Cover of welded plate/mild steel flanged to the spiral casing. Required numbers of bearing housings with bushes for support of guide vane stems are provided. The guide vane stems on this rear cover side are assembled to the operating mechanism. Guide Vane Operating Mechanism comprising of levers, links, servo lever connected to the hydraulic servomotor for the regulation of flow. Draft Tube of diffuser type for pressure recovery and discharging water into the tail race.

ONE : ONE :

ONE : ONE : ONE : ONE :

- 200 -

1.2 Description of Turbine Auxiliaries Scope of supply covers one set of turbine comprises of the following: a) OIL PRESSURE SYSTEM: Three set of Oil Pressure System shall be provided (one set each for 2 numbers 3500 kW turbines and one set for 2000 kW turbine) Oil pumping unit complete with sump tank, three oil pumps, set of relief valves, directional control valves, check valves, filters, level switches complete with safety devices like shut off valve, pressure switches etc., will be provided. Capacity of accumulator (Nitrogen bladder type) shall be designed for one operation of guide vanes without recharging the system. One set of piping, fitting, sealing rings, gaskets necessary for completion, of regulation of guide vanes and runner blades will be provided. All the instruments for indication and control of operation of guide vanes and runner blades will be provided. b) COOLING WATER SYSTEM: Three sets of cooling water system, one each for Two (2) Nos. for 3500 kW turbines and One (1) No. for 2000 kW turbine of adequate capacity will be provided. Cooling water system shall comprise of the following. Three (3) Nos. of Centrifugal pump complete with motors, starters, and base plates etc., One No. of flow meter, Strainers, flow switches etc., shall be provided Design of the cooling water system shall be such that one pump can meet the requirements of cooling water for one unit. The whole system shall be designed in such a way, that any pump can be operated for supply of cooling water to that particular unit. Necessary sectionalizing valve will be provided. c) DRAINAGE AND DEWATERING SYSTEM: One (1) set of drainage & de-watering system for the power station to pump out water will be provided. Three Nos. of submersible pumps complete with piping, fittings, gate valve, non-return valves, pressure switches and pressure gauges as per the approved flow diagram will be provided. One set of de-watering piping complete with valves-piping fittings etc. will be provided.

1.3 Description of Main Inlet Valve (Butterfly Type) Scope of supply covers three number Butterfly valves of size matching to each penstock pipe placed upstream of each turbine, which will open by oil pressure and closed by dead weight. The BFV comprises of: ONE : Flanged body fabricated in steel plate. Upstream flange is bolted to penstock and downstream flange is bolted to dismantling joint / spiral casing of turbine. ONE : Fabricated / Cast disc, streamlined for minimum head loss. Disc proportions are designed for optimum deflection, which assists in sealing. TWO : Shafts of forged carbon steel keyed to the disc through suitable pins and generously designed for transmitting maximum operating output torque. ONE : Resilient rubber seal in conjunction with stainless steel seat ring. Seat ring is accurately machined integral with body to ensure long operating seal life.

- 201 -

ONE : Clamping ring in segments to clamp rubber seal to disc for uniform seal setting. ONE : Oil operated servomotor to open the disc. ONE : Dead weight with lever to close BFV in a foolproof manner under all conditions of operation ONE : Set of self lubricated bearings with thrust pad on non drive end shaft to take the loads on disc ONE : Set of by pass arrangement with one hydraulic operated gate valve, one manually operated guard valve, elbows and related hard wares 1.4 Electrical Equipment comprising of Horizontal Synchronous Generator, Indoor Switchgear and Outdoor Yard Equipment: Component i) 6.6 kV, 3500 kW with 15% Continuous Over Load 0.8 PF, Synchronous Generator ii) 6.6 kV, 2000 kW with 15% Continuous Over Load, 0.8 PF ,Synchronous Generator Excitation Panel with AVR & APFC Sole Plates Foundation Bolts Pick up wheel for Speed sensors Indoor Power Panels Neutral Grounding Panel LAVT Panel Protection & Control Panels a) Generator Protection Panel b) Turbine Control Panel c) Speed Governor Transformer Control, Relay & Metering Panel 33 KV Line relay & metering Panel 33 KV Line relay & metering Panel at sub-station of receiving end LTAC Panel with 415 V AC Distribution Board Battery & Battery Charger 110 V / 250 Ah Lead Acid VRLA Maintenance free Battery Float cum boost charger for battery with D.C Distribution board Transformers 7500 kVA , 6.6 kV / 33 kV, 3 Ph, 50 Hz, Outdoor Power transformer with OLTC Type , standard fittings and accessories 100 kVA, 6.6 kV / 415 V Auxiliary Transformer with standard fittings and accessories (Outdoor) 33 kV Outdoor Switchyard at Power House end and 33 kV Naggar Receiving end 6.6 kV, 630 A, 25 kA, 3 Pole, Outdoor Porcelain Clad Vacuum Circuit Breaker with standard fittings and accessories. 6.6 kV, 1250 A, 25 kA / 1 sec vaccum circuit breaker 33 kV, 630 A, 25 kA / 1 sec vaccum circuit breaker 33 kV, 630 A Isolator without Earth switch. - 202 Qty. 2 1 3 3 As required 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1set 1 2 1

S. No. 1.0

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.0 2.1 2.2 3.0 3.1

3.2 3.3 a 3.3 b 4.0 5.0 5.1 5.2 6.0 6.1 6.2 7.0 7.1 7.1 a 7.1 b 7.2

4 2 6 6

S. No. 7.3 7.4 7.5 a 7.5 b 7.5 c 7.5 d 7.5 e 7.5 f 7.5 g 7.5 h 7.5 i 7.5 j 7.6 7.7 a 7.7 b 7.7 c 7.7 d 7.8 7.9 7.10 7.11 8.0 8.1

Component 33 kV, 630 A Isolator with Earth switch. Lightning Arresters - 30 kV,10 kA, 6.6 kV CTs with CT ratio 475 / 1 / 1 A 6.6 kV CTs with CT ratio 300 / 1 / 1 A 6.6 kV, CTs with CT ratio 475 / 1 A 0.415 kV, CTs with CT ratio 150 / 5 / 5 A 0.415 kV, CTs with CT ratio 100 / 5 A 6.6 kV, CTs with CT ratio 750 / 1 / 1 A 33 kV, CTs with CT ratio 175 / 1 A 33 kV, LCTs with CT ratio 175-350 / 1 / 1 A 33 kV, LCTs with CT ratio 175-350 / 1 / 1 A 6.6 kV, CT with CT ratio 300 / 1 A 33 kV, 3 Core, Ratio : 300 / 1-1 Trivector Meter CTs PT Ratio : 6.6 kV / 3 / 0.11 kV / 3 / 0.11 kV / 3 / 0.11 kV / 3 BPT Ratio : 6.6 kV / 3 / 0.11 kV/ 3 LPT Ratio : 33 kV / 3 / 0.11 kV / 3 / 0.11 kV / 3 LTPT Ratio : 0.415 kV / 3 / 0.11 kV / 3 Insulators - Disc, Post Insulators with necessary accessories & fittings ACSR Conductor, WOLF Power Connectors Structure and Hardware Cables & Cable Accessories: Power control and instrumentation cable, cables trays, supporting structures, complete with cable terminals matching to the system and all required spare parts. Cable Accessories. Plant & Auxiliary System Lighting Fire Fighting Equipment Air Conditionere Split Type 2 Ton Capacity Ventilation System, Exhaust Fans Earthing, Power House and OD Yard OD Yard and Power house Earthing. DG Set: 100 kVA with accessories Communication EPABX a) 4 incoming lines and 10 extensions b) Telephone sets - 10 Nos. TVM (Trivector Meter) SCADA system (Optional) Description of E.O.T. Crane

Qty. 4 10 4 2 1 1 1 2 4 2 2 1 2 3 1 4 2 1 lot 1 lot 1 lot 1 lot

8.2 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 10.0 10.1 11.0 11.1 12.0 12.1

1 Set 1 Set 3 Nos. 4 Nos. 1 set 1 No 1 No

13.00 14.00 1.5

1 Set 1 Set

Scope of supply covers One no. Electric Overhead Travelling Crane of 30/5 Ton capacity of suitable span as per the technical particulars specified i. The crane shall confirm to the relevant Indian standards and of Class M2. - 203 -

1.6

Schedule of Spares: As mentioned under Schedule 6 List of Special Maintenance Tools & Tackles (SCHEDULE OF WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT)

1.7

S. No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. NOTES: 1. 2. 3. a)

DESCRIPTION 1000 V, 100 mega ohms range and driven generator type megger with leather case Tong tester 0-600 V, 0-100 A clip or volt-meter and Ammeter with leather case Hand held type phase sequence meter 50-500 V Air Gap gauge Torque wrench suitable for turbine, generator, and rectifiers assemblies with complete set of heads Double end spanner set 3-50 mm Pipe wrench 18 inch Screw wrench 8 inch Allen keys 6-24 mm Cutting pliers 6 , 8 , 10 Nose pliers 6 & 8 Nose pliers 6 & 8 Hacksaw frame 12 Half round file 6 and 8 Round file 6 and 8 Smooth file 8 and 12 Centre punch Chisels 4 , 6 , 8, 12 Screw drivers 6 , 9 , 12 and 16 Grease gun 6 Wire slings 5 ton capacity Box spanner 6 mm to 32 mm with ratchet Feeler gauge 1-9 mm size Earth testing kit Dial gauges Chain pulley block 2 T capacity with 5 mtr. Lift Earthing rod Barrel oil pump (hand operated)

QTY 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 set 1 set 1 NO 1 NO 1 Set 1 No 1 No 1 No 1 No 1 No each 1 No each 1 No each 1 No 1 No each 1 No each 1 No 4 Nos 1 No 1 Set 2 sets 1 no. 1 set 1 no.

Bidders may note that evaluation may be done for in such a manner, which gives maximum benefit to the Employer. The Maintenance Tools & Plants shall remain the property of the Employer after delivery by the Contractor. While quoting the price for the Facilities, the Bidders shall take into account the terms of the contract. The attention of the Bidders is invited to the following: The above is only illustrative and not exhaustive list. Bidder shall ensure inclusion of all necessary E & M equipment, tools and testing instruments for on site erection, testing, commissioning and maintenance including trial operations, test runs etc. Such additional E & M items, tools / instruments, if any, are to be listed separately for information only. The tools, plants, tackles, meters and instruments for site erection, testing & commissioning to be furnished by the Bidder shall remain the property of the Contractor and the Contractor will take these back in "as is where is" condition after erection, site testing and commissioning is completed.

b)

- 204 -

C.

Services Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Contract, the Contractors obligations cover the provision of all plant and equipment and the performance of all installation services required for the design, the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil works, pre-commissioning and delivery), installation, completion, commissioning and performance testing in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Specifications. The Contractors services covered in the Contract Price include, but are not limited to: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l) On site assembly, erection, installation and all engineering and other services in relation to the Facilities. Storage, custody and care at site of the Facilities or any part thereof up to the issuance of the Preliminary Acceptance Certificate and pursuant to SCC Clause 5 (Inspection and Testing). Insurance as per SCC Clause 8 Carrying out type tests / shop tests on Facilities included in the technical specifications and offered in the bid. Trial operations for 72 hrs pursuant to SCC Clause 5 (Inspection and Testing). Test Run for 8 weeks Carrying out on-site tests on Facilities to prove guaranteed figures of efficiency and output as per Specifications pursuant to SCC Clause 5 (Inspection and Testing). Performance of Final Acceptance Tests after Ninety (90) days Conduct of training of Employers personnel for Ninety (90) days, at the Contractors plant and /or on-site, in assembly, startup, operation, maintenance and or repair of Facilities. Supervision of the accuracy of performance of the activities of the civil Contractor. Ensuring accuracy and strength of the embedment to be achieved by close supervision from the Contractors side. Carrying out necessary tests and inspection required by the regulatory authorities including HPSEB for grant of various approvals / certification up to issuance of preliminary acceptance certificate by the Employer. Furnishing drawings, manual, details and data as per the Contract

Notes:

While quoting the price for the services, the Bidders shall take into account the terms of the contract. The attention of the Bidders is invited to the following: The Contract envisages generation and evacuation of power on a "water to wire" concept and accordingly, the Contractor shall perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining completion of the project as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in Himachal Pradesh, India, where the Facilities are installed and where the installation services are carried out. The laws will include all national, provincial, municipal or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and bind upon the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the Sub- Contractors and their personnel. The Contractor shall acquire in its name all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located that are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, boarding, lodging and visas for the Contractors personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractors equipment. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for watching, lighting and power requirements.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

- 205 -

(e)

The Contractor shall provide all consumables such as welding rods, cutting gas, gaskets, cleaning fluids, oils, lubricants, fasteners etc, required for on-site assembly, erection, trial operation, testing, commissioning and till handing over the Facilities to the Employer. The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging tickets, visas, permits, foreign exchange etc, for the erection personnel of the Contractors for their site visits and Employer shall bear no responsibility in this regard except for issuance of recommendatory letter(s) for arranging the visas. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying taxes, if any, including income tax and surcharge on income tax and all costs shall be included in the Contractors' scope. The Contractor shall provide and supply all labour, materials, equipment, tools for assembly, inspection and tests, spare parts and accessories; equipment; construction utilities (including power) and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at the site); and storage (including any temporary land required for the same), except for those supplies, works and services that will be provided or performed by the Employer as set forth in the SCC. These services would be provided up to the date of issuance of preliminary acceptance certificate. The Contractor shall provide all the tools & plants, tackles, meters and instruments required for onsite assembly, erection, trial operation, test run and Operation and Maintenance. The tools and plants will be taken back home by the Contractor in as is where is condition, after completion of the work.

(f)

(g)

(h)

- 206 -

SECTION-VI C: ABSTRACT OF SCHEDULE PRICE SCHEDULE FOR FACILITIES TO BE IMPORTED (FOR EVALUATION PURPOSE)

- 207 -

SECTION VI C ABSTRACT OF SCHEDULE PRICE SCHEDULE FOR FACILITIES TO BE IMPORTED (FOR EVALUATION PURPOSE) (To be completed by foreign supplier of their local agents) NAME OF BIDDER: SCH. NO. DESCRIPTION COUNTRY OF ORIGIN C.I.F AT PORT OF ENTRY INCIDENTAL SERVICE AS PER CLAUSE 1.8 OF SCC PRICE: TOTAL C.I.F. COST FOR EACH ITEM COST OF INDIAN DELIVERY TO FINAL DESTINATION, INCLUDING TRANSIT INSURANCE TO PROJECT SITE & INSURANCE AT STORAGE, ERECTION, COMMISSIONING TILL HANDING OVER AS PER CLAUSE 7 OF SCC TOTAL PRICE INDIAN AGENT COMMISSION AS % OF CIF PRICE INCLUDED IN THE QUOTED PRICE SHIPMENT WEIGHT & VOLUME

Supply at site all the items of equipment listed under Section VIB & detailed in the technical specifications Erection, testing & commissioning, supervision of all the items listed under item 1 above including trial operation of 72 hrs, test run of 8 weeks as well as Ninety (90) days commercial operation and maintenance and training of Employers assigned personnel - 208 -

SCH. NO.

DESCRIPTION

COUNTRY OF ORIGIN

C.I.F AT PORT OF ENTRY

INCIDENTAL SERVICE AS PER CLAUSE 1.8 OF SCC

TOTAL C.I.F. COST FOR EACH ITEM

COST OF INDIAN DELIVERY TO FINAL DESTINATION, INCLUDING TRANSIT INSURANCE TO PROJECT SITE & INSURANCE AT STORAGE, ERECTION, COMMISSIONING TILL HANDING OVER AS PER CLAUSE 7 OF SCC

TOTAL PRICE

INDIAN AGENT COMMISSION AS % OF CIF PRICE INCLUDED IN THE QUOTED PRICE

SHIPMENT WEIGHT & VOLUME

3 4 5 6 Note:

Supply of Mandatory spares Supply of mandatory tools & plants Total Bid Price Supply of optional item (A): The Bidder shall indicate the break-up of price for Facilities (B): Bidder should quote for all optional items. Employer may elect to buy these items at its sole discretion. Price of optional items shall not be considered for evaluation (C): All rows & columns must be filled. If not applicable fill N.A. No blank should be left. TOTAL BID PRICE (IN FIGURES____________________) CURRENCY____________(IN WORDS) SIGNATURE OF BIDDER

NAME: ____________________ BUSINESS ADDRESS:

- 209 -

SECTION-VI D: ABSTRACT OF SCHEDULE PRICE SCHEDULE FOR DOMESTIC FACILITIES OR FACILITIES OF FOREIGN ORIGIN LOCATED WITHIN INDIA

210

SECTION VI D ABSTRACT OF SCHEDULE PRICE SCHEDULE FOR DOMESTIC FACILITIES OR FACILITIES OF FOREIGN ORIGIN LOCATED WITHIN INDIA (FOR EVALUATION PURPOSE) NAME OF BIDDER: TRANSIT & STORGAE INSURANCE AS PER CLAUSE 7 OF SCC SCH. NO. DESCRIPTION INLAND TRANSPORTATION & FORWARDING PRICE: SALE & OTHER TAXES PAYABLE IF CONTRACT IS AWARDED DOMESTIC VALUE ADDED IS THE COST AS % OF EXFACTORY PRICE IN COLUMN 6 FOR FINAL TOTAL PRICE DELIVERY AT DESTINATION AS INCIDENTAL SERVICE PER CLAUSE 8 OF SCC

COUNTRY OF ORIGIN

EX-FACTORY EX-WARE HOUSE EX-SHOW ROOMS OFF-THE SHELF

Supply at site all the items of equipment listed under Section VIB & detailed in the technical specifications Erection, testing & commissioning, supervision of all the items listed under item 1 above including trial operation of 72 hrs, test run of 8 weeks as well as Ninety (90) days commercial operation and maintenance and training of Employers assigned personnel 211

PACKING

TRANSIT & STORGAE INSURANCE AS PER CLAUSE 7 OF SCC

INLAND TRANSPORTATION

INCIDENTAL SERVICE PER CLAUSE 8 OF SCC

COUNTRY OF ORIGIN

& FORWARDING

3 4 5 6

Supply of Mandatory spares Supply of mandatory tools & plants Total Bid Price Supply of optional item

Note:

(A): The Bidder shall indicate the break-up of price for Facilities

(B): Bidder should quote for all optional items. Employer may elect to buy these items at its sole discretion. Price of optional items shall not be considered for evaluation (C): All rows & columns must be filled. If not applicable fill N.A. No blank should be left.

TOTAL PRICE DELIVERY AT DESTINATION

EX-FACTORY EX-WARE HOUSE EX-SHOW ROOMS OFF-THE SHELF

PACKING

FOR FINAL

SCH. NO.

AS

DESCRIPTION

SALE & OTHER TAXES PAYABLE IF CONTRACT IS AWARDED

DOMESTIC VALUE ADDED IS THE COST AS % OF EXFACTORY PRICE IN COLUMN 6

TOTAL BID PRICE (IN FIGURES____________________) CURRENCY____________(IN WORDS)

SIGNATURE OF BIDDER

NAME: ____________________ BUSINESS ADDRESS:

212

SECTION-VI E DRAWING

213

LIST OF DRAWINGS

S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

TITLE OF DRAWING

DRAWING NO. 2001 029 101 (Sheet 1 of 4) 2001 029 101 (Sheet 2 of 4) 2001 029 101 (Sheet 3 of 4) 2001 029 101 (Sheet 4 of 4) 2001 029 102 2001 029 107 (Sheet 1 of 3) 2001 029 107 (Sheet 2 of 3) 2001 029 107 (Sheet 3 of 3) 2001 029 108 (Sheet 1 of 2) 2001 029 108 (Sheet 2 of 2) 2001 029 109

Layout Plan along Water Conductor System Layout Plan along Water Conductor System Layout Plan along Water Conductor System Layout Plan along Water Conductor System Longitudinal Section along Water Conductor System Power House Plan Power House Cross Section Power House Longitudinal Section Layout Plan along Surge Shaft, Penstock & Powerhouse L-Section along Surge Shaft, Penstock & Powerhouse Single Line Diagram

214

SECTION VII SAMPLE FORMS AND PROCEDURES

215

SECTION VII SAMPLE FORMS AND PROCEDURES CONTENTS

S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Description Bid Forms and Price Schedules Bid Security Forms (a) Form of Notification by the Employer to Contractor (b) Form of Sight Draft Forms of Notification of Award Form of Contract Agreement Performance Security Forms Bank Guarantee Forms for Advance Payment Form of Completion Certificate Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate Change Order Procedures Form of Trust Receipt Forms of Indemnity Bond Form of Authorization Letter

Page No. 217 to 243 244 to 246 247 248 249 to 254 255 to 270 271 to 274 275 to 277 278 279 280 to 289 290 291 to 296 297 to 298

216

1. BID FORM Date ......................................... IFB No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Name of Contract: Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW) + (1 x 2000 kW) H. E. Project To: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place New Delhi - 110019 Tel : 011 - 26425722, 46515758 Fax : 011 - 26281910 Ladies and/or Gentlemen, 1.0 Having examined the Bidding Documents, including Addenda Nos. (Insert Numbers), the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, we the undersigned, offer to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install and commission (including carrying out Performance & Guarantee Test) the Facilities under the above-named Contract in full conformity with the said Bidding Documents for the sum of: .................................................................................................................................... (Amount of Foreign Currency in Words) ................................................................(.................................................................) (Amount in Figures) and .................................................................................................................................... (Amount of Local Currency in Words) ................................................................(.................................................................) (Amount in Figures) or such other sums as may be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract. 2.0 Attachments to the Bid Form: In line with the requirement of the Bidding Documents we enclose herewith the following Attachments to the Bid Form: (a) Attachment 1: The bid security shall, at the Contractors option, be in the form of a certified check, letter of credit or a bank guarantee from a reputable bank selected by the Contractor and located in any eligible country for a sum equivalent to 1% of the Bid Price quoted by us and valid upto 135 days from the date of bid opening.. (b) Attachment 2: A power of attorney duly authorized by a Notary Public indicating that the person(s) signing the bid have the authority to sign the bid and thus that the bid is binding upon us during the full period of its validity in accordance with the ITB Clause 14. (c) Attachment 3: The documentary evidence establishing in accordance with ITB Clause 2 that we are eligible to bid and in terms of ITB Clause 9.3 (c) & (e) of BDS are qualified to perform the contract if our bid is accepted. The qualification data has been furnished as per your format enclosed with the bidding documents. *Further the required deed of Joint Undertaking signed by us and our Collaborator has also been furnished as per your format. *Delete if not applicable 217

(d) Attachment 4: The documentary evidence establishing in accordance with ITB Clause 3 that the facility offered by us are eligible facilities and conform to the Bidding Documents has been furnished as Attachment 4. Moreover, a list of Special Tools & Tackles to be furnished by us, the cost of which is included in our Bid Price, is also enclosed as per your format as Attachment 4A. (e) Attachment 5: The details of all major items of services or supply which we propose subletting giving details of the name and nationality of the proposed sub-contractor / sub-vendor for each item. (f) Attachment 6: The variation and deviations from the requirements of the Conditions of Contract, Bid Data Sheet and other commercial conditions, Technical Specification and Drawings in your format enclosed with the Bidding Documents, indicating, inter alia, the cost of withdrawal of the variation and deviations indicated therein. (g) Attachment 6A: The variation and deviations from the requirements of provisions of GCC Clauses mentioned in Bid Data Sheet (ITB 22.4.1) in your format enclosed with the Bidding Documents, indicating, inter alia, the cost of withdrawal of the variation and deviations indicated therein. (h) Attachment 7: The details of Alternative Bid made by us indicating the complete Technical Specifications, the Bid price for the Alternative Bid and the deviation to contractual and commercial conditions. (i) Attachment 8: The details of local representation as per your format enclosed in the Bidding Documents. (j) Attachment 9: The declaration regarding the deemed export benefits considered in the bid as per your format enclosed in the Bidding Documents. (k) Attachment 10 Manufacturers authorization forms (l) Joint Venture Agreement as per ITB Clause 9.3 (applicable for Joint Ventures only) # ..................................................................................................................... # (Any other Attachment, if required, shall be added here) 3.0 PRICE SCHEDULES: 3.1 In line with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, we enclose herewith the following Price Schedules, duly filled-in as per your proforma: Schedule No. 1 Schedule No. 2 Schedule No. 3 Schedule No. 4 Schedule No. 5 Schedule No. 6 Schedule No. 7 Schedule No. 8 Plant and Equipment including Mandatory Spare Parts supplied from Abroad. Plant and equipment including Mandatory Spare parts supplied from within India. Local Transportation Installation Services O&M and Training of Employers personnel Grand Summary (Schedules Nos. 1 to 5) Recommended Spare Parts. Taxes and Duties not included in Bid Price.

@ ................................................................................................................................... @ Any other Schedules, if required, shall be added here.

218

3.2 We are aware that the Price Schedules do not generally give a full description of the work to be performed under each item and we shall be deemed to have read the Technical Specifications and other Bidding Documents and Drawings to ascertain the full scope of work included in each item while filling-in the rates and prices. We agree that the entered rates and prices shall be deemed to include for the full scope as aforesaid, including overheads and profit. 3.3 We declare that as specified in the Special Conditions of Contract (SCC 9), prices quoted by us in the Price Schedules shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Appendix-2 (Price Adjustment) to the Contract Agreement. 3.4 We understand that in the price schedule, where there are errors between the total of the amounts given under the column for the price Breakdown and the amount given under the Total Price, the former shall prevail and the latter will be corrected accordingly. We further understand that where there are discrepancies between amounts stated in figures and amounts stated in words, the amount stated in words shall prevail. Similarly, any discrepancy in the total bid price and that of the summation of Schedule prices (price indicated in a Schedule indicating the total of that schedule), the total bid price shall be corrected to reflect the actual summation of the Schedule prices. 3.5 We declare that items left blank in the Schedules will be deemed to have been included in other items. The TOTAL for each Schedule and the TOTAL of Grand Summary shall be deemed to be the total price for executing the Facilities and sections thereof in complete accordance with the Contract, whether or not each individual item has been priced. 4.0 We confirm that except as otherwise specifically provided our Bid Prices include all taxes, duties, levies and charges as may be assessed on us, our Sub-Contractor/ Sub-Vendor or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities, in and outside of India. 4.1 We understand that notwithstanding 4.0 above, you shall bear and promptly pay/ reimburse all custom and import duty imposed; on the Plant & Equipment including Mandatory Spare Parts specified in Schedule No.1 (and on spare parts to be supplied from abroad and specified in Schedule No.6, when awarded) to be incorporated into the Facilities, by the Indian Laws. However, we understand that if we choose to ship the equipment in Shippers Containers, then the custom duty levied on the cost of empty Containers shall not be borne by you and shall be payable by us. 100% of applicable Taxes and Duties which are payable by the Employer under the Contract shall be reimbursed by the Employer to the Contractor after dispatch of equipments on production of satisfactory documentary evidence by the Contractor. 4.2 We further understand that notwithstanding 4.0 above, you shall also bear and pay/reimburse to us/our Assignee, Sales Tax (but not the surcharge in lieu of Sales Tax), local tax and other levies in respect of direct transaction between you and us/our Assignee, imposed on the Plant & Equipment including Mandatory Spare Parts specified in Schedule No. 2 (and also on locally supplied spares quoted in Schedule No.6, when awarded) to be incorporated into the Facilities; by the Indian Laws. 4.3 We confirm that we [or our Assignee (applicable for Foreign Contractors) as per Para 5.0 below] shall also get registered with the concerned Sales Tax Authorities, in the state where the project is located. 4.4 We confirm that no Sales Tax in any form shall be payable by you for the bought out items which are dispatched directly by us/our Assignee under the Second Contract (as referred in Para 5.0 and 5.1 below) to the project site. However, you will issue requisite Sales Tax declaration forms in respect of such bought out items, on production of documentary evidence of registration with the concerned Sales Tax Authorities. The minimum value of such items as indicated in Attachment No. ...... (Insert number as per serial order). 5.0 CONSTRUCTION OF THE CONTRACT We* (applicable to foreign Contractors only) declare that we have studied Clause SCC 22 relating to mode of contracting for Foreign Contractors and we are making this proposal with a stipulation that you shall award us two separate Contracts viz. First Contract for CIF/CIP supply of all off-shore equipments 219

and materials including mandatory spares and Second Contract for Ex-works supply of all equipment and materials of Indian origin and for providing all services i.e. port handling and clearance of for the imported Facilities, further loading and inland transportation for delivery at site, unloading, storage, handling at site, installation, testing and commissioning including Performance Testing in respect of all equipments supplied under both the contracts and any other services specified in the Contract Documents. We declare that the award of two contracts, will not, in any way, dilute our responsibility for successful operation of Plant/Equipment and fulfillment of all obligations as per Bidding Documents and that both the Contracts will have a cross-fall breach clause i.e. a breach in one Contract will automatically be classified as a breach of the other Contract which will confer on you the right to terminate the other Contract at our risk and cost. Further, we hereby propose M/s .............................................................................. whose capacity, and experience are enclosed with our Bid as our Assignee for the purpose of executing the Second Contract and written unequivocal consent of the above mentioned proposed Assignee to work as your independent Contractor, on the same terms and conditions as offered by us to you in this bid, is also enclosed with the Bid Form. The above mentioned Assignee shall directly enter into the Second Contract with you and both the contracts shall contain the aforesaid cross-fall breach clause. In case the Assignee, despite his written consent fails to enter into the Second Contract with you, or if the Employer in his judgment does not find acceptance of the proposed Assignee as its Contractor, then we undertake to enter into and execute both the Contracts, inter alia, containing the aforesaid cross-fall breach clause. In such an event, the over-all financial liability of the Employer, under the Contract shall, however, not exceed the envisaged in this bid. 5.1 We** (applicable to Domestic Contractors only) declare that we have studied clause SCC 22 relating to mode of contracting for Domestic Contractors and we are making this proposal with a stipulation that you shall award us two separate Contracts viz. First Contract for ex-works and CIF/CIP (if any) supply of all equipments and materials including mandatory spares identifying separately the CIF/CIP and Ex-works components of the supply and Second Contract for providing all the services i.e. inland transportation for delivery at site, unloading, storage, handling at site, installation, testing and commissioning including performance testing in respect of all the equipments supplied under the First Contract and other services specified in the Contract Documents. We declare that the award of two contracts will not in any way dilute our responsibility for successful operation of plant/equipment and fulfillment of all the obligations as per Bidding Documents and that both the Contracts will have a cross-fall breach clause i.e. a breach in one contract will automatically be classified as a breach of other contract which will confer on you the right to terminate the other Contract at our risk and cost. 6.0 @We have read the provisions of following clauses and confirm that the specified stipulations of these clauses are acceptable to us: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) OR GCC 5 GCC 6 GCC 12 GCC 13.3 GCC 14 GCC 26.2 GCC 27 GCC 28 GCC 29 GCC 30 Appendix 2 to Form of Contract Agreement Governing Law Settlement of Disputes Terms of Payment Performance Security Taxes & Duties Completion Time Guarantee Defect Liability Functional Guarantees Patent Indemnity Limitation of Liability Price Adjustment

220

@We have read the provisions of following clauses and confirm that the specified stipulations of these clauses are acceptable to us except for the deviations, along with the cost of withdrawal of such deviations, listed in Attachment 6A: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) GCC 5 GCC 6 GCC 12 GCC 13.3 GCC 14 GCC 26.2 GCC 27 GCC 28 GCC 29 GCC 30 Appendix 2 to Form of Contract Agreement Governing Law Settlement of Disputes Terms of Payment Performance Security Taxes & Duties Completion Time Guarantee Defect Liability Functional Guarantees Patent Indemnity Limitation of Liability Price Adjustment

@(Contractors to strike off whichever is not applicable) 6.1 We further declare that additional conditions, variations, deviations, if any, found in the proposal other than those listed in Attachment 6 and/or Attachment 6A, save those pertaining to any rebates offered, shall not be given effect to. 7.0 We undertake, if our bid is accepted, to commence the work on Facilities immediately upon your Notification of Award to us, and to achieve Completion within the time stated in the Bidding Documents. 8.0 If our bid is accepted, we undertake to provide an Advance Payment Security and a Performance Security in the form and amounts, and within the times specified in the Bidding Documents. 9.0 We agree to abide by this bid for a period of 120 (One Hundred and twenty) days from the date fixed for submission of bids as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, and shall remain binding upon is and may be accepted by you at any time before the expiration of that period. Further, the prices of recommended spares contained in our Bid shall remain valid for a period of 120 days after the expiry of validity of bid, mentioned above. 10.0 We undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in executing) the above contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India namely Prevention of Corruption Act 1988. 11.0 Commissions or gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid by us to agents relating to this Bid, and to contract execution if we are awarded the contract, are listed below: -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Name and Amount and Purpose of Commission Address of agent Currency or gratuity ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------................................. ................................. ................................. .................................... .................................... .................................... .......................................... ......................................... .........................................

(If none, state none). ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------12.0 Until a formal Contract is prepared and executed between us, this bid, together with your written acceptance thereof in the form of your Notification of Award shall constitute a binding contract between us. 221

13.0 We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any bid you may receive. 14.0 We confirm that we have filled-in the data required to be furnished by us in the Special Conditions of Contract and Appendix 2 and Appendix 3 to the form of Contract Agreement. 15.0 We, hereby, declare that only the persons or firms interested in this proposal as principals are named here and that no other persons or firms other than those mentioned herein have any interest in this proposal or in the Contract to be entered into, if the award is made on us, that this proposal is made without any connection with any other person, firm or party likewise submitting a proposal is in all respects for and in good faith, without collusion or fraud. Dated this ....................... Day of ................................... 20 ............. Thanking you, we remain, Yours faithfully, (Signature) (Printed Name) (Designation) (Common Seal) Date Place : :

Business Address: Country of Incorporation: (State or Province to be indicated) Name & Address of the principal Officer: * Indian Contractors to strike off this provision. ** Foreign Contractors to strike off this provision. Note: Contractors may note that no prescribed proforma has been enclosed for: (a) Attachment 2, (Power of Attorney) (b) Attachment 4, (For documentary evidence establishing that the facilities offered are eligible facility and conform to bidding documents.) However, the proforma for Special tools & tackles have been enclosed as Attachment - 4A. (c) Attachment 6/6A Deviation of withdrawal. (d) Attachment 7, (Alternate Bids) For these Attachments 2, 4 & 7 Contractors may use their own proforma for furnishing the required information with the Bid.

222

Attachment - 1 Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project (BID SECURITY (BANK GUARANTEE)) (Contractors Name & Address): To: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Dear Sir, WHEREAS, _______________________ [name of Bidder] (hereinafter called "the Bidder") has submitted his Bid dated_______________________[date] for the Electromechanical (E & M) Works for Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) H. E. Project (hereinafter called "the Bid"). KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that We ______________________________ [name of bank] of ____________________________ [name of country] having our registered office at ___________________________________ (hereinafter called "the Bank") are bound unto M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. (hereinafter called "the EMPLOYER") in the sum of Indian Rs. 500,000/(Indian Rupees five hundred thousand only) for which payment well and truly to be made to the said EMPLOYER the Bank binds itself, his successors and assigns by these presents. SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this _________ day of __________ 20____. THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are: 1) 2) a) If after Bid opening the Bidder withdraws his bid during the period of Bid validity specified in the Form of Bid; or If the Bidder having been notified of the acceptance of his bid by the EMPLOYER during the period of Bid validity: fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, if required; or does not accept the correction of the Bid Price;

b) fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instruction to Bidders; or c) we undertake to pay to the EMPLOYER up to the above amount upon receipt of his first written demand, without the EMPLOYER having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the EMPLOYER will note that the amount claimed by him is due to him owing to the occurrence of one or any of the three conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions. This Guarantee will remain in force up to and including the date 45 days after the end of the validity period of the Bid after the deadline for submission of Bids as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to Bidders or as it may be extended by the EMPLOYER, notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived. Any demand in respect of this guarantee should reach the Bank not later than the above date. DATE _______________ WITNESS ____________ SIGNATURE OF THE BANK _________________________ SEAL _______________________________________

_________________________________________________________________ [signature, name, and address] ___________________________________________________________________________________ 223

Attachment - 2 Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project (POWER OF ATTORNEY) The Contractor must use his own proforma for furnishing the required information with the Bid.

224

Attachment - 3 Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project

(The documentary evidence establishing in accordance with ITB Clause 2 that the Bidder is eligible to bid and in terms of ITB Clause 9.3 (c) & (e) of BDS is qualified to perform the contract if his bid is accepted. The qualification data shall be furnished as per Employers format enclosed with the bidding documents. *Further the required deed of Joint Undertaking signed by the Bidder and his Collaborator shall also be furnished *Delete if not applicable) The Contractor must use his own proforma for furnishing the required information with the Bid.

225

Attachment - 4 Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project

(The documentary evidence establishing in accordance with ITB Clause 3 that the facility offered by the Bidder are eligible facilities and conform to the Bidding Documents shall be furnished as Attachment 4. Moreover, a list of Special Tools & Tackles shall be furnished by the Bidder, the cost of which is included in the Bid Price, is also enclosed as per Employers format as Attachment 4A) The Contractor must use his own proforma for furnishing the required information with the Bid.

226

Attachment - 4A Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project (List of Special Maintenance Tools & Tackles)

(Contractors Name & Address): To: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019

Dear Sir, We are furnishing below the list of special maintenance tools & tackles for various equipment under the subject package. The prices for these tools & tackles are already included in the lumpsum bid price. We further confirm that the list of special maintenance tools & tackles includes all the items specifically identified in your bidding documents as brought out below: (a) (b) ................................................................... ...................................................................

Notwithstanding what is stated above we further confirm that any additional special maintenance tools and tackles, required for the equipment under this package shall be furnished by us at no extra cost to the Employer. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------S.No. For Equipment Item Description Unit Qty. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Date: Place: ............................. ............................. (Signature)................................... (Printed Name)............................ (Designation)........................... (Common Seal)........................

227

Attachment - 5 Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project (The details of all major items of services or supply which the Bidder proposes to sublet giving details of the name and nationality of the proposed sub-contractor / sub-vendor for each item) The Contractor must use his own proforma for furnishing the required information with the Bid.

228

Attachment - 6 Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project Deviations (Contractors Name & Address): To: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Dear Sir, The following are the deviations and variations from and exceptions to the specification and bidding documents for Package. These deviations and variations are exhaustive. Except for these deviations and variations, the entire work shall be performed as per your specifications and documents. Further, we agree that additional conditions, variations, deviations if any, found in the proposal documents other than those stated in this Attachment 6 and/or Attachment 6A, save those pertaining to any rebates offered, shall not be given effect to: Following are the deviations --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Section Part/ Page Clause Statement of Monetary implications Chapter No. No. Deviations/ of the condition in Variations case of withdrawal --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------A. Commercial Deviations

B.

Technical Deviations

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Date: Place: ............................. ............................. (Signature)................................ (Printed Name)......................... (Designation)............................ (Common Seal)........................ Note: 1. Continuations sheets of like size and format may be used as per Contractors requirements and shall be annexed to this schedule.

229

Attachment - 6A Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project Cost of withdrawal of deviations from critical Provisions as per ITB Clause 22.4.1

(Contractors Name & Address): To: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019

Dear Sir, Following are the deviations proposed by us to critical provisions relating to the relevant clauses listed in ITB and BDS. We are also furnishing below the cost of withdrawal for the deviations proposed by us. We confirm that we shall withdraw the deviations proposed by us at the cost of withdrawal indicated in this attachment failing which our bid may be rejected and Bid Security forfeited. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------S. No. Clause No. Deviation Cost of Withdrawal ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Date: Place: ............................. ............................. (Signature)................................ (Printed Name)......................... (Designation)............................ (Common Seal)........................ Note: Contractors may note that bids containing deviations without the cost of withdrawal shall be rejected.

230

Attachment - 7 Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project

(The details of Alternative Bid made by the Bidder indicating the complete Technical Specifications, the Bid price for the Alternative Bid and the deviation to contractual and commercial conditions) Alternate Bids shall not be accepted.

231

Attachment - 8 Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project (Details in respect of Local Agent)

(Contractors Name & Address): To: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019

Dear Sir, We furnish below the following information in respect of our local agent: (i) Name and address of the local agent .................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................... (ii) Services to be rendered by the local agent .................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................... Date: Place: ............................. ............................. (Signature).................................. (Printed Name)........................... (Designation).............................. (Common Seal)..........................

232

Attachment - 9 Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project (Declaration regarding Deemed Export Benefits) (Contractors Name & Address): To: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Dear Sir, 1. We confirm that we are solely responsible for obtaining deemed export benefits, which we have considered in our bid and in case of failure to receive such benefits for reasons whatsoever, Employer will not compensate us. We are furnishing below the information required by the Employer for issue of Project Authority/Payment certificate in terms of the Export Import Policy of the Govt. of India: (A) (B) (i) (i) Value of import content of supply to be made by the Contractor Name of the sub-contractor, if any, who shall supply the Facilities directly to the Employer and whose name is to be included in the main Contract Description, quantity and value of the Facilities to be supplied by the above sub-contractor Value of import content of supply to be made by the sub-contractor : : Rs. ................................................ ......................................................

2.

(ii) (iii)

: :

Description ................................... Quantity ........................................ Value (Rs.) ................................... Rs. ................................................

[The requirements listed above are as per current Export and Import Policy of Govt. of India. These may be modified, if necessary, in terms of the Export and Import Policy in force.] Date: Place: . ............................. ............................. (Signature)................................... (Printed Name)........................ (Designation).............................. (Common Seal)..........................

233

Attachment - 10 Manufacturers Authorization Form (Manufacturers Letterhead) See Clause 9.3(c) of the Instructions to Contractors To: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD.

WHEREAS [insert: name of Manufacturer] who are established and reputable manufacturers of [insert: name and/or description of the plant & equipment] having production facilities at [insert: address of factory] do hereby authorize [insert: name & address of Contractor] (hereinafter, the Contractor) to submit a bid, and subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract with you against IFB: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 including the above plant & equipment or other Facilities produced by us. We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty for the above specified plant & equipment materials or other Facilities offered supporting the supply, installation and achieving of Operational Acceptance of the plant by the Contractor against these Bidding Documents, and duly authorize said Contractor to act on our behalf in fulfilling these guarantee and warranty obligations. We also hereby declare that we and , [insert: name of the Contractor] have entered into a formal relationship in which, during the duration of the Contract (including warranty / defects liability) we, the Manufacturer or Producer, will make our technical and engineering staff fully available to the technical and engineering staff of the successful Contractor to assist that Contractor, on a reasonable and best effort basis, in the performance of all its obligations to the Employer under the Contract.

For and on behalf of the Manufacturer

Signed: _______________________________________________________________ Date: __________________________________

In the capacity of [insert: title of position or other appropriate designation] and duly authorized to sign this Authorization and on behalf of [insert: name of Manufacturer]

234

1.1 Price Schedules

235

Schedules of Rates and Prices Schedule 1. Plant, Equipment, and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad Item Description Code1 Qty. (1) Unit Price2 FOB or FCA CIF or CIP (2) (3) Total Price2 (1 x 3)

TOTAL (to Schedule 6. Grand Summary) in figures: in words: .. ..

Code

Country Name of Contractor

Signature of Contractor
1 2

Contractors shall enter a code representing the country of origin of all imported plant and equipment. Specify currency.

236

Schedule 2. Plant, Equipment, and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within India Item Description Qty. (1) EXW Unit Price1 (2) EXW Total Price1 (1 x 2)

TOTAL (to Schedule 6. Grand Summary) In figures: In words:

Name of Contractor Signature of Contractor

1

Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB Sub-Clause 12.1

237

Schedule 3. Local Transportation, Insurance and other Incidental Services Item Description Qty. Unit Price1 Local Currency Foreign Currency Portion Portion (2) (optional) Total Price1

(1)

(1 x 2)

TOTAL (to Schedule 6. Grand Summary) in figures: in words: ... ...

Name of Contractor Signature of Contractor

1

Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB Sub-Clause 12.1

238

Schedule 4. Installation Services Item Description Qty. Unit Price1 Foreign Local Currency Currency Portion Portion (2) (3) Total Price1 Foreign Local

(1)

(1 x 2)

(1 x 3)

TOTAL (to Schedule 6. Grand Summary) in figures: in words:

Name of Contractor Signature of Contractor

1

Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB Sub-Clause 12.1

239

Schedule 5. Operation & Maintenance (O&M) of the facilities for a period of Ninety (90) days and training of Employers personnel Item Description Qty. Unit Price Foreign Local Currency Currency Portion Portion (2) (3) Total Price Foreign Local

(1)

(1 x 2)

(1 x 3)

TOTAL (to Schedule 6. Grand Summary) in figures: in words:

Name of Contractor Signature of Contractor

240

Schedule 6. Grand Summary Item Description Total Schedule 1. Plant, Equipment, and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad Total Schedule 2. Plant, Equipment, and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within India Total Schedule 3. Local Transportation, Insurance and Other Incidental Services Total Schedule 4. Installation Services Total Schedule 5. O&M and Training TOTAL (to Bid Form) In figures: ___________ In words: ___________ Total Price1 Foreign Local

Name of Contractor Signature of Contractor

1

Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB Sub-Clause 12.1

241

Schedule 7. Recommended Spare Parts Item Description Qty. (1) Unit Price CIF foreign EXW local (2) (3) Total Price (1 x 2 or 3)

TOTAL

In figures: _________ In words: _________

Name of Contractor Signature of Contractor

242

Schedule 8. Taxes and Duties Item Description of Taxes/ duties levies etc. Rate of Taxes/ duties/ levies applicable (%) 3 Amount on which Taxes/duties/ levies applicable Taxes/duties levies payable Total Taxes/ duties/ levies payable (6+7) 8

Main Eqpt. 4

Mandatory Spares 5

Main Eqpt. 6

Mandatory Spares 7

TOTAL - TAXES AND DUTIES

In figures: _________ In words: _________

Name of Contractor

Signature of Contractor

243

2. Bid Security Forms 2.1 Bank Guarantee Date: _____________________ IFB No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H.E. Project To: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 WHEREAS [name of Contractor] (hereinafter called the Contractor) has submitted its Bid dated [date of bid] for the performance of the above-named Contract - Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project located on the right bank of Fozal Nala, Distt. Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, India. (hereinafter called the Bid). KNOW ALL PERSONS by these present that WE [name of bank] of [address of bank] (hereinafter called the Bank), are bound unto M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. (hereinafter called the Employer) in the sum of: [amount], for which payment well and truly to be made to the said Employer, the Bank binds itself, its successors and assigns by these presents. Sealed with the Common Seal of the said Bank this ______________ day of __________ 20 _______. THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are the following: 1. 2. If the Contractor withdraws its Bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Contractor in the Bid Form, or If the Contractor, having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Employer during the period of bid validity a) b) c) Fails or refuses to sign the Contract Agreement when required or Fails or refuses to issue the performance security in accordance with the bidding documents, Refuses to accept the arithmetical corrections made in accordance with the bidding documents.

WE undertake to pay to the Employer up to the above amount upon receipt of its first written demand, without the Employer having to substantiate its demand, provided that in its demand the Employer will note that the amount claimed by it is due to it, owing to the occurrence of one or both of the two above-named CONDITIONS, and specifying the occurred condition or conditions. This guarantee will remain in full force up to and including [date 45 days after the period of bid validity], and any demand in respect thereof must reach the bank not later than the above date. For and on behalf of the Bank ____________________________________________________________________ [Signature] In the capacity of _______________________________________________________________________ Common Seal of the Bank

244

2.2 Bank Guarantee (To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act, If any, of the Country of the issuing bank) Bank Guarantee No. .................... Date ............................................ To, M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Dear Sirs, In accordance with Invitation for Bids under your Specification No..............................., M/s ....................................................................................................................................... having its Registered/Head Office at ................................................................................... (Hereafter called the Contractor) wish to participate in the said bid for Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project. As an irrevocable bank guarantee against Bid Security for an amount of ............................ (*) ................................. Valid for ...................................... Days from ................................ (**) .................................... Required to be submitted by the Contractor as a condition precedent for participation in the said bid which amount is liable to be forfeited on the happening of any contingencies mentioned in the Bidding Documents. We, the ...................................................................... [Name & address of the Bank] .................................................................................................................................... having our Head Office at ......................................(#)................................................ Guarantee and undertake to pay immediately on demand made by M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. The amount of ..................................................................(*) .......................................................................... Without any reservation, protest, demand and recourse. Any such demand made by the Employer shall be conclusive and binding on us irrespective of any dispute or difference raised by the Contractor. This Guarantee shall be irrevocable and shall remain valid upto ....................... (@) ................... If any further extension of this guarantee is required, the same shall be extended to such required period (not exceeding one year) on receiving instructions from M/s .......................... [Contractors Name]................................ On whose behalf this guarantee is issued. In witness whereof the Bank, through its authorized officer, has set its hand and stamp on this ............................................ Day of ................................... 20 ..................... at ............. WITNESS ........................................... (Signature) ........................................... (Name) ........................................... (Official Address) ............................................. (Signature) ............................................. (Name) ............................................. (Designation with Bank Stamp) Attorney as per Power of Attorney No............ Date ....................................... 245

Note:

1.

(*) (**) (#) (@)

The amount shall be as specified in the Bid Data Sheets. This shall be the date of opening of bids. Complete mailing address of the Head Office of the bank to be given. This date shall be forty-five (45) days after the last date for which the bid is valid.

2.

The stamp Paper of appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of guarantee issuing Bank.

246

3a. FORM OF NOTIFICATION BY THE EMPLOYER TO THE CONTRACTOR

M/s .......................................................... Ref: Your proposal against our IFB No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Forfeiture of Bid Guarantee amount. Dear Sirs, Whereas you have furnished as a part of your proposal the Bid Guarantee in the form of irrevocable and confirmed Letter of Credit No.......................... Dated ................................ .......................................................................................... For a sum of .............................. (Banks Name) ............................................................ Payable to M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. on demand without reservation, demur or protest, contest and recourse at ......................................................................................... (Name and place of the Bank). In terms of the aforesaid Bid Guarantee, we do hereby forfeit the Guarantee amount.

For M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD.

(AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY)

N.B.

The Letter of Credit should not stipulate any other proforma of notification different from this format. No change whatsoever in the said proforma is acceptable to the Employer.

247

3b. FORM OF SIGHT DRAFT

Drawn under L.C. No............................................... Dated ................................................. ......................................................................................................................................... (Name of the Bank that opened the L.C.)

Of

At sight promptly pay to ...................................................................................................... (Name of the Bank at which L.C. is negotiable) ........................................................... Or order sum of ......................................................... (For payment to the Employer) (Amount of L.C.) For value received.

For M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD.

(AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY) To, (Name and Address of the Bank which opened L.C.)

248

4a. FORM OF NOTIFICATION OF AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR SUPPLY OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT NOTE: INSTRUCTIONS INDICATED IN ITALICS IN THIS NOTIFICATION OF AWARD ARE TO BE TAKEN CARE OF BY THE ISSUING AUTHORITY Ref. No.: Date: .........................(Contractors name & Address)............. ......................................................................................... ......................................................................................... ......................................................................................... Attn: Mr. ...........................................

Sub:

Notification of Award of Contract for Supply of Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project (Package Name) as per Specification No. ..................................

Dear Sir, 1.0 This has reference to the following: (i) (ii) Our Invitation for Bids (IFB) No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002, Dated ............................ Bidding Documents for the subject package issued to you vide our letter no. ............................ Dated .......................... Comprising the following: ..................... (List out all the Sections / Volumes of the Bidding Documents along with Tender Drawings etc. as issued to the Contractor).................... Errata/Amendment No. .......................... To ........................(Name of Section/Volume of the Bidding Documents to which Errata Amendment pertains) ........................ issued to you vide our letter no. ........................... dated ................................ (Applicable only if any Errata/Amendment to the Bidding Documents has been issued subsequently) (iii) Clarifications furnished to you on the Bidding Documents vide our letter no. ........................ dated ............................... Based on the query raised by you/one of the prospective Contractors. (Use as applicable) (Applicable only if any clarification to the Bidding Documents has been issued subsequently) (INCLUDE AS FURTHER SUB-PARAGRAPHS ANY OTHER CORRESPONDENCE MADE TO THE CONTRACTOR AFTER ISSUANCE OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS UP TO BID OPENING) (iv) Your Proposal for the subject package submitted vide your letter No. .................. dated ...................... And its modification vide letter no. .................... Dated ................................... (Delete if not applicable).

249

(v)

Our Fax message/letter No. ...................... Dated ................................ Regarding extension of validity of bid and that of the Bank Guarantee towards Bid Security. (Applicable only if any extension has been sought subsequently) (INCLUDE AS FURTHER SUB-PARAGRAPHS ANY OTHER CORRESPONDENCE MADE TO OR BY THE CONTRACTOR AFTER BID OPENING)

(vi) Our Fax message/letter No. ........................... dated .............................. inviting you for the post bid discussions. (vii) Post bid discussions and meetings we had with you from ............................ To ................................ Resulting into the following Minutes of Meeting enclosed herein with this Notification of Award: (a) (b) (c) (d) 2.0 Minutes of Meeting regarding Commercial issues (APPENDIX -..............) Minutes of Meeting on Technical Issues (APPENDIX - ..............) Minutes of Meeting regarding Work Schedule (APPENDIX -..............) Minutes of Meeting regarding Quality Assurance Aspects (APPENDIX - ..............)

We confirm having accepted your proposal submitted vide letter no. ...................... Dated ....................... And its modification vide letter no. ...................................... Dated (Delete if not applicable) read in conjunction with all the specifications, terms & conditions of the Bidding Documents, Your subsequent letters (Use if relevant) and agreed Minutes of Meeting referred to in para 1.0 above and award on you the Contract for the work of .......................(Indicate brief Scope of Work) ..................................... of Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works for Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project located on the right bank of Fozal Nala, Distt. Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, India. As per Specification No. ..................... hereinafter referred to as the First Contract). We have also notified you vide our Notification of Award No. ............................... Dated ............................. For award of another Contract on you for the work of ............................... (Indicate brief scope of work of the Second Contract) ............................... Of the equipment/materials to be supplied by you under the First Contract including Performance and Guarantee test for complete Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project located on the right bank of Fozal Nala, Distt. Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, Indiaas per Specification No. ... (Hereinafter referred to as the Second Contract). You shall also be fully responsible for the works to be executed under the Second Contract and it is expressly understood and agreed by you that any breach under the Second Contract shall automatically be deemed as a breach of this First Contract and vice-versa and any such breach or occurrence or default giving us a right to terminate the Second Contract and/or recover damages thereunder, shall give us an absolute right to terminate this Contract and/or recover damages under this First Contract as well as vice-versa. However, such breach or default or occurrence in the Second Contract shall not automatically relieve you of any of your responsibility/ obligations under this First Contract. It is also expressly understood and agreed by you that the equipment/materials to be supplied by you under this First Contract when installed and commissioned under the Second Contract shall give satisfactory performance in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. The total Contract Price for the entire scope of work under the Contract shall be ......................... (Specify the amount and currency) .................... As per the following break up:

3.0

4.0

250

(i)

Ex-manufacturing works/place of despatch price (both in India)/ CIF/CIP port of entry price (Use as Applicable) for Main Equipment Ex-manufacturing works/place of despatch price (both in India)/ CIF/CIP port of entry price (Use as Applicable) for Mandatory Spares Type test charges (Delete if not Applicable) TOTAL (i+ii+iii) in figures in words

...............................................

(ii)

...............................................

(iii)

............................................... ............................................... .

5.0

You shall prepare and finalize the Contract Documents for signing of the formal Contract Agreement and shall enter into the Contract Agreement with us, as per the proforma enclosed with the Bidding Documents, on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value within ................ (Specify)................... Days from the date of this Notification of Award. This Notification of Award is being issued to you in duplicate. We request you to return its duplicate copy duly signed and stamped on each page including all the enclosed Appendices, by the authorized signatory of your company as a proof of your acknowledgment and confirmation. Please take the necessary action to commence the work and confirm action. Yours faithfully, For and on behalf of M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD.

6.0

(Authorized Signatory) Encl.: As above.

251

4b. FORM of NOTIFICATION OF AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR INSTALLATION OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

NOTE: INSTRUCTIONS INDICATED IN ITALICS IN THIS NOTIFICATION OF AWARD ARE TO BE TAKEN CARE OF BY THE ISSUING AUTHORITY Ref. No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Date: ......................... (Contractors name & Address)............. ......................................................................................... ......................................................................................... ......................................................................................... Attn: Mr. ...........................................

Sub:

Notification of Award of Contract for Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project (Package Name) as per Specification No. ..................................

Dear Sir, 1.0 This has reference to the following: (i) (ii) Our Invitation for Bids (IFB) No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002, dated....................... Bidding Documents for the subject package issued to you vide our letter no. ............................ dated .......................... Comprising the following: ..................... (List out all the Sections/Volumes of the Bidding Documents along with Tender Drawings etc. as issued to the Contractor).................... Errata/Amendment No. .......................... To ........................(Name of Section/Volume of the Bidding Documents to which Errata Amendment pertains) ........................ issued to you vide our letter no. ........................... dated ................................ (Applicable only if any Errata/Amendment to the Bidding Documents has been issued subsequently) (iii) Clarifications furnished to you on the Bidding Documents vide our letter no. ........................ dated ............................... Based on the query raised by you/one of the prospective Bidders. (Use as applicable) (Applicable only if any clarification to the Bidding Documents has been issued subsequently) (INCLUDE AS FURTHER SUB-PARAGRAPHS ANY OTHER CORRESPONDENCE MADE TO THE CONTRACTOR AFTER ISSUANCE OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS UP TO BID OPENING) (iv) Your Proposal for the subject package submitted vide your letter No. .................. dated ...................... And its modification vide letter no. .................... Dated ................................... (Delete if not applicable). 252

(v)

Our Fax message/letter No. ...................... Dated ................................ Regarding extension of validity of bid and that of the Bank Guarantee towards Bid Security. (Applicable only if any extension has been sought subsequently) (INCLUDE AS FURTHER SUB-PARAGRAPHS ANY OTHER CORRESPONDENCE MADE TO OR BY THE CONTRACTOR AFTER BID OPENING)

(vi) Our Fax message/letter No. ........................... dated .............................. inviting you for the post bid discussions. (vii) Post bid discussions and meetings we had with you from ............................ To ................................ Resulting into the following Minutes of Meeting enclosed herein with this Notification of Award: (a) (b) (c) (d) Minutes of Meeting regarding Commercial issues (APPENDIX -..............) Minutes of Meeting on Technical Issues (APPENDIX - ..............) Minutes of Meeting regarding Work Schedule (APPENDIX -..............) Minutes of Meeting regarding Quality Assurance Aspects (APPENDIX - ..............)

2.0 We confirm having accepted your proposal submitted vide letter no. ...................... Dated ....................... And its modification vide letter no. ...................................... Dated (Delete if not applicable) read in conjunction with all the specifications, terms & conditions of the Bidding Documents, Your subsequent letters (Use if relevant) and agreed Minutes of Meeting referred to in para 1.0 above and award on you the Contract for the work of .......................(Indicate brief Scope of Work) .................................... of Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works for Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project located on the right bank of Fozal Nala, Distt. Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, India. As per Specification No. ..................... hereinafter referred to as the Second Contract). 3.0 We have also notified you vide our Notification of Award No. ............................... dated ............................. For award of another Contract on you for the work of ............................... (Indicate brief scope of work of the First Contract) ............................... of the equipment / materials to be supplied by you under the First Contract including Performance and Guarantee test for complete Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project located on the right bank of Fozal Nala, Distt. Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, India. As per Specification No. ..................................... (Hereinafter referred to as the First Contract). You shall also be fully responsible for the works to be executed under the First Contract and it is expressly understood and agreed by you that any breach under the First Contract shall automatically be deemed as a breach of this Second Contract and vice-versa and any such breach or occurrence or default giving us a right to terminate the First Contract and/or recover damages thereunder, shall give us an absolute right to terminate this Contract and/or recover damages under this Second Contract as well as vice-versa. However, such breach or default or occurrence in the First Contract shall not automatically relieve you of any of your responsibility/ obligations under this Second Contract. It is also expressly understood and agreed by you that the equipment/materials to be supplied by you under the First Contract when installed and commissioned under this Second Contract shall give satisfactory performance in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. 4.0 The total Contract Price for the entire scope of work under the Contract shall be ......................... (Specify the amount and currency) .................... As per the following break up:

253

(i)

Inland transportation and inland transit insurance charges including port clearance, port handling and port charges (Delete if not Applicable) For Main Equipment Inland transportation and inland transit insurance charges including port clearance, port handling and port charges (Delete if not Applicable) for Mandatory Spares Unloading and handling at site, storage, installation, testing and commissioning including performance testing and insurance covering all the activities TOTAL (i+ii+iii) (in figures) (in words)

...............................................

(ii)

...............................................

(iii)

...............................................

............................................... ...

5.0

You shall prepare and finalize the Contract Documents for signing of the formal Contract Agreement and shall enter into the Contract Agreement with us, as per the proforma enclosed with the Bidding Documents, on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value within ................(Specify)...................days from the date of this Notification of Award.

6.0 This Notification of Award is being issued to you in duplicate. We request you to return its duplicate copy duly signed and stamped on each page including all the enclosed Appendices, by the authorized signatory of your company as a proof of your acknowledgment and confirmation. Please take the necessary action to commence the work and confirm action.

Yours faithfully, For and on behalf of M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD.

(Authorized Signatory) Encl.: As above.

254

5. Form of Contract Agreement THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT is made the ____________________ day of _______ 20________. BETWEEN (1) M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. a corporation incorporated under the laws of India and having its principal place of business at M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi-110019, India, Tel: 011-26425722, 46515758, Fax : 011-26281910, Email : chughkl@airtelmail.in (hereinafter called the Employer), and (2) [name of Contractor], a corporation incorporated under the laws of [country of Contractor] and having its principal place of business at [address of Contractor] (hereinafter called the Contractor) WHEREAS the Employer desires to engage the Contractor to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, complete and commission certain Facilities, viz. [list of facilities] (the Facilities) and the Contractor have agreed to such engagement upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing. NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows: Article 1. Documents Contract 1.1 Contract Documents (Reference GCC Clause 2) The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor, and each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the Contract:

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) 1.2

This Contract Agreement and the Appendices hereto Notification of Award The Bid and price Schedules submitted by the Contractor Special Conditions of Contract General Conditions of Contract Technical Specifications and Drawings Procedures (as listed)

Order of Precedence (Reference GCC Clause 1) In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the Contract Documents listed above, the order of precedence shall be the order in which the Contract Documents are listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) above. Definitions (Reference GCC Clause 1) Capitalized words and phrases used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the General Conditions of Contract. Contract Price (Reference GCC Clause 11) The Employer hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor the Contract Price in consideration of the performance by the Contractor of its obligations hereunder. The Contract Price shall be the aggregate of: [amount of foreign currency in words], [amount in figures], and [amount of local currency in words], [amount in figures], or such other sums as may be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract.

1.3

Article 2. Contract Price and Terms of payment

2.1

255

2.2

Terms of Payment (Reference GCC Clause 12) The terms and procedures of payment according to which the Employer will reimburse the Contractor are given in Appendix 1 (Terms and Procedures of Payment) hereto.

Article 3. Effective Date for Determining Time for Completion

3.1

Effective Date (Reference GCC Clause 1) The Time of Completion of the Facilities shall be determined from the date of Notification of Award provided all of the following conditions have been fulfilled within a period of two (2) months from the date of said Notification of Award: (a) This Contract Agreement has been duly executed for and on behalf of the Employer and the Contractor; (b) The Contractor has submitted to the Employer the performance security and the advance payment guarantee; (c) The Employer has paid the Contractor the advance payment; and (d) Opening of letter of credit. Each party shall use its best efforts to fulfill the above conditions for which it is responsible as soon as practicable. If the conditions listed under 3.1 are not fulfilled within two (2) months from the date of Notification of Award because of reasons attributable to the Employer, the Contract would become effective only from the date of fulfillment of all the above mentioned conditions and, the parties shall discuss and agree on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Price and the Time for Completion and/or other relevant conditions of the Contract. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Employer that the Employer is entering into this Agreement solely on its own behalf and not on behalf of any other person or entity. In particular it is expressly understood and agreed that the Government of India (GOI) is not a party to this Agreement and has no liabilities, obligations or rights hereunder. It is expressly understood and agreed that the Employer is an independent legal entity with power and authority to enter into contracts solely on its own behalf under the applicable laws of India and the general principals of Contract Law. The Contractor expressly agrees, acknowledges and understands that the Employer is not an Agent, Representative or Delegate of the GOI. It is further understood and agreed that the GOI is not and shall not be liable for any acts, omissions, commissions, breaches or other wrongs arising out of the Contract. Accordingly, the Contractor expressly waives, releases and foregoes any and all actions or claims, including cross claims, impleader claims or counter claims against the GOI arising out of this Contract and covenants not to sue the GOI as to any manner, claim, cause of action or thing whatsoever arising of or under this Agreement. The Appendices listed in the attached list of Appendices shall be deemed to form an integral part of this Contract Agreement. Reference in the Contract to any Appendix shall mean the Appendices attached hereto, and the Contract shall be read and construed accordingly.

3.2

Article 4. [This is applicable only if the Employer is a Public Sector Enterprise]

Article 5. Appendices

256

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

Signed by for and on behalf of the Employer _______________________________________________________________ [Signature] _______________________________________________________________ [Title] In the presence of _________________________________________________ Signed by for and on behalf of the Contractor _______________________________________________________________ [Signature] _______________________________________________________________ [Title] in the presence of _________________________________________________ CONTRACT AGREEMENT Dated the ____________________ day of ______________, 20 _____________ BETWEEN M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. _________________________________________________________________ [The Employer] And _________________________________________________________________ [The Contractor] APPENDICES Appendix 1 Appendix 2 Appendix 3 Appendix 4 Appendix 4 (a) Appendix 5 Appendix 6 Appendix 7 Appendix 8 Terms and Procedures of Payment Price Adjustment Insurance Requirements Time Schedule Milestone Schedule List of Approved Subcontractors Scope of works and Supply by the Employer List of Documents for Approval or Review Functional Guarantees

257

Appendix 1.

Terms and Procedures of Payment

The following Terms and Procedures of Payment are given as a guideline suitable for Supply and Installation Contracts. In the event that the Employer wishes to introduce different terms of payment to the following, it shall first obtain the written approval of the Bank for the terms it intends to use. If additional Price Schedules are introduced, suitable terms of payment in respect of such additional schedules must be added. In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 12 (Terms of Payment), the Employer shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of the Price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedules. Payments will be made in the currencies quoted by the Contractor unless otherwise agreed between the parties. Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as work proceeds. TERMS OF PAYMENT Schedule No. 1. Plant and Equipment Supplied from Abroad In respect of plant and equipment supplied from abroad, the following payments shall be made: Ten percent (10%) of the total CIF or CIP amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favour of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment shipped FOB or delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents. Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata FOB or FCA amount upon Incoterm FOB or FCA, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice and shipping documents. In the event that shipping is delayed upon the written instruction of the Employer for more than twenty-eight (28) days beyond the date shown in the Program of Performance provided in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, the Contractor may make application for this part of the payment against warehouse receipts, provided always that the plant and equipment are ready for shipment on the date shown in the said Program. Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata CIF or CIP amount upon Incoterm CIF or CIP, upon delivery to Site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice, less eighty percent (80%) of the FOB amount already paid or authorized for payment. Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIF or CIP amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice. Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIF or CIP amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice. Local Agents Commission, if any, will be payable only in equivalent Local Currency. Local Agents Commission, will not be subject to any escalation whatsoever and will be payable pro-rata along with the base Contract Price payments. To effect such payments, the Local Agents Commission will be converted into local currency using the Telegraphic Transfer buying market rate of exchange ruling on the date of award of Contract and the amount of Agents Commission in local currency so computed would be incorporated in the Contract. Schedule No. 2. Plant and Equipment Supplied from within India In respect of plant and equipment supplied from within India, the following payments shall be made: Ten percent (10%) of the total EXW amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favour of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the Plant and Equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents. Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon Incoterm Ex-works, upon delivery to site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

258

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within fortyfive (45) days after receipt of invoice. Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice. Schedule No. 3. Local Transportation In respect of local transportation for both the foreign currency (where applicable) and the local currency portions, the following payments shall be made: Ten percent (10%) of the total local transportation amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favour of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the Plant and Equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents. Ninety percent (90%) of the total or pro rata local transportation amount upon delivery to site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice. Schedule No. 4. Installation Services In respect of installation services for both the foreign and local currency portions, the following payments shall be made: Ten percent (10%) of the total installation services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favour of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of work performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the invoices for installation services. Eighty percent (80%) of the measured value of work performed by the Contractor, as identified in the said Program of Performance, during the preceding month, as evidenced by the Employers authorization of the Contractors monthly applications, will be made monthly within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice. Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employers authorization of the Contractors monthly applications upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice. Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employers authorization of the Contractors monthly applications upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice. In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment on its respective due date, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate of [insert a figure that may be different for the foreign and local currency portions and a figure that reflects the cost of money in the respective currencies] percent per month for period of delay until payment has been made in full. Schedule No. 5. O&M and Training of Employers personnel In respect of O&M and Training of Employers personnel the following payments shall be made: 100% of the total price quoted in this schedule will be released on satisfactory completion of 90 days of operation and issue of the Performance Certificate after adjustment of any overpayments / under payments. MODE OF PAYMENT Payment under the contract shall be deemed to have been made on the date of receipt of Bank cheque, issued in favour of the Contractor by the Employer. DISCHARGE When submitting the Final Statement, the Contractor shall submit a written discharge, which confirms that the total of the Final Statement represents full and final settlement of all monies due to the Contractor under the 259

Contract. Such discharge may state that it shall become effective only after payment due under the Final Payment Certificate has been made and the Security Deposit has been returned to the Contractor. CESSATION OF EMPLOYERS LIABILITY The Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor for any matter or thing arising out of (or in connection with) the Contract or execution of the Works, unless the Contractor shall have included a claim for it in his Financial Statement and (except for matters or things arising after the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works) The Contracts for the E&M Works will be awarded through International Competitive Bidding (ICB) procedure. In terms of Foreign Trade Policy 2009-2014 of Government of India, the Supplier is qualified for Deemed Exports benefits. All deemed export benefits shall be to the account of the Employer; accordingly the Supplier shall give a disclaimer certificate in favour of Employer. Supplier shall also provide to the Employer all necessary documents required for claiming the Deemed Exports Benefits. PAYMENT PROCEDURES The procedures to be followed in applying for certification and making payments shall be as follows: Appropriate procedures, normally through letters of credit, are to be inserted (including forms and certificates annexed as appropriate) by the Employer in the bidding documents.

260

Appendix 2. Price Adjustment The prices are to remain firm and fixed for the duration of the Contract

261

Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements Details to be completed by the Employer prior to issuing the bidding documents. In the event that the Employer provides any insurances under the Contract, appropriate details must be given. Insurances to be taken out by the Contractor In accordance with the provision of GCC Clause 34, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. (a) Cargo Insurance Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the Contractors or manufacturers works or stores until arrival at the site, to the facilities (including spare parts therefor) and to the construction equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors. Amount (b) Deductible limits Parties insured From To

Installation All risks Insurance Covering physical loss or damage to the facilities at the site, occurring prior to completion of the facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractors liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on the site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the defect liability period. Amount Deductible limits Parties insured From To

(c)

Third Party Liability Insurance Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employers personnel) and loss or damage to property (including the Employers property and any parts of the facilities that have been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the facilities. Amount Deductible limits Parties insured From To

(d)

Automobile Liability Insurance Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the supply and installation of the facilities. Comprehensive insurance in accordance with statutory requirements. Workers Compensation In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in India. Employers Liability In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in India Other Insurances The Contractor is also required to take out and maintain at its own cost the following insurances: Details: Amount Deductible limits Parties insured From To

(e) (f) (g)

The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurances, and the Contractors Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Cargo, Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurances. All insurers rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies. 262

Insurances to be taken out by the Employer If the Employer is proposing to take out any or all of the above insurances itself, or any other insurances in respect of the Facilities, either in its own name or in the joint names of itself and the Contractor, it shall give details below prior to issuing the bidding documents. Under the terms of the Contract, the Contractor and the Contractors Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all such policies.

The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract the following insurances.

Details: Amount Deductible limits Parties insured From To

263

Appendix 4. Time Schedule The Employer should normally provide a Time Schedule to be followed by the Contractor during the performance of the Contract. This schedule should be provided with the bidding documents under this Appendix 4. All completion times indicated must be in accordance with the information regarding Time(s) for Completion given in the Bid Data Sheet. Except under exceptional circumstances, the Time Schedule should indicate periods of time (e.g., weeks or months) and not specify calendar dates. All periods should be shown from the Effective Date of the Contract. Should it become necessary to amend the Time Schedule to reflect any agreements made with the selected Contractor prior to award of Contract, the amended Time Schedule shall replace the original Time Schedule prior to signature of the Contract Agreement. If the bidding documents contain no Time Schedule, the Contractor shall be required to submit with its bid a detailed program, normally in the form of a bar chart, showing how and the order in which it intends to perform the Contract and showing the key events requiring action or decision by the Employer. In preparing this program, the Contractor shall adhere to the Time(s) for Completion given in the Bid data Sheet or give its reasons for not adhering thereto. The Time Schedule submitted by the selected Contractor and amended as necessary prior to award of Contract shall be included as Appendix 4 to the Contract Agreement before the Contract is signed. If Bidders, pursuant to the provisions of the Instructions to Bidders, are to be permitted to offer an Alternative Bid based on a different Time Schedule, details of this and any resulting reduction in Price from their conforming bid based on the Time Schedule included in the bidding documents shall be submitted as an Attachment to their bid.

264

Appendix 4 (a) - Milestone Schedule Schedule of Milestones for Activities as per Table 1 of IFB

It is proposed to commission Fozal H. E. Project within 18 months (540 days) period from the date of issue of Notification of Award. Thereafter, the E&M supplier shall operate, maintain & train the staff of the Promoter for 90 days before handing over the Plant to the Promoter. Milestone No. Physical work to be Completed Time Period from the date of issue of Notification of Award (in Days) 45

Preparation of Power House Layout Plan & sections as per Manufacturers requirements Approval of Powerhouse layout plan & sections by the Consultants Testing of electrical resistivity at site, design, manufacture, supplying at site, laying & Installation of Earth Mat Design, approval by the Promoter, Manufacture, Supplying at site and Erection of first stage embedded parts, foundation bolts/anchors etc. Design, approval by the Promoter, Manufacture & shop approval of Main Inlet valves, turbines & generators and their delivery & erection at site Design, approval by the Promoter, Manufacture & shop approval of all auxiliaries & switchyard equipment and their erection site Performing Pre-commissioning tests on various equipments & auxiliaries etc. as per specifications in the presence of Promoter and his Consultants Carrying out Test runs for both the units under all conditions of operation, final Commissioning and commercial production of power Running & maintenance of the power plant for first 90 days after final commissioning & commercial production and training of Promoters staff in running & maintenance aspects of the Power Plant Handing over the Power plant, all spare parts, tools & tackles required for maintenance, keys & locks etc. to the Promoter

2 3 4 5

60 120 150 270

6 7 8 9

450 480 540 630

10

630

Note:

Project works involve carrying out Civil works and installation of equipments / embedments by the other Contractors (Civil & H-M) as outlined in the specifications. E&M Contractor shall undertake and coordinate the works with other Contractors to achieve the milestones in due consultations with other Contractors and after obtaining all the clearances from the Engineer.

265

Appendix 5. List of Approved Subcontractors Prior to award of Contract, the following details shall be completed, indicating those Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor in the corresponding Attachment to its bid that are approved by the Employer for engagement by the Contractor during the performance of the Contract. The following Subcontractors are approved for carrying out the item of the facilities indicated. Where more than one Subcontractor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose between them, but it must notify the Employer of its choice in good time prior to appointing any selected Subcontractor. In accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 19.1, the Contractor is free to submit proposals for Subcontractors for additional items from time to time. No Subcontracts shall be placed with any such Subcontractors for additional items until the Subcontractors have been approved in writing by the Employer and their names have been added to this list of Approved Subcontractors. Items of Facilities Approved Subcontractors Nationality

266

Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer The Employer shall not carry out any work from the defined Scope of Work of the Contractor and shall not supply any personnel or equipment to the Contractor.

267

Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its Subcontractor to prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance), the following documents for : APPROVAL & REVIEW The Contractor shall submit along with his bid, drawings showing plans at different levels, longitudinal section and cross section of the powerhouse indicating all the equipment. The drawings shall contain following details: i. ii. iii. iv. Bottom most elevations to which the area of forebay, powerhouse and tailrace have to be dug and the width and lengths at various elevations. The centerline of the turbine runner as recommended by the Contractor shall be equal to or slightly above the Full Supply Level of Forebay. The equipment loads (including the points of their application) due to turbine, generator and other auxiliary equipment in dry and wet conditions. While arriving at equipment loads, the forces acting due to static loads, torque loads, axial thrust loads, short circuit torque loads and any other loads acting in both dry and wet conditions shall be considered and indicated on the drawings. The direction of load and its resolved X and Y components and distance of force at which it is acting from a reference point shall be indicated. The layout of the powerhouse and switchyard equipment. Charts / Shell curves showing performances including Discharge Vs turbine output and turbine output Vs turbine efficiency; Power output Vs efficiency of Turbine; Head Vs efficiency and power output of Turbine Values of critical sigma as determined from cavitation model tests as per IEC 173A in the form of curves for different heads of operation. Plant sigma curves as recommended by the Contractor clearly showing the safety margin available. General layout and assembly drawings showing overall dimensions of the generators indicating stator, rotor, shaft and bearings and positions of main and neutral terminals, main and neutral grounding cable boxes etc. Description of Lubrication System Graphs showing predicted characteristics of the generator viz. Output Vs efficiency, power factor Drawings for connection of winding temperature detectors and bearing temperature detectors Schedule of tests

v. vi. vii.

viii. ix. x.

xi. xii. xiii. xiv.

268

Sl. No. A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

9. 10. B. a) b) c)

Description Approval Bar Chart Quality Assurance and Control Plan List of major sub-contractors Organization chart of personnel to be involved in the Project Test procedure for various testing Packing list & transport dimensions Bill of materials Drawings Station arrangement First stage embedments Clearance drawing of crane Foundation details of Equipments Piping & instrumentation diagram Indicating & recording instruments Hydraulic circuit for oil and water Control & logic diagram for governor Equipment GA drawings for equipment's Earth-mat details Cable scheduling & layout Lighting, illuminations & receptacles arrangement drawings Miscellaneous equipment arrangement drawing viz. fire fighting & protection drawings, telephone arrangement etc., LTAC & LTDC distribution board drawings Cable tray arrangements HT panel drawings Battery & battery charger drawings Equipment earthing drawings Calculation for Turbine setting, torque for MIV, crane girder, inertia, head loss, motor selection etc., Hill curve/ model curve / Generator characteristic curve Review Equipment machining drawings Equipment drawings Assembly drawings of equipment's

Remarks

269

Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees 1. General This Appendix sets out (a) (b) (c) (d) 2. The functional guarantees referred to in GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees) The preconditions to the validity of the functional guarantees, either in production and/or consumption, set forth below The minimum level of the functional guarantees The formula for calculation of liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees.

Preconditions The Contractor gives the functional guarantees (specified herein) for the facilities, subject to the following preconditions being fully satisfied: Model hill curve, turbine characteristic curve etc. on the basis of which the turbine shall be selected indicating the operating point.

3.

Functional Guarantee Subject to compliance with the foregoing preconditions, the Contractor guarantees as follows:

3.1 Production Capacity Shall be as per Section VI Technical Specifications and Drawings. 4. Failure in Guarantees and Liquidated Damages

4.1 Shall be as per Section VI Technical Specifications and Drawings. 4.4 Limitation of Liability The Contractors aggregate liability to pay liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees shall not exceed Twenty five percent (25 %) of the Contract price.

270

6. Performance Security Forms 6.1 Bank Guarantee Date: _______________________ IFB No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project

M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place New Delhi - 110019 Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen, We refer to the Contract Agreement (the Contract) signed on [date] between you and [name of Contractor] (the Contractor) concerning design, execution and completion of [Brief description of the Facilities]. By this letter we, the undersigned, [name of Bank], a Bank (or Company) organized under the laws of [country of Bank] and having its registered/principal office at [address of Bank], do hereby jointly and severally with the Contractor irrevocably guarantee payment owed to you by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract, up to the sum of [amount], equivalent to [number] percent (%) [amount should not exceed ten percent (10%) in any case] of the Contract Price until the date of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and thereafter up to a sum of [amount], equivalent to [number] percent ( %) [amount should not exceed two and one half percent (2.5%) in any case] of the Contract Price, until twelve (12) months after the date of the Operational Acceptance, or twenty (20) months after Completion of the Facilities, whichever occurs first. Where it is agreed between you and the Contractor that the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, and thus where there are separate Completion and Operational Acceptance Certificates for each part, this Letter of Guarantee shall be apportioned to the value of each such part and shall reduce or expire as provided above on or following Completion or Operational Acceptance of each part. We undertake to make payment under this Letter of Guarantee upon receipt by us of your first written demand signed by your duly authorized officer declaring the Contractor to be in default under the Contract and without cavil or argument any sum or sums within the above-named limits, without your need to prove or show grounds or reasons for your demand and without the right of the Contractor to dispute or question such demand. Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall be to pay to you whichever is the lesser of the sum so requested or the amount then guaranteed hereunder in respect of any demand duly made hereunder prior to expiry of this Letter of Guarantee namely [date] .., without being entitled to inquire whether or not this payment is lawfully demanded. This Letter of Guarantee shall be valid from the date of issue until the earlier of twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or twenty (20) months after the date of Completion of Facilities [date] or, where the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or twenty (20) months after the date of Completion of the last part or [date], whichever comes first. Except for the documents herein specified, no other documents or other action shall be required, notwithstanding any applicable law or regulation.

271

If the Defect Liability Period is extended with respect to any part of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, you shall notify us, and the validity of this Letter of Guarantee shall be extended with respect to the percentage of the Contract Price stipulated in the notification until expiry of such extended Defect Liability Period. Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall become null and void immediately upon its expiry, whether it is returned or not, and no claim may be made hereunder after such expiry or after the aggregate of the sums paid by us to you shall equal the sums guaranteed hereunder, whichever is the earlier. All notices to be given hereunder shall be given by registered (airmail) post to the addressee at the address herein set out or as otherwise advised by and between the parties hereto. We hereby agree that any part of the Contract may be amended, renewed, extended, modified, compromised, released or discharged by mutual agreement between you and the Contractor, and this security may be exchanged or surrendered without in any way impairing or affecting our liabilities hereunder without notice to us and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by us, provided, however, that the sum guaranteed shall not be increased or decreased. No action, event or condition, which by any applicable law should operate to discharge us from liability hereunder shall have any effect and we hereby waive any right we may have to apply such law, so that in all respects our liability hereunder shall be irrevocable and, except as stated herein, unconditional in all respects. Yours truly, Name of the Bank Notes: (i) (ii) The Bank Guarantee from a scheduled Bank in India is acceptable to the Employer. The Bank Guarantee from a foreign and other non-scheduled Bank shall be confirmed by any scheduled Bank in India.

__________________________________________________________________________ Authorized Signature

272

6.2 Bank Guarantee (To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act If any, of the Country of the Issuing Bank) Bank Guarantee No......................... Date................................................ To, M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Dear Sirs, In consideration of the M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. (Hereinafter referred to as the Employer which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators and assigns) having awarded to M/s.....[Contractors Name]...... with its Registered/Head Office at ........................(hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors administrators, executors and assigns), a Contract by issue of Employers Notification of Award No.................. dated ................. and the same having been unequivocally accepted by the contractor, resulting into a Contract bearing No.............. Dated .................... Valued at ... for ......................... and the Contractor having agreed to provide a Contract Performance Guarantee for the faithful performance of the entire Contract equivalent to ....... (*)............% (.........Percent) of the said value of the Contract to the Employer. We ...............[Name & Address of the Bank]................... Having its Head Office at ....................... (Hereinafter referred to as the Bank, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the Employer, on demand any and all monies payable by the Contractor to the extent of ....................(@) or aforesaid at any time upto .....................[days/month/year] without any demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the Contractor. Any such demand made by the Employer on the Bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the Employer and the Contractor or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency without previous consent of the Employer and further agrees that the guarantees herein contained shall continue to be enforceable till the Employer discharges this guarantee. The Employer shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this guarantee, from time to time to extend the time for performance of the Contract by the Contractor. The Employer shall have the fullest liberty, without effecting this guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any powers vested in them or of any right which they might have against the Contractor, and to exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to forbear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied, in the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor or any other course or remedy or security available to the Employer. The Bank shall not be released of its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the Employer and of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission on the part of the Employer or any other indulgence shown by the Employer or by any other matter or thing whatsoever which under law would, but for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank. The Bank also agrees that the Employer at its option shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the Contractor and notwithstanding any security or other guarantee the employer may have in relation to the Contractors liabilities.

273

Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove our liability under this guarantee is restricted to .......................(*)........................ And it shall remain in force upto and including ......................(@) ................. And shall be extended from time to time for such period (not exceeding one year), as may be desired by M/s ...................[Contractors Name].................... On whose behalf this guarantee has been given. Dated this ...................... day of ..................... 20.................... at ................................... WITNESS ............................................. (Signature) ............................................. (Name) ............................................. (Official Address) (Signature).............................. (Name)................................... ............................................... (Designation with Bank Stamp) Attorney as per Power of Attorney No...................... Dated..................................... Notes: 1. (*) (@) 2. (i) (ii) 3. This sum shall be ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price. This date will be sixty (60) days beyond the Defects liability period as specified in the Contract. The Bank Guarantee from a scheduled bank in India is acceptable to the Employer. The Bank Guarantee from a foreign and other non-scheduled Bank shall be confirmed by any scheduled Bank in India.

The stamp papers of appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of guarantee issuing Bank.

274

7. Bank Guarantee Form for Advance Payment 7.1 Bank Guarantee Date: _______________________ IFB No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project To: M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen, We refer to the Contract Agreement (the Contract) signed on [date] between you and [name of Contractor] (the Contractor) concerning design, execution and completion of [Brief description of the Facilities]. Whereas, in accordance with the terms of the said Contract, the Employer has agreed to pay or cause to be paid to the Contractor an Advance Paid to the Contractor in the amount of [number] percent (____%) of the total Contract Price due to the Contractor, namely a payment of: [Amount of foreign currency in words], [Amount in figures], and [Amount of local currency in words], [Amount in figures]. By this letter we, the undersigned, [name of Bank], a Bank (or Company) organized under the laws of [country of Bank] and having its registered/principal office at [address of Bank], do hereby jointly and severally with the Contractor irrevocably guarantee repayment of the said amounts upon the first demand of the Employer without cavil or argument in the event that the Contractor fails to commence or fulfill its obligations under the terms of the said Contract, and in the event of such failure, refuses to repay all or part (as the case may be) of the said advance payment to the Employer. Provided always that the Banks obligation shall be limited to an amount equal to the outstanding balance of the advance payment, taking into account such amounts that have been repaid by the Contractor from time to time in accordance with the terms of payment of the said Contract as evidenced by appropriate shipping documents or payment certificates. This Guarantee shall remain in full force from the date upon which the said advance payment is received by the Contractor until [Date], the date upon which the Contractor has fully repaid the amount so advanced to the Employer in accordance with the terms of the Contract. At the time at which the outstanding amount is nil, this Guarantee shall become null and void, whether the original is returned to us or not. Any claims to be made under this Guarantee must be received by the Bank during its period of validity. Yours truly, Name of the Bank _____________________________________________________________________________ Authorized Signature Notes: (i) (ii) The Bank Guarantee from a scheduled Bank in India is acceptable to the Employer. The Bank Guarantee from a foreign and other non-scheduled Bank shall be confirmed by any scheduled Bank in India.

275

7.2 Bank Guarantee (To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act if any, of the Country of the Issuing Bank) Bank Guarantee No......................... Date................................................ To, M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Dear Sirs, In consideration of the M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. (Hereinafter referred to as the Employer which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators and assigns) having awarded to M/s....[Contractors Name].... with its Registered/Head Office at ........................(hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors administrators, executors and assigns), a Contract by issue of Employers Notification of Award No.................. dated ................. And the same having been unequivocally accepted by the Contractor, resulting into a Contract bearing No.............. dated .................... valued at .................. for Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project (Hereinafter called the Contract) and the Employer having agreed to make an advance payment to the Contractor for performance of the above Contract amounting ................................... (in words and figures) as an Advance against Bank Guarantee to be furnished by the Contractor. We ...............[Name & Address of the Bank]................... Having its Head Office at ....................... (Hereinafter referred to as the Bank, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the Employer, immediately on demand any and all monies payable by the Contractor to the extent of, as aforesaid at ....[advance amount] ............. any time upto................(@)..................... without any demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the Contractor. Any such demand made by the Employer on the Bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the Employer and the Contractor or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. We agree that the guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable and shall continue to be enforceable till the Employer discharges this guarantee. The Employer shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this guarantee, from time to time to vary the advance or to extend the time for performance of the Contract by the Contractor. The Employer shall have the fullest liberty, without effecting this guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any powers vested in them or of any right which they might have against the Contractor, and to exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to forbear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied, in the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor or any other course or remedy or security available to the Employer. The Bank shall not be released of its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the Employer and of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission on the part of the Employer or any other indulgence shown by the Employer or by any other matter or thing whatsoever which under law would, but for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank. The Bank also agrees that the Employer at its option shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the Contractor and notwithstanding any security or other guarantee the Employer may have in relation to the Contractors liabilities.

276

Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove our liability under this guarantee is limited to .......................[Advance amount]........................ and it shall remain in force upto and including ......................(@) ................. And shall be extended from time to time for such period (not exceeding one year), as may be desired by M/s ...................[Contractors Name].................... On whose behalf this guarantee has been given. Dated this ...................... day of ..................... 20....................... at ....................................... WITNESS ............................................. (Signature) ............................................. (Name) ............................................. (Official Address) (Signature).............................. (Name)................................... ............................................... (Designation with Bank Stamp) Attorney as per Power of Attorney No...................... Dated..................................... Notes: 1. 2. 3. (@) (i) (ii) This date will be sixty (60) days beyond the date of Completion of the Facilities. The Bank Guarantee from a scheduled bank in India is acceptable to the Employer. The Bank Guarantee from a foreign and other non-scheduled Bank shall be confirmed by any scheduled Bank in India. The stamp papers of appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of guarantee issuing Bank.

277

8. Form of Completion Certificate Date: _______________________ IFB No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project

[Name and address of Contractor] Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen, Pursuant to GCC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated [date], relating to the [brief description of the facilities], we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was (were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below. 1. 2. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: [description] Date of Completion: [date]

However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto as soon as practicable. This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities including Guarantee Test(s) in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defects Liability Period. Very truly yours,

_______________________________________________ Title (Project Manager)

278

9. Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate Date: ________________________ IFB No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project To: [Name and address of Contractor] Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen, Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated [date], relating to the [brief description of the facilities], we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained on the date specified below. 1. 2. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: [description] Date of Operational Acceptance: [date]

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defects Liability Period. Very truly yours,

_______________________________________________ Title (Project Manager)

279

10. Change Order Procedures

Date: _______________________ IFB No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. General Change Order Log References for Changes

ANNEXES Annex 1 Request for Change Proposal Annex 2 Estimate for Change Proposal Annex 3 Acceptance of Estimate Annex 4 Change Proposal Annex 5 Change Order Annex 6 Pending Agreement Change Order Annex 7 Application for Change Proposal

280

Change Order Procedure 1. General This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions of Contract. 2. Change Order Log The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8. Entries of the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-date. The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer. 3. References for Changes (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Request for Change as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CR-X-nnn. Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CN-X-nnn. Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CA-X-nnn. Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CP-X-nnn. Change Order as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CO-X-nnn. Requests for Change issued from the Employers Home Office and the site representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective references: CR-H-nnn CR-S-nnn

Note: (a)

Home Office Site (b)

The above number nnn is the same for request for Change, Estimate for Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and Change Order.

281

Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal (Employers Letterhead) Date: _______________ To: [Contractors Name and Address] Attention: [Name and Title] Contract Name: Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project Contract Number: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen: With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions within [number] days of the date of this letter. [Or on or before (date)] 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Title of Change: [Title] Change Request No./Rev.: [Number] Originator of Change: Employer: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. [Number]*): Brief Description of Change: [description] Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: [description] Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change: Drawing No./Document No. Description Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change: [description] General terms and Conditions: (a) Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will have on the Contract Price. (b) Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for completion of the requested Change. (c) If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal of revised provisions. (d) Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of its personnel shall be calculated. (e) You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change until we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.

M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. ________________________________________________ (Employers Name) ________________________________________________ (Signature) ________________________________________________ (Name of Signatory) ________________________________________________ (Title of Signatory)

282

Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal (Contractors Letterhead) Date: _______________ To: M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Attention: [Name and Title] Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project Contract Number: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen: With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1 of the General Conditions of Contract. We acknowledge that your agreement to the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2, is required before estimating the cost for change work. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Title of Change: [Title] Change Request No./Rev.: [Number] Brief Description of Change: [description] Scheduled Impact of Change: [description] Cost for preparation of Change Proposal: [Cost]* (a) Engineering (i) (ii) Engineer _______ hrs x ________ rate/hr = Draftsperson _______ hrs x ________ rate/hr = Sub-total _______ hrs Total Engineering Cost (b) Other Cost Total Cost (a) + (b) ________________________________________________ (Contractors Name) ________________________________________________ (Signature) ________________________________________________ (Name of Signatory) ________________________________________________ (Title of Signatory) (Amount) ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ Contract Name:

Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract. 283

Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate (Employers Letterhead) Date: _______________ To: [Contractors Name and Address] Attention: [Name and Title] Contract Name: Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) H. E. Project Contract Number: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen: We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Title of Change: [Title] Change Request No./Rev.: [Request Number/Revision] Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.: [Proposal Number/Revision] Acceptance of estimate No./Rev.: [Estimate Number/Revision] Brief Description of Change: [Description] Other Terms and Conditions: In the event that we decide not to order the Change accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in Para 3 above in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions of Contract.

M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. ________________________________________________ (Employers Name) ________________________________________________ (Signature) ________________________________________________ (Name and Title of Signatory)

284

Annex 4. Change Proposal (Contractors Letterhead) Date: _______________ To: M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Attention: [Name and Title] Contract Name: Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project Contract Number: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen: In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. [number], we hereby submit our proposal as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Title of Change: [name] Change Proposal No./Rev.: [proposal number/revision] Originator of Change: Employer: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. Contractor [name] Brief Description of Change: [description] Reasons for Change: [reason] Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change: [facilities] Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change: Drawing/Document No. 8. Description

Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal: * (Amount) (a) (b) Direct material Major construction equipment

________________________________________ * Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract (c) (d) (e) Direct field labor (Total _________ hrs) Subcontracts Indirect material and labor 285

(f) (g)

Site supervision Head office technical staff salaries Process engineer Project engineer Equipment engineer Procurement Draftsperson Total __________hrs @ ____________rate/hr __________hrs @ ____________rate/hr __________hrs @ ____________rate/hr __________hrs @ ____________rate/hr __________hrs @ ____________rate/hr __________hrs ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________

(h) (i) (j)

Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.) Fee for general administration, ____________ % of items Taxes and customs duties

Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal [Sum of Items (1) to (10)] Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal [Amount payable if Change is not accepted] 9. Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal

10. Effect on the Functional Guarantees 11. Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract 12. Validity of this Proposal: within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the Employer 13. Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal: (a) (b) (c) You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this detailed Change Proposal within [Number] days from your receipt of this Proposal. The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the adjustment of the Contract Price. Contractors cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2

(Note)

This cost shall be reimbursed by the Employer in case of Employers withdrawal or rejection of this Change Proposal without default of the Contractor in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions of Contract.

(Contractors Name) (Signature) (Name of signatory)

(Title of signatory)

Specify where necessary. 286

Annex 5. Change Order (Employers Letterhead) To: [Contractors name and address] Attention: [Name and title] Contract Name: Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project Contract Number: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen: We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. [Number]), and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions of Contract. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Title of Change: [Name] Change Request No./Rev.: [Request number/revision] Change Order No./Rev.: [Order number/revision] Originator of Change: Authorized Price: Ref. No.: [Number] Date: [Date] Foreign currency portion [Amount] plus Local currency portion [Amount] 6. Adjustment of Time for Completion None 7. Other effects, if any Date: _________________ Increase [Number] days Decrease [Number] days Employer: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. Contractor: [Name] Date:

Authorized by: M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. (Employer) Accepted by: (Contractor)

Date:

287

Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order (Employers Letterhead) To: [Contractors name and address] Attention: [Name and title] Contract Name: Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project Contract Number: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen: We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions of Contract. Date:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Title of Change: [Name] Employers Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.: [Number/revision] Contractors Change Proposal No./Rev.: [Number/revision] Brief Description of Change: [Description] Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: [Facilities] Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change: Description dated: [Date] dated: [Date]

Drawing/Document No. 7. 8. 9. Adjustment of Time for Completion: Other change in the Contract terms: Other terms and conditions:

M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD.

(Employers Name) (Signature) (Name of signatory) (Title of signatory)

288

Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal (Contractors Letterhead) To: M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi - 110019 Tel : 011 - 26425722, 46515758 Fax : 011 - 26281910 Email : chughkl@airtelmail.in Attention: [Name and title] Contract Name: Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% COL H. E. Project Contract Number: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen: We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Title of Change: [Name] Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: [Number/revision] Brief Description of Change: [Description] Reasons for Change: Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract): Scheduled Impact of Change: Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any: Appendix: dated: [Date]

Date:

(Contractors Name)

(Signature)

(Name of signatory)

(Title of signatory)

289

11. FORM OF TRUST RECEIPT FOR PLANT, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS RECEIVED

We M/s (Contractors Name).....................................................................................having our Principal place of business at ...................................................having been awarded a Contract No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002 Dated.................................for Electro Mechanical (E&M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project by M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. We do hereby acknowledge the receipt of the Plant, Equipment and Materials as are fully described and mentioned under Documents of Title/RR/LR etc. and in the schedule annexed hereto, which shall form an integral part of this receipt as Trustee of .M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. The aforesaid materials etc. so received by us shall be exclusively used in the successful performance of the aforesaid Contract and for no other purpose whatsoever. We undertake not to create any charge, lien or encumbrance over the aforesaid materials etc, in favour of any other person/institution(s)/ Banks.

For M/s .............................................. (Contractors Name) Dated: ................................ Place: ................................ (AUTHORISED SIGNATORY) SEAL OF COMPANY

290

12a. FORM OF INDEMNITY BOND TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE EQUIPMENT HANDED OVER BY THE EMPLOYER FOR PERFORMANCE OF ITS CONTRACT (Entire Equipment Consignment in one Lot)

(On non-Judicial stamp paper of appropriate value) INDEMNITY BOND THIS INDEMNITY BOND is made this ........................................ Day of .......................... 20 ..................... by ..........................(Contractors Name) a Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956/Partnershipfirm/Proprietary concern having its Registered Office at ......................... (Hereinafter called as Contractor or Obligor which expression shall include its successors and permitted assigns) in favour of M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. a Company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 having its Registered Office at M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi-110019, India, Tel: 011-26425722, 46515758, Fax: 011-26281910, Email : chughkl@airtelmail.in (hereinafter called Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project). FPPL (which expression shall include its successors and assigns): WHEREAS FPPL has awarded to the Contractor a Contract for Electro-Mechanical Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project vide its Notification of Award/Contract No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002, dated................................. and its Amendment No. ........................................... and Amendment No. ......................... (Applicable when amendments have been issued) hereinafter called the Contract) in terms of which FPPL is required to hand over various Equipments to the Contractor for execution of the Contract. And WHEREAS by virtue of Clause No...................... of the said Contract, the Contractor is required to execute an Indemnity Bond in favour of FPPL for the Equipments handed over to it by FPPL for the purpose of performance of the Contract/ Erection portion of the contract (hereinafter called the Equipments) AND THEREFORE, This Indemnity Bond witnesseth as follows: 1. That in consideration of various Equipments as mentioned in the Contract, valued at (Currency and amount in Figures)........................................................................ currency and amount in words)................................................................................ handed over to the Contractor for the purpose of performance of the Contract, the Contractor hereby undertakes to indemnify and shall keep FPPL indemnified, for the full value of the Equipments. The Contractor hereby acknowledges actual receipt of the Equipment etc. as pre dispatch title documents handed over to the Contractor as detailed in the Schedule appended hereto. The Contractor shall hold such Equipment etc. in trust as a Trustee for and on behalf of FPPL. That the Contractor is obliged and shall remain absolutely responsible for the safe transit/protection and custody of the Equipment at FPPL Project site against all risks whatsoever till the ecumenist are duly used/erected in accordance with the terms of the Contract and the plant/package duly erected and commissioned in accordance with the terms of the Contract is taken over by FPPL. The Contractor undertakes to keep FPPL harmless against any loss or damage that may be caused to the equipments. The Contractor undertakes that the Equipments shall be used exclusively for the performance/execution of the Contract strictly in accordance with its terms and conditions and no part of the equipment shall be utilized for any other work of purpose whatsoever. It is clearly understood by the Contractor that nonobservance of the obligations under this Indemnity Bond by the Contractor shall inter-alia constitute a criminal breach of trust on the part of the Contractor for all intents and purpose including legal/penal consequences.

2.

3.

291

4.

That FPPL is and shall remain the exclusive owner of the equipments free from all encumbrances, charges or liens of any kind, whatsoever. The equipments shall at all times be open to inspection and checking by the Project Manager or other employees/agents authorized by him in this regard. Further, FPPL shall always be free at all times to take possession of the Equipments in whatever form the Equipments may be, if in its opinion, the equipments are likely to be endangered, mis-utilized or converted to uses other than those specified in the Contract, by any acts or omission or commission on the part of the Contractor or any other person or on account of any reason whatsoever and the contractor binds himself and undertakes to comply with the directions of demand of FPPL to return the equipments without any demur or reservation. That this Indemnity Bond is irrevocable. If at any time any loss or damage occurs to the equipments or the same or any part thereof is mis-utilized in any manner whatsoever, than the Contractor hereby agrees that the decision of the project manager of FPPL as to assessment of loss or damage to the Equipment shall be final and binding on the Contractor. The Contractor binds itself and undertakes to replace the lost and/or damaged Equipments at its own cost and/or shall pay the amount of loss to FPPL without any demur, reservation or protest. This is without prejudice to any other right or remedy that may be available to @ FPPL against the Contractor under the Contract and under this Indemnity Bond. NOW THE CONDITION of this Bond is that if the Contractor shall duly and punctually comply with the terms and conditions of this Bond to the satisfaction of FPPL then the above shall be void, but otherwise, it shall remain in full force and virtue.

5.

6.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set its hand through its authorized representative under the common seal of the Company, the day, month and year first above mentioned.

292

SCHEDULE NO. 1 Particulars of the Equipments handed over Quantity Particulars of Dispatch title Documents RR/GR/ Bill of lading No. & Date Carrier Value of the Equipments Signature of Attorney in token of receipt

For and on behalf of ........................................... (Contractors Name) WITNESS 1. 1. 2. 3. 2. 1. 2. 3. Signature ....................... Name ............................. Address .......................... Signature ........................ Name .............................. Address .......................... (Common Seal) (In case of Company) Signature ............................... Name ..................................... Designation of ....................... Authorized representative *

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* Indemnity Bond are to be executed by the authorized person and (i) in case of contracting Company under common seal of the Company or (ii) having the Power of Attorney issued under common seal of the Company with authority to execute Indemnity Bond, (iii) in case of (ii), the original Power of Attorney if it is specifically for this Contract or photo state copy of the Power of Attorney if it is General Power of Attorney and such documents should be attached to Indemnity Bond.

293

12b. FORM OF INDEMNITY BOND TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE EQUIPMENT HANDED OVER IN INSTALMENTS BY THE EMPLOYER FOR PERFORMANCE OF ITS CONTRACT (On non-Judicial stamp paper of appropriate value) INDEMNITY BOND THIS INDEMNITY BOND is made this ........................................ day of .......................... 20 ..................... by ..........................(Contractors Name) a Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956/Partnership firm/Proprietary concern having its Registered Office at ......................... (Hereinafter called as Contractor or Obligor which expression shall include its successors and permitted assigns) in favour of M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. a Company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 having its Registered Office - No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi 110 019, India, Telephone : 011 - 26425722, 46515758, Fax : 011 26281910, Email : chughkl@airtelmail.in, (hereinafter called Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project. FPPL which expression shall include its successors and assigns) : WHEREAS FPPL has awarded to the Contractor a Contract for Electro-Mechanical Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project vide its Notification of Award/Contract No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002, dated................................. and its Amendment No. ........................................... and Amendment No. ......................... (Applicable when amendments have been issued) hereinafter called the Contract) in terms of which FPPL is required to hand over various Equipments to the Contractor for execution of the Contract. And WHEREAS by virtue of Clause No...................... of the said Contract, the Contractor is required to execute an Indemnity Bond in favour of FPPL for the Equipments handed over to it by FPPL for the purpose of performance of the Contract/ Erection portion of the contract (hereinafter called the Equipments) AND THEREFORE, This Indemnity Bond witnesseth as follows: 1. That in consideration of various Equipments as mentioned in the Contract, valued at (Currency and amount in Figures)........................................................................ currency and amount in words)................................................................................ to be handed over to the Contractor in installments from time to time for the purpose of performance of the Contract, the Contractor hereby undertakes to indemnify and shall keep FPPL indemnified, for the full value of the Equipments. The Contractor hereby acknowledges actual receipt of the initial installment of the Equipment etc. as per details in the Schedule appended hereto. Further, the Contractor agrees to acknowledge actual receipt of the subsequent installments of the equipments etc. as required by FPPL in the form of Schedules consecutively numbered which shall be attached to this Indemnity Bond so as to form an integral parts of this Bond. The Contractor shall hold such Equipment etc. in trust as a Trustee for and on behalf of FPPL. That the Contractor is obliged and shall remain absolutely responsible for the safe transit/protection and custody of the Equipment at FPPL Project site against all risks whatsoever till the equipments are duly used/erected in accordance with the terms of the Contract and the plant/package duly erected and commissioned in accordance with the terms of the Contract is taken over by FPPL. The Contractor undertakes to keep FPPL harmless against any loss or damage that may be caused to the equipments. The Contractor undertakes that the Equipments shall be used exclusively for the performance/execution of the Contract strictly in accordance with its terms and conditions and no part of the equipment shall be utilized for any other work of purpose whatsoever. It is clearly understood by the Contractor that non-observance of the obligations under this Indemnity Bond by the Contractor shall inter-alia constitute a criminal breach of trust on the part of the Contractor for all intents and purpose including legal/penal consequences.

2.

3.

294

4.

That FPPL is and shall remain the exclusive owner of the equipments free from all encumbrances, charges or liens of any kind, whatsoever. The equipments shall at all times be open to inspection and checking by the Project Manager or other employees/agents authorized by him in this regard. Further, FPPL shall always be free at all times to take possession of the Equipments in whatever form the Equipments may be, if in its opinion, the equipments are likely to be endangered, mis-utilized or converted to uses other than those specified in the Contract, by any acts or omission or commission on the part of Contractor or any other person on account of any reason whatsoever and the contractor binds himself and undertakes to comply with the directions of demand of FPPL to return the equipments without any demur or reservation. That this Indemnity Bond is irrevocable. If at any time any loss or damage occurs to the equipments or the same or any part thereof is mis-utilized in any manner whatsoever, than the Contractor hereby agrees that the decision of the project manager of FPPL as to assessment of loss or damage to the Equipment shall be final and binding on the Contractor. The Contractor binds itself and undertakes to replace the lost and/or damaged Equipments at its own cost and/or shall pay the amount of loss to FPPL without any demur, reservation or protest. This is without prejudice to any other right or remedy that may be available to FPPL against the Contractor under the Contract and under this Indemnity Bond. NOW THE CONDITION of this Bond is that if the Contractor shall duly and punctually comply with the terms and conditions of this Bond to the satisfaction of FPPL then the above bond shall be void, but otherwise, it shall remain in full force and virtue.

5.

6.

IN WITNES WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set its hand through its authorized representative under the common seal of the Company, the day, month and year first above mentioned.

295

SCHEDULE NO. 1 Particulars of the Equipments handed over Quantity Particulars of Dispatch title Documents RR/GR/ Bill of lading No Carrier & Date Value of the Equipments Signature of Attorney in token of receipt

For and on behalf of ........................................... (Contractors Name) WITNESS 1. 1. 2. 3. 2. 1. 2. 3. Signature ....................... Name ............................. Address .......................... Signature ........................ Name .............................. Address .......................... (Common Seal) (In case of Company) Signature ............................... Name ..................................... Designation of ....................... Authorized representative *

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* Indemnity Bond are to be executed by the authorized person and (i) in case of contracting Company under common seal of the Company or (ii) having the Power of Attorney issued under common seal of the Company with authority to execute Indemnity Bond, (iii) in case of (ii), the original Power of Attorney if it is specifically for this Contract or photo state copy of the Power of Attorney if it is General Power of Attorney and such documents should be attached to Indemnity Bond.

296

13. FORM OF AUTHORISATION LETTER M/S FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. PROJECT: Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) H. E. PROJECT REF. NO. DATE To, M/s (Contractors Name) ................................................................... Ref: Contract No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002, Dated.................................. For Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW + 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project Awarded by M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD. : :

Dear Sirs, Kindly refer to Contract No.: FPPL - 2009 / Electro-Mechanical Works / 002, Dated ................ For Electro Mechanical (E & M) Works of Fozal (2 x 3500 kW+ 1 x 2000 kW) + 15% continuous overload H. E. Project. You are hereby authorized on behalf of M/s FOZAL POWER PVT. LTD., No. 1421, 14th Floor, Ansal Tower, 38, Nehru Place, New Delhi 110 019, India, Telephone : 011 - 26425722, 46515758, Fax : 011 26281910, Email : chughkl@airtelmail.in to take physical delivery of materials/equipments covered under dispatch Document/ Consignment Note No....................... * ............. Dated ..................... and as detailed in the enclosed Schedule for the sole purpose of successful performance of the aforesaid contract and for no other purposes, whatsoever. (Signature of Project Authority) (Designation: ........................... Date ...........................................

ENCL: as above

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* Mention LR/RR No.

297

SCHEDULE OF MATERIAL/EQUIPMENT COVERED UNDER DESPATCH TITLE DOCUMENT (RR NO./LR NO..................)

Sl. No.

Contract Name

NOA No./ Contract Agreement No.

Description of Materials/ Equipments

Spec. No.

Qty.

Value

Remarks

(SIGNATURE OF THE PROJECT AUTHORITY) (DESIGNATION) ............................................ (DATE) ...........................................................

298